Skip to main content

Full text of "CSUF Course Catalogs 1959-2007"

See other formats




CALIFORNIA 
STATE COLLEGE 

AT FULLERTON 

(formerly Orange State) 


CATALOG 





n \ 


■ j l| 


II 1 

Hi 

i ! 




General Catalog 

and 

ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES 

1964-1965 



ORANGE STATE 
COLLEGE 


800 North State College Boulevard, Fullerton, California 



The future campus of Orange State College as it will look in approximately 1975-1980. 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


I. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 


Page 


Calendar 7 

Trustees of The California 
State Colleges 9 


Page 

Officers of The Trustees — 10 

Office of The Chancellor 11 

The California State Colleges 12 


II. THE COLLEGE 


Orange State College Advisory 
Board ..... 13 

College Administration 14 

College Committees 15 

Advisory Councils 18 

Philosophy and Objectives of 
Orange State College ........ 20 

History of Orange State College 21 

College Accreditation 21 

College Membership in 

Organizations 22 

Library ... . 22 

Summer Sessions 22 

Extension Program 23 

Overseas Study Programs 23 

Orange State College Foundation .._ 23 

STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 

Student Activities 24 

Student Organizations 24 

Student Publications 24 

Student News Bureau 24 

Athletics 25 

Housing — 25 

Other Activities ~ 25 

Student Health Services 25 

Office of Placement Services 26 

COUNSELING SERVICES 

Academic Advisement 27 

Personal Counseling 27 

Testing 27 


FINANCIAL AIDS 

Scholarships 27 

Emergency Loans 27 

National Defense Student Loans 27 

United Student Aid Funds 28 

ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 

Freshman — 28 

Undergraduate Transfers — 29 

Procedures for Admission 29 

Graduate Students Requirements 30 

Foreign Students 31 

Non- Accredited Colleges .... 31 

Academic Probation 31 

Auditors — 31 

Credential Programs 32 

Cancellation of Admission 32 

Readmission * - 32 

Evaluations 32 

Registration 34 

Fees and Expenses 34 

Student Expenses 35 

Records — 36 

Veterans ....... — 36 

Academic Regulations 38 


Other Definitions and Regulations 39 
General Requirements for the Bach- 
elors Degree— General Education 40 
General Requirements for the 

Master’s Degree 44 

Scholastic Regulations ... 47 

Right of Petition . 48 


III. COLLEGE CURRICULA 


Curricula Offered 51 

DIVISION OF BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION AND 
ECONOMICS 

Department of Accounting and 


Finance 56 

Department of Economics 56 

Department of Management — 56 

Department of Marketing and 
Quantitative Methods 57 


DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

Department of Foundations of 

Education 61 

Department of Elementary 
Education 61 

Department of Secondary 

Education 61 

Department of School Services 61 

Department of Health Education, 
Physical Education, and 
Recreation 61 


2—16251 


3 


TABLE OF CONTENTS — Continued 


Page 


DIVISION OF FINE AND 
APPLIED ARTS 

Department of Art 71 

Department of Drama 74 

Department of Music 76 

Department of Speech 81 

DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

Department of English 86 

Department of Foreign Languages 

and Literatures — 88 

Department of Journalism — 89 

Department of Philosophy 91 


Page 


DIVISION OF SCIENCE AND 
MATHEMATICS 

Department of Biological Science- 94 

Department of Chemistry 95 

Department of Mathematics 97 

Department of Physics 98 

Department of Science and 
Mathematics Education 101 

DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 

Department of Geography 103 

Department of History 104 

Department of Political Science — 105 

Department of Psychology 107 

Department of Sociology 108 


IV. ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES 


General Course Numbering Code.. 112 


Independent Study 112 

Accounting 113 

Anthropology 115 

Art 115 

Art Education 119 

Biological Science 120 

Business Administration and 

Economics * 124 

Business Education 124 

Chemistry 124 

Comparative Literature 126 

Drama 127 

Economics 129 

Education— Foundations 131 

Elementary Education 133 

English 134 

English Education 137 

Finance 137 

Foreign Languages Education 139 

French 139 

Geography 140 

German 142 

Health Education 142 

History 144 


Journalism 147 

Journalism Education 149 

Management 149 

Marketing 151 

Mathematics 153 

Mathematics Education 155 

Music 155 

Music Education 159 

Philosophy 160 

Physical Education 161 

Physical Science 164 

Physics 164 

Political Science 166 

Psychology 170 

Quantitative Methods 173 

Recreation 173 

Russian 174 

School Services 174 

Science Education 176 

Secondary Education 177 

Social Sciences Education 178 

Social Welfare 178 

Sociology 179 

Spanish 181 

Speech 182 

Speech Education 185 


Faculty 

Part-time Faculty .. 


V. FACULTY 

187 Cooperating Public School 

193 Teachers 195 


4 


ORGANIZATION AND 
ADMINISTRATION 


■mil IIIIIIIIIHIIIIIIIIilll [Illlllllllllll III! Illllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll 



»> 




















COLLEGE CALENDAR 


1964-65 


SUMMER SESSION 1964 


June 15, Mon First Summer Session begins 

July 24, Fri. First Summer Session ends 

July 27, Mon. - -Second Summer Session begins 

August 21, Fri. Second Summer Session ends 


FALL SESSION 1964 

August 15, Sat 


September 9, Wed. 


...Undergraduate student applications for 
admission due in Admissions Office 
..Graduate student applications for ad- 
mission due in Admissions Office 


September 14, Mon. — .Faculty Orientation 

September 15, 16, 17, Tues., Wed., Thurs. Advisement, Registration, and Fresh- 
man Orientation 

September 17, Thurs. Last day to register without late reg- 

istration fee 

September 21, Mon _ Classes begin 

September 25, Fri. .... .Last day to register or add classes 

October 23, Fri Application deadline for candidates for 

graduation, Spring and Summer 1965 
October 30, Fri — Last day to drop a course with auto- 

matic “W” 

-Veterans’ Day (holiday) 


November 11, Wed. 

November 26, 27, Thurs., Fri Thanksgiving recess 

December 21, Mon. Christmas recess begins 

January 4, Mon. Classes resume 

January 21, Thurs. Last day of classes 

January 22, Fri. ) Semester examinations 

January 25-28, Mon.-Thurs. J 


SPRING SESSION 1965 

January 15, Fri. 


February 3, 4, Wed., Thurs. 
February 4, Thurs. 

February 8, Mon 

February 12, Fri. 

February 15, Mon. 

February 22, Mon. 

March 12, Fri. 

March 19, Fri. 

April 12, Mon. 

April 19, Mon. 


..Undergraduate and graduate student 
applications for admission due in Ad- 
missions Office 
...Registration for all classes 
...Last day to register without late reg- 
istration fee 
....Classes begin 

—Lincoln’s birthday (holiday) 

Last day to register or add classes 
....Washington’s birthday (holiday) 

.. Application deadline for candidates for 
graduation, Fall 1965 
Tast day to drop a course with auto- 
matic “W” 

. Spring recess begins 
.... Classes resume 


7 


O range State College 


May 7, Fri 

May 31, Mon. 

June 2, Wed. 

June 4, Fri. 1 

June 7-10, Mon.-Thurs. J 
June 13, Sun 

SUMMER SESSION 1965 

June 21, Mon. 

July 5, Mon 

July 30, Fri 

August 2, Mon. 

August 27, Fri 


-Day of the Titan (not a holiday) 
..Memorial Day (holiday) 

..Last day of classes 

Semester Examinations 

..Commencement 


First Summer Session begins 

Independence Day (holiday) 

First Summer Session ends 

Second Summer Session begins 

Second Summer Session ends 


8 


TRUSTEES 

OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 


Ex Officio Trustees 

Edmund G. Brown, LL.B State Capitol, Sacramento 

Governor of California and President of the Trustees 

Glenn M. Anderson, A.B State Capitol, Sacramento 

Lieutenant Governor of California 

Jesse M. Unruh, B.A State Capitol, Sacramento 

Speaker of the Assembly 

Max Rafferty, A.B., M.A., Ed.D 721 Capitol Mall, Sacramento 

State Superintendent of Public Instruction 

Glenn S. Dumke, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., LL.D., L.H.D.___ 2930 W. Imperial Hwy., 

Chancellor of the California State Colleges Inglewood 

Appointed Trustees 

The term of the appointed trustees is eight years, and terms expire March 1 of 
the years indicated in parentheses. Names are listed in order of original accession 
to the board. 

Louis H. Heilbron, A.B., LL.B., LL.D. (1969) 

14 Montgomery St., San Francisco 94104 
Donald M. Hart, B.A. (1968) 

2230 Pine St., Bakersfield 93302 
James F. Thacher, B.A., LL.D. (1970) 

310 Sansome St., San Francisco 94104 
Paul Spencer, B.A. ( 1969) 

P.O. Box 145, San Dimas 91773 
Theodore Meriam, A.B. (1971) 

P.O. Box 370, Chico 95927 
Thomas L. Pitts (1966) 

995 Market St., Rm. 810, San Francisco 94103 
Charles Luckman, LL.D., A.F.D. (1966) 

Charles Luckman Associates, 9220 Sunset Blvd., Los Angeles 90046 
Albert J. Ruffo, LL.B., B.S. in E.E. (1971) 

1680 Hedding St., San Jose 95113 
John E. Carr, B.A. (1965) 

611 Lido Park Dr., Newport Beach 92660 
Mrs. Philip Conley, B.A. (1964) 

3729 Huntington Blvd., Fresno 93702 
E. Guy Warren, B.A. (1965) 

P.O. Box 59, Hayward 94541 
Daniel H. Ridder, B.A. (1967) 

Long Beach Independent Press Telegram, 604 Pine St., Long Beach 90801 
George D. Hart, A.B., (1967) 

111 Sutter St., San Francisco 94104 
Gregson E. Bautzer, B.A., LL.B. (1968) 

190 N. Canon Dr., Beverly Hills 90069 


9 


Orange State College 

George A. Thatcher (1970) 

10889 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 860, Los Angeles 90024 
Simon Ramo, B.S., Ph.D. (1972) 

8433 Fallbrook Ave., Canoga Park 91304 


Officers of the Trustees 


Edmund G. Brown, Governor 
President 


Albert J. Ruffo 
Vice Chairman 


Charles Luckman 
Chairman 


Glenn S. Dumke, Chancellor 
and Secretary -Treasurer 


10 


OFFICE OF THE CHANCELLOR 

OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 


2930 West Imperial Highway 
Inglewood, California 90303 

Chancellor Glenn S. Dumke 

Vice Chancellor, Academic Affairs Raymond A. Rydell 

Vice Chancellor, Business Affairs John F. Richardson 

Assistant Chancellor, 

Faculty and Staff Affairs - C. Mansel Keene 


11 


THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 


San Jose State College 


Chico State College 

San Diego State College 

San Francisco State College 

California State Polytechnic College 
Fresno State College 


Dr. Glenn Kendall, President 

First & Normal Streets, Chico 

_Dr. Malcolm A. Love, President 

5402 College Avenue, San Diego 92115 

Dr. Paul A. Dodd, President 

1600 Holloway Avenue, San Francisco 94127 

Dr. Julian A. McPhee, President 

San Luis Obispo Campus, San Luis Obispo 


Humboldt State College Dr. Cornelius H. Siemens, President 

Areata 

Los Angeles State College Dr. Franklyn A. Johnson, President 

5151 State College Drive, Los Angeles 90032 

Sacramento State College Dr. Guy A. West, President 

6000 Jay Street, Sacramento 95819 

California State Polytechnic College Dr. Julian A. McPhee, President 

Kellogg- Voorhis campus, Pomona 

Long Beach State College : Dr. Carl W. McIntosh, President 

6101 East 7th Street, Long Beach 90804 

Orange State College Dr. William B. Langsdorf, President 

800 State College Boulevard, Fullerton 

California State College at Hayward . Dr. Fred F. Harcleroaa, President 

25800 Hillary Road, Hayward 

San Fernando Valley State College Dr. Ralph Prator, President 

18111 Nordhoff Avenue, Northridge 

Stanislaus State College Dr. Alexander Capurso, President 

P.O. Box 1000, Turlock 

Sonoma State College Dr. Ambrose R. Nichols, Jr., President 

265 College View Drive, Cotati 

California State College at Palos Verdes Dr. Leo F. Cain, President 

Mailing Address: 2930 West Imperial Highway, Inglewood 

California State College at San Bernardino Dr. John M. Pfau, President 

Mailing Address: 532 Mountain View Avenue, San Bernardino 


12 


THE CALIFORNIA 
STATE COLLEGES 


The California State Colleges are a unique development of the democratic 
concept of tax-supported public higher education for all qualified students. 

Spanning the state from Humboldt County in the north to San Diego in the 
south, the 16 campuses of the California State Colleges (with two additional 
campuses in the planning stage) represent the largest system of public higher 
education in the Western Hemisphere and one of the largest in the world. Current 
enrollment is more than 135,000 full and part-time students. The faculty and 
administrative staff numbers some 7,000. 

The individual colleges, each with a geographic, curricular and academic char- 
acter of its own, offer a solid basic program in the liberal arts. Beyond this, each 
college is noted for its individuality in academic emphasis which makes for a 
diversified system. Course offerings leading to the bachelor’s and master’s degree 
are designed to satisfy existing student interests and to serve the technical and 
professional manpower requirements of the state. 

The California State Colleges are dedicated to rigorous academic standards. 
Constant striving for academic excellence is at the heart of the system. Each 
faculty within the system is a ‘teaching faculty’ whose primary responsibility is 
the instructional process on the teacher-student level, with appropriate recogni- 
tion of the necessary and constructive role of research in any institution of higher 
education. 

Responsibility for the California State Colleges is vested in the Board of Trustees, 
which is appointed by the Governor, and the Board’s administrative arm, the 
Chancellor. The Trustees and the Chancellor set broad policy for the colleges 
while delegating considerable independent responsibility for implementation at the 
college level. 

Although the oldest of the colleges, San Jose State College, dates back a century, 
the California State College system under an independent Board of Trustees was 
created by the Donahoe Act of 1960. Formerly, the colleges were under the 
jurisdiction of the State Board of Education. 

Today, the California State Colleges are in a particularly dynamic period of their 
development. Prior to World War II, there were seven State Colleges with a 
peak total enrollment of some 13,000. Since 1947, nine new campuses have been 
developed and two more are scheduled to begin operation within the next two 
years. Enrollment in the system is expected to reach 180,000 by 1970. 


ORANGE STATE COLLEGE ADVISORY BOARD 


Leland C. Launer, Chairman — .Fullerton 


Arnold O Rerkman _ 


Corona del Mar 

E. B. Buster 


-Santa Ana 

Rodney (Rud) C n llls n n 


Anaheim 

Harold E. Coward 


Laguna Beach 


13 


O range State College 


ORANGE STATE COLLEGE ADVISORY BOARD-Continued 


R. Paul Hughes 

Mrs. Sam P. Kraemer 

L. C. Marshbum 

Thomas W. Mathew 

John R. Moore 

Charles A. Pearson 


Anaheim 

Placentia 

Whittier 

.Laguna Beach 

Los Angeles 

Anaheim 


COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION 


EXECUTIVE 


President 

Executive Dean 


Building Coordinator . 
Publications Manager- 


William B. Langsdorf 

Stuart F. McComb 

Milton C. Blanchard 
Raynolds Johnson 


INSTRUCTION 


Dean of Instruction 

Coordinator of Graduate Studies 


Bernard L. Hyink 

Hollis P. Allen 

Dean of Educational Services and Summer Session Gerhard E. Ehmann 

Business Administration and Economics Division, 

Chairman Theodore H. Smith 

Accounting and Finance Department, Chairman Dorsey E. Wiseman 


. Norman T. Zellner 
Stephen J. Barres 


Economics Department, Acting Chairman . 

Management Department, Chairman . 

Marketing and Quantitative Methods Department, Chairman Donald S. Tull 

Education Division, Chairman — Kenneth R. Doane 

Elementary Education Department, Chairman Barbara A. Hartsig 

Foundations of Education Department, Chairman Edwin R. Carr 

Health Education, Physical Education and Recreation Department, 

Chairman Elmer L. Johnson 

School Services Department, Chairman ... Louis O. Brockmann 

Secondary Education Department, Chairman James W. Cusick 

Fine and Applied Arts Division, Chairman John W. Olsen 

Art Department, Chairman Raymond Hein 

Drama Department, Chairman James D. Young 

Music Department, Chairman - Joseph W. Landon 

Speech Department, Chairman Seth A. Fessenden 

Humanities Division, Chairman . Gerhard G. Friedrich 

English Department, Chairman Gerhard G. Friedrich 

Foreign Languages and Literatures Department, Chairman Walter D. Kline 

Journalism Department, Chairman J. William Maxwell 

Philosophy Department, Chairman William H. Alamshah 

Science and Mathematics Division, Chairman Miles D. McCarthy 

Biological Science Department, Chairman Miles D. McCarthy 

Chemistry Department, Chairman John H. Bryden 

Mathematics Department, Chairman Dennis B. Ames 

Physics Department, Chairman Raymond V. Adams 

Science and Mathematics Education Department George C. Turner 

Social Sciences Division, Chairman __ Giles T. Brown 

Geography Department, Chairman Arthur D. Earick 


14 


Orange State College 


History Department, Chairman Giles T. Brown 

Political Science Department, Chairman John Brown Mason 

Psychology Department, Chairman — Louis G. Schmidt 

Sociology Department, Chairman - F. James Davis 

College Librarian. — Ernest W. Toy, Jr. 

Director of Audio-Visual and Television Service Raymond E. Denno 

STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 

Dean of Students Ernest A. Becker 

Associate Dean of Students, Activities and Housing Ronald M. Bristow 

Housing Coordinator Larry Cook 

Associate Dean of Students, Admissions and Records Emmett T. Long 

Associate Dean of Students, Counseling and Testing Arthur L. Tollefson 

Counselor and Test Officer Arthur W. Lynn 

College Physician Helen L. Morton, M.D. 

Director of Placement Services M ax W. Burke 

BUSINESS SERVICES 

Business Manager — J* F. Lyons 

Accounting Officer Stanley N. Chase 

Personnel Officer Mrs. Marie M. Hoffman 

Chief of Plant Operations — Beryl E. Kempton 

Supervisor of Building Trades A. T. Clark 


COLLEGE COMMITTEES 1963-64 


President's Cabinet 
W. B. Langsdorf, Chairman 
Ernest A. Becker 
Gerhard E. Ehmann 
Bernard L. Hyink 

Faculty Council 

David H. Li, Chairman 

Barbara A. Hartsig, Vice Chairman 

Charles A. Povlovich, Secretary 

Hazel J. Jones, Treasurer 

Raymond V. Adams 

Ernest A. Becker 

Rae S. Carlson 

Barbara E. Davis 

Kenneth R. Doane 

Arthur D. Earick 

Gerhard G. Friedrich 

Levern F. Graves 

Ida S. Hill 


J. E. Lyons 
Stuart F. McComb 
Faculty Council Chairman 


Bernard L. Hyink 
Joseph W. Lanaon 
William B. Langsdorf 
President of the College 
Gustave Mathieu 
J. William Maxwell 
James A. McCleary 
Paul J. Pastor 
Orrington C. Ramsay 
J. Rex Smith 
Donald S. Tull 
Betty M. Unterberger 
James D. Young 


Campus Planning Committee 
William B. Langsdorf, Chairman 
Bernard L. Hyink 
J. E. Lyons 
Stuart F. McComb 
John W. Olsen 


Herbert J. Powell 
Consulting Architect 
Joseph K. Thomas 
College Facility Planner 
Office of the Chancellor 


15 


Orange State College 


Committee on Relations with Schools 

Emmett T. Long, Chairman 
Gerhard E. Ehmann 

Foundation Board of Trustees 

W. B. Langsdorf, President 
Charles A. Povlovich, Vice President 
J. E. Lyons, Treasurer 
Ernest A. Becker 

Health and Safety Committee 

Milton C. Blanchard, Chairman 
Raymond V. Adams 
Donald C. Bridgman 
Ronald M. Bristow 
Louisa Couper, R.N. 

James W. Cusick 
John Daly 
Raymond Denno 
Mrs. Marie Hoffman 

STANDING COMMITTEES OF 

Committee on Academic Standards 

Betty M. Unterberger, Chairman 
Sherwood Cummings 
Emmett T. Long 

Committee on Educational Services 
John H. Bryden, Chairman 
Barbara E. Davis 
Gerhard E. Ehmann 

Committee on Faculty Affairs 

F. James Davis, Chairman 
Rae S. Carlson 
J. Justin Gray 

Committee on Faculty Personnel 

Seth A. Fessenden, Chairman 
Raymond V. Adams 


Bernard L. Hyink 
Arthur L. Tollefson 


Orrington C. Ramsay 
Gordon S. Fyfe 
Myrtle M. Imhoff 


Raynolds Johnson 
Beryl Kempton 
J. E. Lyons 

Helen L. Morton, M.D. 
Stuart F. McComb 
Paul J. Pastor 
Robert Ryan 
2 student representatives 


THE FACULTY COUNCIL 1963-64 


Eugene L. McGarry 
Edsel F. Sdel 


Khateeb Hussain 
P. June Salz 


Emma E. Holmes 
J. E. Lyons 


Orrington C. Ramsay 


16 




Orange State College 


Committee on Graduate Studies 


Gerhard G. Friedrich, Chairman 

Hollis P. Allen 

Joseph W. Landon 

John B. Mason 
Donald S. Tull 

Committee on Instruction and Curriculum 

Theodore H. Smith, Chairman 

Giles T. Brown 

Kenneth R. Doane 

Gerhard G. Friedrich 

Bernard L. Hyink 
Miles D. McCarthy 
John W. Olsen 

Committee on the Library 

Willis E. McNelly, Chairman 

Warren A. Beck 

Morton C. Fierman 

Levern F. Graves 

Donal R. Michalsky 
John B. O’Toole 
Ernest W. Toy, Jr. 

Committee on Student Affairs 

J. Rex Smith, Chairman 

Ernest A. Becker 

Beverly B. Cook 

James W. Cusick 

James A. McCleary 
Louis G. Schmidt 
Dorsey E. Wiseman 
James D. Young 


Lee E. Granell 

PREPROFESSIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL COLLEGE 
COMMITTEES 1963-64 

Premedical Committee 








Miles D. McCarthy, Chairman 
Dennis B. Ames 
Ernest A. Becker 
John H. Bryden 


Helen L. Morton, M.D. 
P. June Salz 
Donald D. Sutton 


Teacher Education Committee 


C. Elmer Schneider, Chairman 
Phillip A. Adams 
Donald C. Bridgman 
Edwin R. Carr 
Lawrence B. deGraaf 


Kenneth R. Doane 
Barbara A. Hartsig 
Joseph W. Landon 
Frank L. Roberts 


The President of the College and the Chairman of the Facility Council are 
ex-officio members of all faculty committees . 


Orange State College 

ADVISORY COUNCILS 

Engineering Advisory Council 


John R. Moore, Chairman 

Paul H. Reedy 

Anaheim, California 

Anaheim, California 

Dr. Nicholas A. Begovich 

Wendell B. Sell 

Fullerton, California 

Los Angeles, California 

Willard Key 

John L. Sigrist 

Anaheim, California 

Huntington Beach, California 

Joseph W. Lewis 

Warren E. Wilson 

Fullerton, California 

Claremont, California 

Foundation Advisory Council 

E. A. Bryant III 

Dr. J. Jay Jakosky 

Anaheim, California 

Newport Beach, California 

Donald S. Burns 

Morley M. Kasler 

Corona del Mar, California 

Newport Beach, California 

Leland M. Cave 

Frank M. Reid 

Fullerton, California 

Fullerton, California 

A. W. Effinger 

Jose Rosan 

Santa Monica, California 

Newport Beach, California 

J. E. Fields 

J. L. Rosener, Jr. 

Los Angeles, California 

Newport Beach, California 

Richard L. Gausewitz 

Phil Schied 

Orange, California 

Fullerton, California 

Congressman Richard T. Hanna 

Lucien D. Truhill 

Washington, D. C. 

Anaheim, California 

E. W. Smith (ex-officio) 

Director of Development 

Humanities Advisory Council 

Miss Louise E. Dowlen 

Fred B. Myers 

Costa Mesa, California 

Newport Beach, California 

Charles L. Ford 

Leland E. Oliver 

Costa Mesa, California 

Santa Ana, California 

James N. Hines 

R. Snow O’Rourke 

Fullerton, California 

Corona del Mar, California 

Dr. George R. Hoff 

Dan Russell 

La Mirada, California 

Anaheim, California 

Oscar E. Littleton 

William F. Smith 

Long Beach, California 

Fullerton, California 

Scholarship Advisory Council 

Dr. Clair G. Blauvelt 

Daniel L. Stack 

Corona del Mar, California 

Fullerton, California 

Mrs. Dorman L. Commons 

H. Nelson Warren 

Fullerton, California 

Fullerton, California 

Mrs. Eugene L. Kinsbury 

Duane Winters 

La Habra, California 

Fullerton, California 


18 


O range State College 


Science Advisory Council 
Dr. A. L. Antonio 
El Monte, California 
Dr. Earl A. Coddington 
Los Angeles, California 
Dr. Robert P. Dilworth 
Pasadena, California 
Dr. Joseph Kaplan 
Los Angeles, California 
Dr. Ernst H. Krause 
San Bernardino, California 
Dr. H. W. Magoun 
Los Angeles, California 

Teacher Education Advisory Council 
Mrs. Zoe Rae Barlow 
Balboa Island, California 
Thomas Burns 

( Placentia 
Mrs. Nina Decker 
Garden Grove, California 
J. Frank Gruenfelder 
Santa Ana, California 
Dr. Ernest G. Lake 
Fullerton, California 
Ken Mackay 
Fullerton, California 
Leslie Miller 
Costa Mesa, California 
Stan Ostling 

I Santa Ana, California 
Dr. D. Russell Parks 
Fullerton, California 
William Rickel 
Anaheim, California 


Dr. Thane H. McCulloh 
Riverside, California 
Dr. Andreas Rechnitzer 
Anaheim, California 
Dr. N. A. Riley 
La Habra, California 
Dr. Lloyd P. Smith 
Newport Beach, California 
Dr. Howard Steinberg 
Anaheim, California 


Milton Sanden 
Santa Ana, California 
Robert E. Shanks 
Anaheim, California 
Mrs. Harold Sprague 
Garden Grove, California 
Mrs. Avery Streech 
Fullerton, California 
Thomas Trawick 
Santa Ana, California 
Mrs. Mignon Waters 
Garden Grove, California 
Dr. Norman E. Watson 
Costa Mesa, California 
K. E. Whiteneck 
Newport Beach, California 
Dr. Elizabeth V. Wright 
Fullerton, California 






19 


PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES OF 
ORANGE STATE COLLEGE 

The main functions of an institution of higher learning are to disseminate and 
advance knowledge. The philosophy which guides an institution can limit or pro- 
mote the successful achievement of these objectives. Therefore, from its inception, 
Orange State College has directed its educational program toward the fullest possible 
development of the individuals who participate in it. For both faculty and students 
this entails a commitment to high standards of scholarship, a comprehensive rather 
than a narrow approach to major areas of study, and a concern with research and 
other creative activity. 

The College holds to the belief that an enduring educational experience must be 
founded upon exploration of our cultural heritage, through basic studies in the 
liberal arts and sciences, and that it can and should at the same time prepare for 
success in a chosen occupation or profession. Accordingly, the required General 
Education program has as its objective the development in each student of: 

1. The effective use and interpretation of the written and spoken language. 

2. An understanding of the wide range of human endeavor and accomplishments 
in Liberal Arts and Sciences, their interrelationships, and the various choices 
and values they represent. 

3. An understanding of information and principles in some areas of the Liberal 
Arts and Sciences in sufficient depth to encourage critical and creative thought 
and expression. 

4. A spirit of inquiry into the past and into the future, in order to cope with 
conditions in the continually changing world. 

5. An understanding of the rights, privileges and responsibilities of citizenship 
in the community and nation, and of effective participation in today’s world. 

In addition, the College requires of all students who are candidates for a degree— 
whatever their special purpose— the pursuit of a subject major. 

(For specific details, see page 40.) 


20 


HISTORY OF ORANGE STATE COLLEGE 

Orange County is situated on a coastal plain southeast of the City of Los Angeles. 
A decade ago the county was thought of as being one of rural characteristics, with 
emphasis on the production of oranges and other citrus fruits. Today it is being 
referred to as one of the fastest growing counties in the nation. Between 1950 and 
1963, the population grew 462.5% to a total of one million persons on October 1, 
1963. Forty-eight percent of the population is under 25 years of age. During the 
decade preceding 1963, school enrollments grew 344%, and vehicle registration 
gained 227%. Since 1950, there was an increase of 415% in the assessed valuation. 
Much of the county is still rural, the county having a population density of 1.37 
persons per acre. There are sections, however, that are as dense as 16.64 persons per 
acre. Every indication points to continued growth, with a predicted population of 
two million by 1980. Since 1952, over 30,000 acres of irrigated agricultural land 
have been converted to subdivisions, business and industry, freeways, and schools. 
The electronics industry is the leader in growth among industries and businesses 
in the county. 

Orange State College was established by act of the Legislature under the terms 
of Chapter 1681 of the Statutes of 1957. On March 13, 1958, the Public Works Board 
selected the site of the College, located in the northeast section of the City of 
Fullerton. It now consists of 225 acres, and is bounded on the north by Yorba Linda 
Boulevard (formerly Pioneer Avenue), on the west by State College Boulevard 
(formerly Cypress Avenue), on the south by the extension of Nutwood Avenue, 
and on the east by the proposed Orange Freeway. The College is located within 
five miles of 60% of the industry and within 10 miles of 70% of the population 
of Orange County. It is also within easy driving range of Orange County beaches 
and mountains, and of the other cultural centers of Southern California and their 
recreation and entertainment areas. 

Dr. William B. Langsdorf was appointed president of the College on January 16, 
1959, and with two aides came to Fullerton on March 2, 1959, to begin planning 
for the opening of the new college. Arrangements were made with the Fullerton 
Union High School District to lease quarters for the College administrative offices 
on the Fullerton Union High School campus, and to hold classes at the Sunny Hills 
High School for the 1959-60 school year. During the first five years, the average 
annual enrollment has grown from 466 to 3,700 individuals. Envisioned are average 
annual enrollments of 10,000 in 1969-70; 15,000 in 1972-73; and 30,000 individuals 
when the College reaches its Master plan enrollment of 20,000 full time equivalent 
students in the early nineteen eighties. 

In the Fall of 1960, the College opened classes on its own campus where it 
occupied twelve temporary buildings. The first permanent building, the Letters & 
Science Building, was completed in 1963. Thereafter, other permanent buildings 
will be opened in approximately the following order: Music-Speech-Drama Building 
JYid Physical Education Building, 1965; Library and Audio-Visual Center, 1966; 
Cafeteria, 1967; Humanities-Social Science Building and Art Building, 1968. Addi- 
tional buildings are being planned for the future. 

ACCREDITATION 

^ Orange County State College is fully accredited by the Western Association of 
Schools and Colleges and the California State Board of Education. 


21 


Orange State College 


MEMBERSHIP IN ORGANIZATIONS 

The College is a member of the following distinguished educational bodies: 
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education 
American Association of University Women 
American Council on Education 
Association of State Colleges and Universities 
Western Association of Schools and Colleges 

THE COLLEGE LIBRARY 

The College Library is housed in the basement of the Letters and Science Build- 
ing. It occupies an area of approximately 30,000 square feet. Seating is provided for 
390 persons. Group study rooms, a typing room, carrells, and individual and group 
music listening spaces are available. 

The main book collection will contain about 66,000 volumes at the beginning of 
the 1964-65 academic year. During the year about 12,000 volumes will be added to 
it. The Library also has a collection of about 6,500 volumes of sample elementary’ 
and secondary text books and juvenile literature, and a collection of about 2,000 
pamphlets. 

The Library is a selective depository of U.S. Government documents. This 
collection will reach a total of about 10,000 items in the course of the academic 
year. The Library is also a depository for the pilot program of the California 
Curriculum Project. This collection, combined with previously purchased materials, 
will contain about 1,400 items. 

In addition to these collections the Library has about 5,000 reels of microfilmed 
U.S. Government documents, chiefly State Department records, but also including 
such things as the Congressional Record; about 5,000 reels of other microfilmed 
materials, mostly files of newspapers and periodicals, and about 3,000 volumes on 
micro-opaque cards. Readers for these materials are available in the Periodicals 
and Documents area. 

The Library subscribes to about 1,200 periodicals. In addition to the filmed 
backfiles mentioned above, this collection contains about 3,000 bound volumes. 
Besides attempting to build a balanced collection of basic works, the Library, 
as a part of its development program, has concentrated its efforts in several 
subject areas. As a result, relatively strong collections are now available in such 
fields as World War II, international relations since 1870, Kant, Shakespeare 
and Melville. These collections will increase in strength and number during the 
next several years. 

Library hours are posted at the main entrance. A Library handbook is available 
at the Reference Desk. Professional librarians are available at all times to aid 
students and faculty in the use of all library resources. 

SUMMER SESSIONS 

The College conducts a six-week summer session followed immediately by a 
four-week summer session. There will also be a dozen two-week and three-week 
workshops running concurrently. The six-week session begins June 15 and closes 
July 24, while the four- week sessions begins July 27 and closes August 21. Day 
and evening classes are scheduled and credits earned in the summer sessions meet 
degree and credential requirements with the same validity as credits secured in 
the fall and spring semesters. A maximum of one unit of college credit may be 
earned for each week of attendance. 


22 




Orange State College 


In addition to much of the regular curriculum, summer offerings include 
special workshops and seminars for teachers and other professional groups. A 
program of recreational activities is planned to serve a wide variety of interests. 

A tuition fee of $14.25 per unit is charged, plus an associated student member- 
ship fee of $2 per person. The Summer Session Class Schedule announcing all 
courses is published in March and may be obtained by writing the Dean of Edu- 
cational Services and Summer Session. 

EXTENSION PROGRAM 

Off-campus classes offered by the College are organized under the Extension 
Program. Such work is given in response to a need from persons who, because 
of distance from the campus, find it difficult to take residence courses. In some 
instances, extension classes may be undertaken at locations nearby because of 
special facilities which are not available on campus. 

Extension courses may be planned for those wishing to earn college credit and 
under certain conditions this credit can be applied toward a degree or a cre- 
dential. Courses may be modified and designed to meet the particular needs of 
certain groups and may be initiated at various times during the year. 

Tuition for extension courses is $10 per unit for lecture courses, $13 per unit 
for activity courses, and $20 per unit for laboratory courses (subject to change). 
For full details concerning extension work, write the Dean of Educational Services 
and Summer Sessions. 

OVERSEAS STUDY PROGRAMS 

State College students who qualify may participate in overseas study programs 
of the California State Colleges. Upper division and graduate students may under- 
take a full academic year at major institutions of higher learning in Asia, Europe 
and Latin America. Academic work successfully completed at the cooperating 
universities abroad may be applied toward the degree requirements of State 
Colleges with the approval of the students* major advisors and in accordance with 
college regulations. Detailed information may be obtained at the office of the Dean 
of Students or by writing to the Office of International Programs, 1600 Holloway 
Avenue, San Francisco, California 94132. 

THE ORANGE STATE COLLEGE FOUNDATION 

The Orange State College Foundation was established and incorporated in 
October 1959 to “provide essential student and faculty services which cannot be 
provided for from state appropriations; to supplement the program and activities 
of the College in appropriate ways; and to otherwise assist the College in fulfilling 
its purposes and in serving the people of the State of California— especially those 
of the area in which the school is located. 

Services provided by the Foundation include the operation of various College 
auxiliary organizations, administration of scholarship and student loan funds, 
sponsored research programs and certain institutes. 

The Foundation’s over-all policies are administered by a Board of Trustees 
made up of members of the College faculty and administration. An advisory 
cowicil to the Foundation composed of leading industrial, scientific, business and 
civic leaders has also been established to provide the Board with counsel and advice. 


STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 


Student services at Orange State College are centered in the Office of the Dean 
of Students. The major divisions are admissions and records, counseling and testing, 
student activities, health services and student placement. Housing, part-time employ- 
ment, financial aids, student discipline, and other similar concerns are also the 
direct responsibility of this office. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

The faculty of the College recognizes the important role of student activities 
in the growth and development of young people in our society. The scope of the 
activities program includes areas of interest to both day and evening students j 
attending the College. Every student is encouraged to participate in as many activi- 
ties as his free time allows. 

All registered students are members of Associated Students of Orange State 
College. The Associated Students are governed through the executive, legislative, 
and judicial branches of the Associated Students organization. The president and 
commissioners constitute the executive branch which has the responsibility for 
the development and administration of the program, including such activities as 
publications, inter-collegiate athletics, intramural athletics, forensics, music, and . 
social affairs. The legislative branch, composed of the Associated Student Senate, 
has full responsibility for legislation by which this program is directed, and alloca- ! 
tion of the Associated Students funds for the program. The judicial branch serves 
as the legal body for interpretation of the constitution and enforcement of Asso- 
ciated Student policies. 

Student Organizations 

Student organizations are encouraged and aided by the College whenever students 
express a desire for activities which will add to their educational opportunities. 
As a relatively young institution, the development of new organizations to serve 
the needs of a growing student population is constantly experienced. Organizations 
currently exist with their major emphasis on service, social activities, special inter- 
ests, religious interests, academic honors, and professional interests. 

Student Publications 

The weekly College newspaper, the Titan “Times”, and the Orange State College 
magazine, published three times a year, are products of the journalism classes and 
sponsored by the Associated Students. In addition, a handbook is available for 
use by organizations in the development and operation of their program. The 
“Promethean”, a literary magazine, is also published by students. 

Student News Bureau 

The Student News Bureau was organized in 1960 to provide the outside press 
with news of student activities on the campus. It is financed in part by a budgeted 
allocation from Associated Students and is supervised by the College Publications 
Manager. 


24 


. 


O range State College 


Athletics 

A year-round program of intramural athletics includes flag-football, softball, 
tennis, golf, volleyball, basketball, and other sports. Participation by students and 
faculty is encouraged. Intercollegiate athletics consist of teams in cross-country, 
basketball, tennis, golf, baseball, and track. 

Home games are played in the Fullerton Junior College gymnasium. As an 
independent in athletics, the College is afforded flexibility in scheduling athletic 
contests with many colleges and universities on the West Coast. 

In the spring of 1960, a group of Orange County citizens organized a Boosters 
Club to help foster wholesome intercollegiate athletic competition at Orange State 
College. Its members are dedicated to the encouragement of a sound program of 
athletics and are contributing financially and by way of enthusiasm to helping to 
develop a first-rate athletic program based on a well-rounded concept of the rela- 
tionship between sports and academic achievement. All athletic teams, with the 
exception of baseball, compete under rules of the National Collegiate Athletic 
Association (NCAA). Membership is also held in the National Association of 
Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). 

Intramural Activities 

In close cooperation with the Office of the Associate Dean of Students, Activi- 
ties, the intramural program is conducted on a seasonal basis which involves a 
variety of athletic and recreational activities for both men and women. 

Rules and regulations which govern participation in the intramural program are 
available in the office of the Director of the Intramural Program or in the Office 
of Student Affairs. 

Alumni 

During 1961, the Alumni Association was formed to help keep graduates in- 
formed of activities and development of the College and to provide communication 
among the members of the Association. The yearly Homecoming is the high point 
of alumni activities. 

Housing 

Because of the importance of the living arrangements to the educational achieve- 
ment of students, Orange State College requires that all students under ?1 years of 
a ge, who are not married, must live either at home or in college approved housing. 
Residence halls, designed specifically for the students and program at Orange State 
College, are available for those students who wish to live away from home during 
their college years. Approved housing is limited to the residence halls as long as 
space exists. 

Other Associated Student Sponsored Activities 

Each semester the Music Department presents choral and instrumental perform- 
ances open to the members of the college and community. The Speech and Drama 
Department produces one-act plays in addition to a regular three-act play each 
semester. The Forensics team has an active program and participation and achieve- 
ments has gained wide-spread recognition in collegiate circles. 

STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES 

The Student Health Center is open to students during the day, Monday through 
Friday, for consultation and limited treatment. Under the direction of the College 
Physician, emergency treatment is available and health examinations for credential 
purposes are given. Also an immunization program is offered. Any student requir- 


25 


Orange State College 


ing followup medical care as recommended by his personal physician may obtain 
such services through the Health Center. A panel of consulting specialists has been 
established and its members utilized according to specific needs. At the time of 
application for admission, a health history form is completed which is filed in the 
Health Center where all student health records are kept. Students requiring creden- 
tial examinations may have them completed by their own physicians if desired. 
Otherwise, appointments for this purpose may be made in the Student Health 
Center. 

All undergraduates regardless of the number of units to be taken, must submit 
completed Health History and Physical Examination forms. In addition, evidence 
of a negative chest X-ray, taken within 12 months prior to the opening of College, 
must be presented. The tuberculin skin test may be obtained in lieu of an X-ray 
without cost at the Student Health Center. Evidence of a smallpox vaccination 
within the past five years is also required. 

Health , Accident, Hospital Insurance 

Application forms for supplementary health, accident, and hospital insurance are 
available on a voluntary basis at low premium through the Associated Students’ 
Business Office. This type of coverage is suggested since the cost of medical care 
is usually highest in the category of major illness or injury which is beyond the 
scope of campus services. This type of insurance is required of all students living 
in the residence halls. 

Night Services 

No staff is available for night services of any kind, and there are no off-campus 
calls made at any time. 


PLACEMENT SERVICES 

The Office of Placement Services serves the student during his college years, 
as well as after graduation. 

Part-time Placement 

Assistance in securing part-time employment, needed by many to complete their 
education, is given by this office. Students wishing part-time work, either on or 
off campus, must register for such employment at the beginning of each semester. 
Secretarial skills are in most demand, but calls come for school bus drivers, cus- 
todians, clerks, youth leaders, tutors, sitters, gardeners, etc. 

Educational Placement 

For students who are in the final semester of a credential curriculum, the Place- 
ment Office provides a distinctive set of services, looking toward employment by 
the school districts. One such service is to gather and keep current a personal file 
of professional information, which is copied and mailed to employing districts on 
request. Another service is to receive and make available information on teaching, 
pupil services, and administrative openings. 

Business, Industry and Government Placement 

The Office’s service to students seeking business, military or public service careers 
involves assistance in defining occupational preference, providing active job leads, 
making up resumes, and arranging interviews, either on or off campus. 


26 




O range State College 


COUNSELING SERVICES 

Counseling 

Students who need assistance with such problems as choosing an academic major 
or vocational goal, with study skills, or with personal problems affecting their 
academic progress may obtain help through the Counseling Center. The professional 
counseling staff has available a variety of resources including occupational infor- 
mation files, special testing materials, college catalogs, and directories of various 
kinds which may be used to assist the student. 

The Counseling Center also maintains contact with agencies and professional 
persons in the community to whom students may be referred. 

Testing 

The testing programs at Orange State College are designed to serve a variety of 
purposes. 

1. The primary purpose is that of giving advisers and Counseling Center personnel 
supplementary information to use in helping the individual student. 

2. Test results are also used to aid in the selection of students who are applicants 
for admission to the College, and to various programs within the College. 

3. A third use is that of identifying students who have deficiencies in specific 
skills, such as composition, reading, and mathematics. 

Testing requirements for students seeking admission are listed in the Admissions 
section of the catalog. Students seeking information about testing requirements for 
specific programs should inquire in the appropriate instructional division or the 
Counseling Center. 


FINANCIAL AIDS 

Scholarships 

A limited number of scholarships are available for outstanding upper division 
and graduate students. No scholarship funds exist at present for freshmen. Qualified 
students should obtain scholarship applications from the Financial Aids Officer and 
return by April 15 for the Fall semester and December 15 for the Spring semester. 
Scholarship applications are carefully evaluated by the Financial Aids Review Com- 
mittee, and awards are based on previous scholastic record, personal qualifications, 
and financial need. Some scholarships are awarded to students majoring in specified 
fields; departmental recommendations are heavily weighted in such instances. 

Emergency Loans 

As a result of the generosity of individuals and groups interested in Orange State 
College, an Emergency Loan Fund has been established to provide temporary 
assistance to students in financial need. Applications should be made to the Finan- 
cial Aids Officer. 

Notional Defense Student Loans 

Orange State College participates with the Federal Government and the State 
°f California in making loans available to students under the provisions of the 
National Defense Education Act. 

Entering freshmen as well as students in advanced standing in any field of study 
a ^e eligible to apply, although the law provides that special consideration shall be 
given to (a) students with superior academic background who express a desire to 
mach in elementary or secondary schools, and (b) students whose academic back- 
ground indicates a superior capacity or preparation in science, mathematics, engi- 
neering, or a modem foreign language. 


27 


Orange State College 


The maximum loan to one individual is $1,000 in any one year and no more than 
$5,000 total. The average loan at Orange State is usually less than the maximum. 
Loans must be repaid with 3 percent interest over a period of 10 years beginning 
one year after the individual ceases to be a full-time student. Full-time elementary 
or secondary school teachers may have up to 50 percent of the loan cancelled upon 
verification of teaching status. 

Applications for the NDSL program are available from the Financial Aids officer. 

United Student Aid Funds 

Long term loans to help finance college expenses are also available to deserving 
students who have completed the freshman year. USA Funds, a private, non-profit 
corporation, will endorse low-cost, long-term bank loans upon recommendation of 
the College. The College also participates through contributions to the USA Funds 
reserve. 

A maximum of $1,000 a year— or a combined total of $3,000— may be borrowed 
for undergraduate and/or graduate education. The student repays the loan in 36 I 
monthly installments beginning four months after he leaves school. Interest maxi- I 
mum is 6% simple. Applications and information are also available from the j 
Financial Aids officer. 

ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 

Admissions standards in the California State Colleges are prescribed by the Trus- 
tees of California State Colleges and are stated in the California Administrative 1 
Code, Title 5, Education,* which provides a uniform pattern of admissions regula- I 
tions for all the colleges. For 1964-1965 the Orange State College requirements j 
listed below are somewhat more restrictive than the other State Colleges. 

Admission of Freshmen 

A high school graduate must meet one of the following requirements, (a) or 
(b). All freshmen applicants must also complete the required entrance examination 
in order that their applications be considered. Orange State College requires stu- I 
dents to submit the results of either the American College Test (ACT) or the 
Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). 

(a) The applicant must have earned 14 or more semester grades of A or B in 
subjects, taken during the last three years of high school, other than physical 
education, military science and remedial courses. Ten of the 14 grades must 
be in college preparatory subjects selected from one or more of the fol- | 
lowing fields (no specific course pattern is required) : 

(1) English, including speech, drama, and journalism, other than activity j 
courses. 

(2) Foreign languages. 

(3) Mathematics. 

(4) Natural Sciences. 

(5) Social Sciences. 

(b) The applicant must have earned 10 or more semester grades of A or B in j 
subjects, taken during the last three years of high school, other than physical j 
education, military science, and remedial courses, and have achieved a score I 
at or above the fortieth percentile on national college freshmen norms of a j 
standard college aptitude test. Orange State College requires students to j 
submit the results of the American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic 1 
Aptitude Test (SAT). 

* The detailed and legal statement of the requirements for admission to the state colleges is to 1 
be found in the California Administrative Code, Title 5, Education, section 40600-41200- I 


28 




Orange State College 


The California State Colleges will change admission requirements for entering 
freshmen in the Fall of 1965. High School students who are planning to apply for 
admission to a state college at that time should consult with their high school coun- 
selors about the new freshmen admission standards during the 1964-65 academic 
year. Counselors will be informed of these new requirements and all developments 
concerning them as the year goes on. 

The Admission of Undergraduate Transfers 

An applicant who meets the requirements for admission with freshmen standing 
and who has earned credit in one or more accredited junior colleges, colleges, or 
universities may be admitted if he has a grade point average of 2.0 (grade C on a 
five-point scale) or better in the total program attempted at such colleges or uni- 
versities and is in good standing at the last degree-granting college or university 
attended. 

An applicant who does not meet the requirements for admission with freshmen 
standing must as a condition for admission have earned 60 or more units of college 
credit with a grade point average of 2.0 (grade C on a five-point scale) or better 
in the total program attempted and must be in good standing as noted above. 

Procedures for Admission (All Undergraduate Students) 

All students, both full-time and part-time, will be required to matriculate. 

(1) Submit a completed Application for Admission accompanied by the $5 
required application fee. 

(2) Have the high school of graduation send directly to Orange State College a 
transcript of record. 

(3) Have each college attended (if any) send directly to Orange State College a 
transcript of record. 

(4) Submit the scores from one of the two national testing programs described 
below. 

(5) Submit health history and physical examination forms to the Student Health 
Center. Complete other requirements. 

UNDERGRADUATE ENTRANCE TESTING REQUIREMENTS 

For admission to Orange State College for Fall, 1964, and Spring, 1965, ALL new 
undergraduates applying for admission are required to submit scores from one of 
two national testing programs before permission to enroll in classes 'will be granted. 
The testing programs are described below. 

This requirement DOES NOT apply to: 

a) Students who have a bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution at the 
time of entrance. 

b) Undergraduate students who have previously attended OSC and who have 
completed the entrance tests required at the time of their first admission. 

Tests will be administered at established test centers on the dates shown below. 
The procedure is as follows: 

L Obtain a registration form and a Student Information Bulletin for either ACT 
or SAT from your high school or junior college counselor, from one of the 
addresses below or from the OSC Testing Center 
2. Select the test center nearest home from the list printed in the bulletin. Send 
the completed registration form and the appropriate test fee to the address 
shown in the bulletin. It should be mailed in time to be received no later than 
the deadline shown below 


29 


Orange State College 


3. Take either the ACT or SAT at the center assigned on one of the following 
dates: 


AMERICAN COLLEGE 


SCHOLASTIC APTITUDE TEST 

TESTING PROGRAM 


(SAT) OF THE COLLEGE 

(ACT) 


ENTRANCE EXAMINATION 
BOARD 

Registration 


Registration 

T est Date Deadline 


T est Date Deadline 

Fall ’64 Feb. 15, 1964 Jan. 25, 1964 


Fall ’64 Mar. 7, 1964 Feb. 8, 1964 

Apr. 25, 1964 Apr. 4, 1964 


Mav 2, 1964 Apr. 4, 1964 

June 20, 1964 June 6, 1964 


July 8, 1964 June 10, 1964 

Sept. 5, 1964* Aug. 22, 1964 


Spr. ’65 Dec. 5, 1964 Nov. 7, 1964 

Spr. ’65 Nov. 7, 1964 Oct. 24, 1964 


Jan. 9, 1965 Dec. 12, 1964 

Jan. 30, 1965* Jan. 16, 1965 


SEND REGISTRATION FORM 

SEND REGISTRATION FORM 


TO: 

TO: 


College Entrance Examination Board 

American College Testing Program 


Educational Testing Service 

Box 6748 


Box 1025 

Long Beach 15, California 


Berkeley 1, California 

(Fee $4.00— OSC Code No. 


(Fee $5.00— OSC Code No. 

For Reports— 0355) 


For Reports— 4589) 


4. Have ACT or SAT scores reported to the Testing Center, Orange State 
College. Use the appropriate Code Number for Score Reports on your 
registration form. 

If either ACT or SAT has been taken, send $1.00 to the appropriate testing 
agency and request that scores be reported to the Orange State College Testing 
Center. Use appropriate code number when requesting such reports. 

Additional tests are required for placement in freshman classes and for admission 
to public school credential and graduate programs. Information about the specific 
requirements may be obtained from the Division Offices concerned, or from the 
OSC Testing Center. 

A change in the Entrance Testing Requirement is under consideration beginning 
with admission in the Fall Semester, 1965. Appropriate announcements will be made 
in the 1965-66 catalog and through information leaflets distributed by the Office 
of Admissions. 

Graduate Students Requirements — Unclassified Status 
A student who has earned an acceptable bachelor’s degree from an accredited 
college or university may be admitted in unclassified graduate status. Admission with 
unclassified graduate status does not constitute acceptance as a master’s degree 
candidate. 

Graduate Students Requirements — Classified Status 
For information regarding requirements for graduate degree programs, see page 
44 of this catalog. 

* Special administration at Orange State College only. Register through Long Beach office 
Score will be reported to Orange State College only. 


Orange State College 


Procedures for Admission — Graduate Students 

A. Student planning to work toward a degree or credential at Orange State College 
will follow the procedure shown below: 

(1) Submit a completed Application for Admission accompanied by the required 
$5 application fee. 

(2) Have each college attended send directly to Orange State College duplicate 
(two) transcripts of record. 

(3) Submit health history and physical examination forms to the Student Health 
Center. Complete other immunization requirements. 

B. Students not planning to work toward a degree or credential at Orange State 
College and wishing to take a maximum of 6 units any semester will submit the 
following: 

(1) A completed Application for Admission accompanied by required $5 appli- 
cation fee. 

(2) Satisfactory proof of degree, e.g., college diploma. 

(3) No evaluation of transfer credit will be given to such students and no reg- 
ular advisement is offered. Students desiring advisement should follow the 
procedure listed immediately above in paragraph No. 1. 

Admission of Foreign Students 

At the present, Orange State College does not accept foreign student applicants 
directly from foreign countries, with certain rare exceptions. Only two categories 
of foreign students will normally be accepted: 

(1) Those who have completed a two year transfer program in a junior college 
in the United States with a good academic record. 

(2) Those who have completed a bachelor’s degree in an accredited college in 
the United States and wish to enroll as graduate students. 

Application procedures are the same as for other students, except that foreign 
language transcripts must be accompanied by certified English translations. 

Admission From Non-Accredited Colleges 

An applicant who has attended a non-accredited college or university may be 
considered for admission to a state college if he meets the standards listed for trans- 
fers from accredited colleges and universities. 

Admission on Academic Probation 

An applicant who does not meet the requirements set forth above is eligible for 
admission with advanced undergraduate standing on probation, if in the opinion 
of the proper college authorities, he is likely to succeed in college. 

Ordinarily, consideration for probationary admission is granted only to the 
mature applicant who, while his total college record does not meet the admission 
requirements, has demonstrated good academic ability through recently completed 
college work elsewhere. 

Applicants who are admitted with a grade point deficiency are given proba- 
tionary status and are expected to remove the entrance deficiency during the first 
year at Orange State College. A student admitted on probationary status may be 
restricted by his adviser to a limited program. 

Admission of Auditors 

A properly qualified student may register in classes as an auditor without credit, 
provided there is room. An auditor need not meet the regular standards for admis- 
sion, but must pay the same fees as other students. An auditor may not change his 
registration to obtain credit after the last date to add courses to the study list. An 


31 


Orange State College 


auditor is not permitted to take examinations in the course. No credit will be 
granted toward a degree or credential for such courses. 

Admission to Credential Programs 

Admission to the College as a student does not constitute admission to the 
teaching credential program. Students who intend to work toward credentials must 
make application to the Division of Education during their first semester of attend- 
ance. Details are available from the Division of Education. 

Cancellation of Admission 

A student who is admitted to the College for a given semester but who does not 
register in the specified semester will have his admission cancelled. The student 
must file a new application form when he again seeks admission and must meet the 
current admission requirements. 

Readmission 

Students in “good standing” may be readmitted to the College after an absence 
of one or more semesters by filing a new Application for Admission. Students who 
have attended another institution since their last attendance at Orange State College 
must have a transcript of record from that institution sent directly to the Office of 
Admissions. 

The Summer Session Student 

The college does not require an advance application or transcripts from all stu- 
dents registering for credit courses in the Summer Session. However, students must 
be high school graduates and are expected to have satisfied the prerequisites for 
the courses in which they register. Admission to Summer Session does not grant 
admission to the regular session. 

EVALUATIONS 

Evaluation of Transfer Credits 

The Office of Admissions will evaluate previous college work in terms of its 
relationship to the requirements of Orange State College. All degree and credential 
candidates will be issued a Credit Summary, which serves as a basis for determining 
specific remaining requirements for the student’s specific objectives. Once issued to 
a student, the evaluation remains valid as long as the student matriculates at the 
date specified, pursues the objective specified, and remains in continuous attend- 
ance. The student will not be held to additional graduation requirements unless 
such requirements become mandatory as a result of changes in the California 
Administrative Code or the California Education Code. 

In view of the foregoing regulations, the student should notify the Office of 
Admissions immediately if he changes the objective specified in his evaluation. 
While the evaluation for a student remains vaild, the student is held responsible 
for complying with all changes in regulations and procedures which may appear in 
subsequent catalogs. 

Acceptance of Credit 

Credit for work completed at accredited institutions will be accepted toward 
the satisfaction of degree and credential requirements at Orange State College 
within limitations of residence requirements, junior college transfer maximums, and 
course applicability. 


32 


Orange State College 


General Policy 

Transfer credit is not limited to those courses which precisely parallel the 
courses offered at Orange State College. Credit is normally granted for all courses 
completed at other accredited institutions which reasonably correspond to one of 
the various curricula described in this Catalog. Courses which do not appear to cor- 
respond with offerings at Orange State College are ordinarily not granted transfer 
credit. Courses in vocational or shop-type courses, and remedial courses are ex- 
amples of courses not accepted for transfer credit. Students who have completed 
work at professional schools in the field of art or music or similar fields may expect 
a reduction in credit if the work completed carries a credit value in excess of that 
normally allowed for corresponding courses or areas at Orange State College. 

Transfer of Credit From a Junior College 

Upper division credit is not allowed for courses taken in a junior college. Cre- 
dential credit is not allowed for courses in professional education taken in a junior 
college. This does not invalidate credit for pre-professional courses taken at a 
junior college, such as introduction to education, art or design, arithmetic and/or 
music for classroom teachers. After a student has completed 70 units of college 
credit, whether at a junior college or a four-year institution, or at both, no further 
junior college units will be accepted for unit credit. 

Credit for Military Service 

Students who have been in military service for at least a year may be granted six 
units of credit. Courses taken in service schools may be given credit on the basis 
of an evaluation which determines that they are of college level. Any credit for 
military experience will be given only upon request. Records verifying such experi- 
ence must be filed with the Office of Admissions. 

Credit for Extension and Correspondence Courses 

The maximum amount of credit through correspondence and extension courses 
which may be allowed toward the bachelor’s degree is 24 units, of which not more 
than 12 may be transferred from another college or university. 

Credit by Advanced Placement 

Students who have successfully completed courses in the Advanced Placement 
Program shall be granted credit toward graduation, advanced placement in the 
College’s sequence courses, and credit for curriculum requirements upon the ap- 
proval of the major adviser and the chairman of the department (s) affected. 

Credit by Examination Policy 

Students may be granted credit for a course toward graduation and to meet cur- 
riculum requirements by the satisfactory completion of a “Challenge Examination” 
}n that course requirement. The examinations are to be comprehensive and admin- 
istered by the department in which the course is offered. Well in advance of the 
“Challenge Examination” for a course, the student will secure the written approval 
°f his major adviser, the chairman of the department in which the course is offered, 
and the business office to indicate that an appropriate fee has been paid. Upon the 
successful completion of the examination the notation on the permanent record of 
the student will be made as “CR” for the course. Upon failure of the examination, 
the notation on the permanent record of the student will be made as “F” for the 
course. (CR is to indicate credit for the course with a passing grade.) Credit by 
examination may not be used to fulfill the minimum residence requirements. The 
Challenge Examination” for any course may be attempted only once. 


33 


Orange State College 


Academic Advisement 

All undergraduate students working toward a degree or credential are assigned 
an adviser in the major field. Those seeking a credential will also be assigned a 
professional adviser in the Division of Education and Psychology. 

Graduate students in all divisions, except Education and Psychology, will be 
assigned a major adviser. In Education and Psychology, all will have a professional 
adviser. Those students seeking a credential for teaching in secondary schools will 
be assigned both a professional adviser and a major adviser. 

Advisers are assigned by division chairmen. The adviser is basically a resource 
person who will help the student plan his academic program so that he meets the 
requirements of the major or credential objective in the most desirable manner. 
While the adviser can provide valuable information and suggestions to the student, 
the ultimate responsibility for the program the student plans and the courses he 
chooses lies with the student himself. 

REGISTRATION 

Registration is the final step in the matriculation process. When a student has 
been admitted by the Office of Admissions and has decided in a conference with 
his assigned adviser which subjects he wishes to take, he is ready for registration. 

A Class Schedule containing details regarding courses offered and procedures 
to be followed for registration is made available prior to the beginning of each 
semester and summer session. 

At the time of registration, every student is required to file a program card with 
the Office of the Registrar. The filing of a program card by the student and its 
acceptance by the College is evidence of an obligation by the student to perform 
the designated wcJrk to the best of his ability. It is strongly recommended that all 
undergraduates declare a major at the earliest practicable time and not later 
than at the time they have completed 60 units of college work. Withdrawal from, 
or neglect of, any course entered on the program card, or a change of program 
(including a change of section of the same course) without the formal permission 
of the Office of the Registrar, will result in a grade of F. 

A student may not receive credit in any courses in which he is not registered. 

FEES AND EXPENSES 

Application Fee $5.00 

Registration Fees 

Regular Students 

Materials and service fee $38.00 

Associated Students fee 9.00 


Total per semester $47.00 

Limited Students (1-6 units) 

Materials and service fee $19.50 

Associated Students fee 4.00 


Total per semester $23.50 

Music Studio Lesson Fee 

Per semester $70.00 


34 


O range State College 


Summer Session Fees 

Per unit or fraction of unit $14.25 

Associated Students fee 2.00 

Extension Fees 

Per unit or fraction of unit. $10.00-$20.00 

Other Fees or Charges 


Non-Resident tuition fee (in addition to fees required of resident students, 
except for enrollment in extension or summer session): 

15 units or more per semester $250.00 

Less than 15 units, per unit or fraction of unit 16.50 

Non-Resident Foreign Students 

15 units or more per semester $127.50 

Less than 15 units, per unit or fraction of unit 8.50 

Late registration fee (in addition to other fees listed above) — 5.00 

Check returned from bank for any cause 2.00 

Change of program fee 1.00 

Transcript fee (no charge for first copy) 1.00 

Failure to meet administrative required appointment or time limit (Special 
aptitude examinations, failure to keep appointments for health exam- 
ination, special final examinations) — 2.00 

Auditors Pay the Same Fees as Others 
Fee Schedule Subject to Change by State Authority 

Refund of Fees 

Upon withdrawal from College, the Materials and Service Fee may be refunded 
if written Application for Refund, on forms provided by the College, is submitted 
to the Registrar not later than 14 days following the day of the term that instruction 
begins; provided that the amount of $2.00 shall be retained to cover the cost of 
registration. Late registration fees, change of program fees and application fees are 
not refundable. 

The entire fee may be refunded in the event a student is unable to continue his 
registration because of a college regulation or because of compulsory military 
service. Application for refund under such circumstances may be made at any time 
prior to the date when the student receives any academic credit for the courses 
for which he is registered. 

The difference between the applicable materials and service fee, less $2.00, may 
be refunded if the unit load of the student is reduced to a lower materials and 
service fee category within the 14 days following the day of the term that instruc- 
tion begins. 


Parking Fees 

Per Semester (Non-Reserved Spaces) $13.00 

Coin operated parking gate— per admission .25 

SUMMER SESSION 

6 Week Period — 5.00 

4 Week Period 3.00 


TYPICAL STUDENT EXPENSES 

The following is an estimate of the major items of expense for single students 
attending Orange State College. It is not intended to be an exhaustive list, and it 
should be recognized that considerable variation exists on living expenses. Amounts 
shown are for one semester. 


3—16251 


35 


Orange State College 


Expenses 

Materials and Service Fee * - 

Students Living 
in Campus 
Residence Halls 
$47 

Students Commuting 
from Home 
$47 

21 

Other Fees (Parking, Health Insurance) 

21 

Room . — - - . 

250 

Board - . - . 

250 


Books and Supplies 

50 

50 

Clorhing 

75 

75 

Laundry and Cleaning 

25 

25 

Recreation 

75 

75 

Transportation for Commuting Students ..... 


100 

Total 

$793 

$393 


* Note: Out-of-state students add an additional fee of $250 each semester. 


RECORDS 

Grade Reports to Students 

A report of the final grades assigned in classes is sent to each student at the end 
of each semester. 

Transcripts 

Upon request to the Office of the Registrar, each student will be provided with 
one official copy of his college record without charge. A charge of $1 will be made 
for each additional transcript requested by the student. No transcript will be 
supplied for college work taken in other institutions. 

VETERANS 

Orange State College is approved by the Bureau of Readjustment Education, State 
Department of Education, to offer programs to veterans seeking benefits under state 
and federal legislation. All students seeking veterans benefits must have a degree or 
credential objective. 

Applications for benefits should be filed well in advance of the semester in which 
the veteran plans to use these benefits in order to have the authorization at the time 
of registration. 

P.L. 550 

Application 

If the veteran has attended an institution under P.L. 550 benefits before, the 
veteran must file an Application for Change of Place of Training (VA form 1992) 
through the Office of Veterans Affairs at the institution last attended under P.L. 550 
benefits. 

If the veteran has not attended an institution under P.L. 550 benefits before, 
application forms may be obtained from the Veterans Adviser at OSC. 

Monthly Certification 

Each month, the veteran must obtain an Attendance Report Form from the 
veterans adviser. This form must be signed by each of the veteran’s instructors on 
the last class meeting of the month. This signature will verify satisfactory attendance 
for the month. When completed, the Attendance Report Form must be returned to 
the veterans adviser and the veteran must sign the IBM certification card that is 
forwarded to the VA. The Attendance Report Form must be returned to the 
veterans adviser on or before the 5th of the month to ensure receiving the 
subsistence check on time. 


36 


Orange State College 


Subsistence Checks 

The subsistence check should be received on the 20th of the month following the 
month of certification. Under no circumstances should this check be cashed if the 
amount is more than the veteran should have received. An overpayment accepted 
by the veteran will cause an indefinite delay or loss of future benefits. If the check 
has not been received by the end of the month following the month of certification, 
the veteran should notify the veterans adviser at OSC. 

Change of Status 

The Veterans adviser at OSC must be notified immediately of any change of 
address, major, unit load, number of dependents or any other change of status which 
may affect benefits. 


Unit Load and Subsistence 


Units 

Load 

Single 

1 Dependent 

2 Dependents 

14 or more 

Full 

$110 

$135 

$160 

10 to 13 

3 /4 

80 

100 

120 

7 to 9 

Vi 

50 

60 

80 

1 to 6 

Less than Vi 

Fees in monthly subsistence form (total 


for monthly payments equals amount of 
fees by the end of the semester) . 


CAL VET 

Application 

If the veteran has attended an institution under Cal Vet benefits before he should 
obtain the IBM card authorization for training from the Office of Veterans Affairs 
at the last institution attended under Cal Vet benefits. This IBM card must be filed 
with the veterans adviser at OSC. 

If the veteran has not attended an institution under Cal Vet benefits before, the 
application forms may be obtained from the Veterans Adviser at OSC. 

Payment of Fees 

If the veteran has filed his IBM authorization card with the veterans adviser at 
OSC prior to or at registration, the fees will be paid by the State. If the veteran 
files the IBM authorization card after registration, he may receive a check to cover 
the fees upon direct application to Cal Vet. The application for refund may be 
obtained from the Veterans Adviser. 

Maintenance Allowance 

If the veteran is registered for a full load (12 semester units) at OSC, he may 
receive approximately $50 a month from Cal Vet as a maintenance allowance. 

Enrollment Attendance Certificate 

When the veteran registers, he must complete an enrollment certificate. He must 
fill out an attendance certificate on the 15th of each month only if he is receiving 
the maintenance allowance. 

Veterans Attending Under Other State or Federal Legislation 
V eterans anticipating attendance at OSC under other state or federal legislation 
should see the Veterans Adviser for further information. 


37 


Orange State College 

Dependents of Disabled or Deceased Veterans 

Dependents of disabled or deceased veterans should see the Veterans Adviser for 
information concerning state and federal legislation which provides for the waiver 
of fees or for educational benefits. 

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 

Students who have been admitted to the college are required to register each 
term at announced times and locations. Registration is not official until fees have 
been paid, and no student is allowed to attend classes until all steps in the regis- 
tration process have been completed. 

A number of Academic Regulations related to registration are listed below, and 
all students are expected to be familiar with them as well as other pertinent portions 
of the college catalog. 

Statement of Residence 

A Statement of Residence must be completed prior to registration for each 
student, day or evening. No student in continuous attendance during successive 
semesters is required to file a Statement of Residence after the initial filing. Any 
break in attendance, however, does require a new Statement of Residence. 

Late Registration 

The last day to register late each semester will be announced in the Class Schedule. 
The college calendar in the front of this catalog contains 1964-1965 registration 
dates. Late registrants will find themselves handicapped in arranging their programs 
and must by state law pay a $5 late registration fee in addition to regular fees. 

Change of Program 

Each student is responsible for the program of courses listed at the time of reg- 
istration. Changes may not be made thereafter without the filing of a Change of 
Program form in the Office of the Registrar. All applications for courses dropped 
or added incur a $1 Change of Program fee. 

Withdrawal from College 

Students who wish to withdraw' from college must complete a Withdrawal From 
College card. See section on Refund of Fees for possible refunds. No student may 
withdraw after the date shown on the College Calendar as the last day of instruc- 
tion. 

Grades for Withdrawal 

Through the 6th week of instruction in the semester, the grade for withdrawal 
will be an automatic “W.” Beginning with the 7th week, grades assigned will be 
“W” if the student is passing at the time he withdraws, or “F” if the student is 
failing at the time he withdraws. 

Concurrent Enrollment 

A student enrolled at Orange State College may enroll concurrently for addi- 
tional courses at another institution only with advance written approval from the 
student’s academic adviser. Permission will not be granted when the study load in 
the proposed combined program exceeds the units authorized at this College. 


38 


Orange State College 


OTHER DEFINITIONS AND REGULATIONS 

Unit of Credit 

Each college semester unit represents three hours of college work per week for 
one semester. Courses are of three types: 

(1) Lecture— one hour in class plus two hours of study. 

(2) Activity— two hours of class plus one hour of study. 

(3) Laboratory— three hours in class. 

Some courses may combine two or more of these types. 

Classification in College 

Undergraduate students who have completed 0-29 units of work are classified 
as freshmen, 30-59 units as sophomores, 60-89 units as juniors, and 90 or more as 
seniors. 

Study List Limits 

A student is normally permitted to enroll in a maximum of 16 units each semester. 
However, upon written approval of his adviser, the student may carry additional 
units. The foregoing limits apply to students who are attending college on a full- 
time basis. Students with outside responsibilities are strongly advised to reduce their 
study load. 

Grading System 

Satisfactory Grade 

b ~ rrz zii 

A 

Cr 


Grade Point Value 

2 

3 

4 

None assigned 


Unsatisfactory Grade 

D 

F 

Special Grade 

E (Incomplete) . 


AU (Auditor) (no credit toward degree or credential) None assigned 

W (Passing withdrawal) None assigned 

With the exception of the grades of E, AU, W, and CR, all units attempted are 
computed in the student’s grade point average. 

Incomplete Work 

A grade of E may be given only when, in the opinion of the instructor, a stu- 
dent cannot complete a course during the semester of enrollment for reasons 
beyond his control. Such reasons are assumed to include illness of the student, of 
members of his immediate family, extraordinary financial problems, loss of outside 
Position, and other such exigencies. A student may remove a grade of E (incom- 
plete work) by satisfactory completion of course requirements with the instructor 
and the grade will be changed on the student’s permanent record card to that 
designated by the instructor. If the grade of E is not removed within one semester, 
nnless this period is extended by proper College authority, the grade of E will be 
considered a permanent grade of F. 

Repetition of Courses 

. W r hen a course is repeated, the units and grade points of the repetition are 
included in the grade point average in addition to the units and grade points of 


39 


Orange State College 


the original course. When a course is repeated, where the original grade was 
passing, the repetition will carry no subject or unit credit toward a degree or cre- 
dential. Grade point deficiencies incurred by courses completed at Orange State 
College may not be made up by courses taken at other colleges. 

Examinations 

Final examinations are required in all courses and are given at times scheduled 
by the College. Any exception to this schedule must be approved by the office of 
the Dean of Instruction. No make-up final examination will be given except for 
reason of illness or other emergencies verified by an authorized College office and 
by written permission of the instructor and division chairman. 

Student Writing 

Students will be required to demonstrate, in all classes where written expression 
is appropriate, their ability to write clearly and correctly about the materials of 
the course. Ability of a student to demonstrate writing proficiency shall be used 
as a part of the final grade determination in any course. 

Student Conduct 

The College properly assumes that all students are in attendance for the purpose 
of securing a sound education and that they will conduct themselves as mature 
citizens of the campus community. Compliance with not only the common law but 
with all regulations of the College is therefore expected. If, however, on any occa- 
sion a student or an organization is known to have compromised accepted standards 
of conduct and good taste, appropriate disciplinary action must be taken by 
authorities of the College. Conduct which is prejudicial to the good name of the 
institution by any student or student group will not under any circumstances be 
tolerated or overlooked. Every effort will be made to encourage and support the 
development of self-discipline and control by students and student organizations. 
The Dean of Students, aided by all members of the faculty and advised by the 
Student Affairs Committee of the faculty, is responsible to the President of the Col- 
lege for the behavior of students in their relationships to the College. The Presi- 
dent in turn is responsible to the Chancellor and the Trustees of the California 
State Colleges who themselves are governed by specific laws of the State of Cali- 
fornia. 

Honors-at-Entrance 

Honors-at-Entrance are awarded to both freshman and transfer students who 
have demonstrated outstanding achievement in past academic work. A minimum 
grade point average of 3.5 is required. For freshman, this is based on college pre- 
paratory work taken during the last three years of secondary school while trans- 
fer student eligibility is based on courses accepted by this College as degree credit. 
A Certificate of Honors-at-Entrance is awarded in the Fall semester, and a nota- 
tion of such an award is made on the student’s permanent record card. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR'S DEGREE 

A candidate for graduation should file an application for a Graduation Require- 
ment Check in the Office of the Registrar by the end of the fifth week of the 
semester prior to the semester in which he expects to graduate. No graduation 
requirement check should be requested unless and until the senior has completed 
100 semester hours (including the current work in progress). If the candidate does 
not complete the requirements in the semester indicated, he must request a second 
graduation check indicating the new date. A student is eligible for graduation if 
he is in good standing and fulfills the following requirements: 


40 


O range State College 


(1) General Education 

General Education Program for Students Entering with Freshman Status 

( For the philosophy and objectives of the College , including the required 
General Education program , see pp. 20, 40 in the introductory pages.) 

To be eligible for the bachelor’s degree at Orange State College, the candidate 
shall have oomplcted 50 semester units of general education including at least 6 
units in upper division courses. It is strongly recommended that English 101 and 
102 be completed during the freshman year. The courses in general education shall 
be distributed in the following manner: 

Minimum 

Units 

(a) Social Sciences 12 

Courses in the Social Sciences shall include the following: 

1. History 170A (3) or History 170B (3)— meets the state requirement 
in U.S. History. 

2. Political Science 100 (3) or a combination of Political Science 101 
(3) and Political Science 311 (3)— meets the state requirements in 
U.S. Constitution and California State and Local Government. 

3. A minimum of 6 additional units required with at least one course 
from each of the following two groups: 

a. Geography 121 (3), Sociology 201 (3) 

b. Geography 121 (3), Geography 131 (3), Geography 333 (3), His- 
tory 110A (3), History 110B (3), History 170A (3), History 170B 
(3), Political Science 101 (3), Political Science 331 (3), Political 
Science 340 (3), Political Science 351 (3), Sociology 201 (3), or 
Sociology 202 (3). 

(b) Natural Sciences 9 

Courses in the Natural Sciences shall include: 

1. A minimum of 5 units from the following: 

Biological Science 100 (2) and either Biological Science 140 (3) or 
Biological Science 160 (3) 

2. A minimum of 4 units from the following: Physical Science 201 
(4-5), Chemistry 101 A, B (5,5), Physics 221 (4). 

(c) Humanities ... 12 

Courses in the Humanities shall include: 

1. English 101 (3) and English 102 (3) 

2. A minimum of 6 additional units required, consisting of three units 
each from the two groupings below. 

a. Philosophy 110 (3), Philosophy 210 (3), Philosophy 310 (3), Phi- 
losophy 311 (3), Philosophy 451 (3) 

b. English 202 (3), English 221 (3), English 334 (3), English 451 (3), 
Comp. Lit. 315 (3), Comp. Lit. 425 (3), or any upper division 
course in French, German or Spanish. 

(d) Fine and Applied Arts 9 

Courses in the Fine and Applied Arts shall include: 

1. A minimum of 3 units from the following: 

Speech 101 (3), Speech 231A (3), or Speech 211 (3) 

2. A minimum of 6 additional units required which shall include at 
least one course from two of the following groups: 

a. Art 100 (3), Art 101 (3), Art 103 (3), Art 104 (3), Art 107 AB, 

(3,3), Art 111 (3), Art 401 (3), Art 402 (3) 


41 


Orange State College 


b. Drama 271 (3), Drama 272 (3) 

c. Music 100 (3), Music 101 (3), Music 151 A (2), Music 15 IB (2), 
Music 161a,361a (1,1), Music 161b, 361b (1,1), Music 161c,361c 
(1,1), Music 220 (2), Music 350 (3). 

(c) Psychology 3 

Psychology 101 (3) 

(f) Economics or Mathematics 3 

A minimum of 3 units from the following: 

Economics 200 (5), Economics 201 (3), Economics 200 A (3), Eco- 
nomics 200B (3), Mathematics 120 (3), Mathematics 150A (4), Mathe- 
matics 100A (3), Mathematics 250A (3), or any upper division 
mathematics course. 

(g) Health and Physical Education 2 

A minimum of 2 units required by completing four semesters of activity 
courses which include instruction in health education. A physical educa- 
tion activity course taken in the summer session may not be counted in 
lieu of a semester. Not more than one activity course within any one 
semester may be counted toward general education. Credit in intercollegi- 
ate athletics courses may meet not more than two semesters of the College 
general education requirement in physical education. Not more than six 
units of credit in physical education activities courses, including inter- 
collegiate athletics, may be applied toward credit for graduation. (Persons 
who are over 25 years of age are not required to enroll for courses in 
physical education.) 

Total 50 

(The above requirevtents apply to all students who began college-level 
work in any institution in the Fall semester , 1963.) 

General Education Program for Transfer Students 

(For students transferring to Orange State College after completion of 30 or 
more college transfer units.) 

To be eligible for the bachelor’s degree from Orange State College, the candidate 
shall have completed a minimum of 50 semester units of general education including 
at least 6 units in upper division courses. This program, while providing for the 
same breadth as required for students entering as freshmen, allows for the necessary 
flexibility for the transfer student. The courses in general education shall be dis- 
tributed in the following manner: 

(a) Social Sciences 12 

The social sciences shall include required instruction in U.S. History, 

U.S. Constitution, California State and Local Government and American 
ideals, and courses in the subject fields of: anthropology, economics, 
geography, history, political science, sociology', and similar fields. Courses 
must be selected from two or more of these fields. 

(b) Natural Sciences * 9 

The natural sciences shall include at least one course selected from the 
physical sciences and at least one from the biological sciences. The 
physical sciences include astronomy, chemistry, geology and physics. 

The biological sciences include botany, physiology and zoology. 


42 


Orange State College 


(c) Humanities ..... 12 

The humanities shall include a year of instruction in college-level 
English composition and literature. The remaining units may be chosen 
from the following subject fields: comparative literature, English, philoso- 
phy, and advanced courses in French, German, Spanish, or other foreign 
languages. 

(d) Fine and Applied Arts 9 

The fine and applied arts shall include a course in oral communication. 
Additional courses shall be chosen from the following subject areas: art, 
drama and music. 

(e) Psychology 3 

This should be the standard introductory course in psychology. 

(f) Economics or Mathematics 3 

Either a course in college mathematics which would have as its pre- 
requisite a minimum of two years of high school mathematics or its 
equivalent, or a college-level introductory course in economics will meet 


this requirement. 

(g) Health and Physical Education — — 2 

In addition to physical education activity, instruction in health educa- 
tion is required. 

Total — . 50 


( The above requirements apply to all students who began college-level 
work in any institution in the Fall semester , 1963.) 

(2) Units 

(a) Total Units 

A minimum of 124 semester units is required for graduation with a Bachelor 
of Arts degree. 

(b) Upper Division Units 

Completion of a minimum of 40 units of upper division credit is required. 

(c) Resident Units 

Completion of a minimum of 24 semester units in residence is required. At 
least one-half of these units must be completed among the last 20 semester 
units counted toward the degree. Extension credit, or credit by examination, 
may not be used to fulfill the minimum residence requirement. 

Scholarship 

(a) A grade point average of 2.0 or better is required on all units attempted, 
including those accepted by transfer from another institution. 

(b) A grade point average of 2.0 or better is required on all units in the major. 

(c) A grade point average of 2.0 or better is required on all units attempted 
at the college granting the degree. 

(4) Major 

Completion of all requirements for a major as specified by appropriate college 
authority is required. 

(5) Minor 

Completion of a minor field is not required for the B.A. at this time. 
Approval and Recommendation of the Faculty of the College 


43 


Orange State College 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MASTER'S DEGREE 

Orange State College has been authorized to grant the following graduate degrees: 
Master of Arts in English 
Master of Arts in History 
Master of Arts in Social Sciences 
Master of Business Administration 

Master’s degrees in other areas are under consideration for submission to the 
Board of Trustees of the California State Colleges for its approval. Public announce- 
ment will be made of such added degrees as they are approved. 

ADMISSION OF GRADUATE STUDENTS 

(1) Admission to Unclassified Graduate Standing 

(a) For admission with graduate standing as an Unclassified Graduate student, 
a student shall have completed a four-year course and hold an acceptable 
baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution; or shall have completed 
equivalent academic preparation as determined by the College. 

(b) Admission to the College with graduate standing does not constitute ad- 
mission to graduate degree curricula. 

(c) Admission to the College Summer Session does not constitute admission to 
the College. (See “Special Responsibilities of Students on Master’s Degree 
Programs,” below.) 

(2) Admission to Graduate Degree Curricula: Classified Graduate Status 

A student who has been admitted to Unclassified standing at the College may, 
upon application, be admitted to an authorized graduate degree curriculum of 
the College as a Classified Graduate student if he satisfactorily meets the 
scholastic, professional, personal, and other standards for graduate study, 
including qualifying examinations, as required by the Graduate Studies Com- 
mittee and the instructional divisions and departments which offer the particular 
master’s degree. 


GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE 

To be eligible for the master’s degree, the candidate shall have completed the 
following requirements: 

(1) Advancement to Classified Graduate Status 

For advancement to Classified Graduate Status for the master’s degree, the ap- 
plicant shall have met the following minimum requirements: 

a. The completion of requirements for admission to Classified Graduate stand- 
ing as specified in the specific master’s degree program. 

b. Such scholastic, professional, and personal standards, the passing of ex- 
aminations, and other qualifications as the College may prescribe. 

(2) Requirements for the Degree 

a. Thirty semester units of approved graduate work completed within seven 
years of the date when all the requirements for the degree are completed, 
except that the College, at its option, may extend the time for students who 
pass a comprehensive examination in the relevant course or subject field. 
Of the 30 semester units: 


44 


Orange State College 


(1) Not less than 24 shall be completed in residence. 

(2) Not less than 12 shall be in courses organized primarily for graduate 
students. 

(3) Not more than 6 shall be in extension or transfer credit. 

(4) Not more than 6 shall be allowed for a thesis, but the requirement of 
a thesis is optional with the College. 

(5) Not less than 15 shall be completed after advancement to Classified 
Graduate Status. (An exception may be authorized for students well 
advanced when new programs are initiated.) 

b. A grade point average of 3.0 (grade of B on a five-point scale) or better in 
all courses taken to satisfy the requirements for the degree. 

c. The completion of a satisfactory pattern of study in the department or di- 
vision of the field of concentration as approved by the student’s graduate 
advisor and committee. 

d. The recommendation of the faculty of the College before the degree is 
granted. 

Within these general requirements for all Orange State College master’s degrees 
there are other, specific, detailed requirements of a quantative and qualitative na- 
ture for each specific degree, both as concerns prerequisites and program. These 
will be found in the description of master’s degree programs, in each of the Di- 
visions offering such degrees, later in this catalog. 

SPECIAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF STUDENTS ON MASTER'S DEGREE PROGRAMS 

In addition to the academic and other requirements for the master’s degree, each 
student must take responsibility for initiating action at several points. Failure to 
initiate these actions will place his program in jeopardy. These specific student 
responsibilities are as follows: 

1. Apply for admission to the College in Unclassified Graduate Status. This must 
be done with the Office of Admissions prior to the dates indicated in the 
College Calendar. A student must be in Unclassified Graduate Status in order 
to take any graduate studies in the College. This status is obtained by showing 
proof of a bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution upon application 
to the Admissions Office. However, students should immediately proceed to 
follow Steps 2 and 3, below. 

2. At the same time, or before, the student will have two copies of transcripts 
of all previous undergraduate or graduate studies in other colleges or universi- 
ties forwarded to the Admissions Office. These will be requested by the stu- 
dent to be sent directly from the colleges or universities where these studies 
have been pursued. For previous studies taken at Orange State College, the 
student will arrange with the Registrar to make one copy of the transcript 
available. The added copy, in each case, will be sent to the advisor of the 
student. 

3. State his objective on his application for admission (in Step 1, above) as 

“M.A. in The student who has previously pursued graduate studies 

at Orange State College, and who has not indicated a master’s degree objec- 
tive, or who changes objective, will similarly indicate the objective on the 
blue Change of Objective card when registering. 

4. Consult with his advisor in the field of his desired master’s program, at 
registration time or before, to obtain information about prerequisites, courses 
he should take, and to develop an informal Study Plan. 

3. Complete prerequisites as specified. 


45 


Orange State College 


6 . Normally during the first semester of study, take the standardized tests 
required in his desired master’s program, on dates as announced by the Test 
Center of the College. These must be applied for at designated dates, well 
in advance of the testing dates, on registration forms supplied by the depart- 
ment or Test Center, and fees must accompany the form. 

If the specific tests required in the student’s master’s program have been 
taken elsewhere, consult with the Test Center well in advance for transfer 
of results to the Center, and arrange with the Center for subsequent transfer 
of test results to the department concerned. 

7. If a full-time student, four weeks before the end of his first semester of study, 
or, if a part-time student, upon completion of from eight to twelve units of 
work on his graduate program, apply to the Registrar for Classified Graduate 
Status. Only students who achieve this status are candidates for the degree. 

8. A week thereafter he must make an appointment with his advisor to complete 
the formal Study Plan for the master’s degree, determine thesis or project title 
(if required), and determine if all requirements for Classified Graduate Status 
have been met. 

9. File with the Office of the Registrar an application for graduation check eight 
weeks prior to the end of the semester or summer session when the program 
is completed. 

10. Make an appointment with the advisor five weeks prior to the end of the 
semester or summer session when the program is completed, to assure that all 
requirements will be met. 

11. Consult with the Registrar relative to the awarding of the degree. 

DECLASSIFICATION 

Graduate students in Classified Graduate Status shall be declassified for failure 
to maintain the required grade point average of the master’s degree program, for 
other unsatisfactory performance in respect to scholastic or professional standards, 
or for failure actively to continue in the program during a twelve-month period. 
Such students shall revert to Unclassified Graduate Status. Students whose perform- 
ance is found to be seriously below the quality required of graduate students may 
be required to withdraw from all graduate courses. 

MINIMUM FULL-TIME LOAD FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Twelve (12) hours of course work per semester shall constitute a minimum 
full-time load for graduate students. 

WAIVER OF TUITION FOR NON-RESIDENT GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Worthy graduate students who are not residents of California may, under certain 
circumstances, obtain a waiver of the non-resident tuition fee. Inquiries should be 
directed to the Coordinator of Graduate Studies. 

INTERNATIONAL STUDY 

The College participates in the California State Colleges’ program of study 
abroad. Under this program, limited studies taken at designated foreign universities, 
when arranged in advance, may be applied toward the requirements of a degree 
awarded by the College. It is important that plans be completed several months in 
advance of starting such a program. For details consult the Coordinator of Gradu- 
ate Studies (or the Dean of Students). 


46 


Orange State College 


GRADUATE ASSISTANTS 

There are a limited number of appointments as graduate assistants available to 
outstanding graduate students who are working on graduate degree programs. 
These may pay up to $1100 per semester. If interested, consult with the Chairman 
of the Division in which degree study is being taken. 

READMISSION 

Graduate students who fail to register at Orange State College during any 
semester must apply for readmission to the College prior to the dates for admission 
indicated in the College Calendar at the front of this publication. 

For further information concerning admission to graduate work, requirements 
for the master’s degree, and procedure to follow in obtaining the master’s degree, 
please write or contact the Office of the Coordinator of Graduate Studies, Orange 
State College, 800 North State College Boulevard, Fullerton, California. 

SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS 

Honors At Graduation 

Honors at graduation have been defined by the Faculty Council in three classi- 
fications: 

With Honors GPA 3.5 

With High Honors GPA 3.85 

With Highest Honors GPA 4.0 

Dean's List 

Academic achievement is recognized with the publication each semester of a list 
of students whose grade point average for the previous term has been 3.5 or 
better. Students are notified in writing by the Dean of Students when they have 
earned this distinction. 

Academic Probation 

It is the purpose of academic probation to identify and to bring to the attention 
of appropriate authorities the student who is experiencing academic difficulties. 
Therefore, students whose records fall into any one of the following categories 
are placed on academic probation: 

(1) Where the cumulative grade point average on all work attempted at all 
institutions attended is below a C (2.0). 

(2) Where the cumulative grade point average on all work attempted at Orange 
State College falls below a C (2.0). 

Academic Dismissal 

It is the purpose of academic dismissal to give the student an opportunity to 
review carefully his educational experiences away from the college environment. 
This “break” will normally be imposed before the student’s record has reached 
the point where it will preclude a continuation of his educational program at a 
later date. Therefore, students whose records fall into the following categories 
w ill be subject to dismissal: 

(1) Where the record shows below a C (2.0) average in a regular semester or 
summer session when the student is already on academic probation. (This 
category does not apply to students admitted on probation.) 

(2) Where after two semesters on probation a student has not attained a grade 
point average of C (2.0) on all work attempted at Orange State College 
and on all work attempted at all collegiate institutions attended. 


47 


Orange State College 


(3) Where the academic record of the student indicates serious academic dif- 
ficulty. 

Removal of Probation 

A student will be automatically removed from academic probation when all the 
following conditions are met: 

(1) The student’s cumulative grade point average on all work attempted at 
Orange State College is a C (2.0) or above. 

(2) The student’s cumulative grade point average on all work attempted at all 
collegiate institutions attended is a C (2.0) or above. 

Readmission After Academic Dismissal 

A student may apply to the Office of Admissions for readmission after academic 
dismissal upon completion of the period of dismissal. 

Good Standing 

“Good standing” indicates that a student is eligible to continue or to return, and 
is free from financial obligation to the College and from disciplinary action. A 
student under academic or disciplinary dismissal is not eligible to receive a state- 
ment of “good standing” on transcripts issued by Orange State College. 

RIGHT OF PETITION 

Students have the right to petition any academic action taken by the College in 
accordance with established regulations. When a problem arises where this petition 
right should be exercised, the student should be referred to the Office of Admis- 
sions and Records. He will be permitted to file a petition on a form designated 
for this purpose. All petitions must first be reviewed by the student’s adviser and 
initialed by him. The Petitions Committee will then take action on the petition 
and the student will be notified of this decision. A copy of the action will also be 
placed in the student's folder in the Office of the Registrar. 

Students also have the right to appeal any disciplinary action taken by appro- 
priate College authority. This may be done by requesting a hearing at a regular 
meeting of the Faculty Committee on Student Affairs, or at a special meeting if 
the matter is deemed urgent. Such requests should be filed in the Office of the 
Dean of Students who will schedule a hearing at the earliest possible time. 


48 


COLLEGE 

CURRICULA 



COLLEGE CURRICULA 


Orange State College has been authorized to offer the following degree programs 
which are described on the pages listed: 



Page 



Page 

B.A. Art 

72 

B.A. 

History 

104 

B.A. Biological Science 

94 

B.A. 

Humanities 

_ 86 

B.A. Business Administration 

_ 54 

B.A. 

Mathematics 

97 

B.A. Chemistry 

95 

B.A. 

Music 

80 

B.A. Communications 

90 

B.A. 

Philosophy 

. 91 

B.A. Drama 

74 

B.A. 

Physics 

98 

\ . Economics 

— 58 

B.A. 

Political Science ... 

105 

B.A. English 

86 

B.A. 

Psychology 

.... - 107 

B.A. French 

.... 88 

B.A. 

Sociology 

.. 108 

B.A. Geography 

103 

B.A. 

Spanish 

88 

B.A. German 


B.A. 

Speech 

82 

The following master’s degree programs 

have 

also been authorized: 


M.B.A. Business Administration 


M.A. 

History 


M.A. English 


M.A. 

Social Sciences 



Courses of study are organized into six instructional divisions of the College: 
Business Administration and Economics, Education, Fine and Applied Arts, Human- 
ities, Science and Mathematics, and Social Sciences. These courses are listed below 
by subject-matter field and instructional divisions: 


Accounting 

Anthropology 

Art 

Art Education 

Biological Science 
Business Education 
hemistry.. 


Courses 


Divisions 

Business Administration and Economics 

Social Sciences 

Fine and Applied Arts 

Fine and Applied Arts, Education 

Science and Mathematics 
Business Administration and Economics, Education 

Science and Mathematics 

Humanities 

Fine and Applied Arts 


omparative Literature 

Drama 

Economics Business Administration and Economics 

Education— Foundations Education 

Education— Elementary — Education 

Education— Secondary Education 

Education-School Services — Education 

English —Humanities 

English Education Humanities, Education 

Finance , Business Administration and Economics 

Foreign Languages Education Humanities, Education 

French __ Humanities 

Geography Social Sciences 

German Humanities 

Health Education Education 

History Social Sciences 

Journalism Humanities 


Orange State College 


Courses Divisions 


Journalism Education 

Humanities, Education 

Management 

Business Administration and Economics 

Marketing . 

Business Administration and Economics 

Mathematics 

Science and Mathematics 

Mathematics Education 

Science and Mathematics, Education 

Music 

Fine and Applied Arts 

Music Education 

Fine and Applied Arts, Fducation 

Philosophy 

Humanities 

Physical Education 

Education 

Physical Science 

_ Science and Mathematics 

Physics 

Science and Mathematics 

Political Science 

Social Sciences 

Psychology ... 

. Social Sciences 

Quantitative Methods 

Business Administration and Economics 

Recreation 

Education 

Russian 

Humanities 

Science Education 

Science and /Mathematics, Education 

Social Sciences Education 

Social Sciences, Education 

Social Welfare .. . 

Sncial Science* 

Sociology 

Social Science* 

Spanish .... ... 

Humanities 

Speech 

Fine and Applied Arts 

Speech Education 

Fine and Applied Arts, Education 


PREPROFESSIONAL STUDIES 

Studies which may qualify students for admission to professional schools in 
architecture, dentistry, law, medicine, social welfare and theology are available. 
Interested students are advised to consult the Office of Counseling concerning 
professional objectives. 


52 


DIVISION OF BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 


Division Chairman [ Theodore H. Smith 

Department of Accounting and Finance 

Professor Wiseman (Chairman) 

Associate Professors . Kinney, Li 

Assistant Professor Woo 

Department of Economics 

Professor Roberts (Chairman) 

Associate Professor Graves 

Assistant Professors Lafky, Pontney 

Department of Management 

Associate Professor Barres (Chairman), McCloud 

Assistant Professors. - Biesiot, Ellery 

Department of Marketing and Quantitative Methods 

Professors Roberts, Smith, Tull (Chairman) 

Associate Professor Hussain 

Assistant Professor — Fyfe 

THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

Through a study of the various theoretical and practical business policies and 
procedures, the Division of Business Administration and Economics seeks to afford 
a basic education for managerial and professional positions in business, government, 
and education. Although emphasis is given to theory, factual content which is essen- 
tial in specific vocations such as accounting, economics, finance, marketing, manage- 
ment, and business education is provided to enable students to enter apprenticeships 
in these fields with the expectation that their education should expedite their prog- 
ress, either to managerial positions or to staff positions as professional accountants, 
economists, educators, and marketing and business consultants. 

In our ever-expanding, complex society, the managers of tomorrow must be men 
and women with breadth of understanding and vision. Students who concentrate 
in a special area are encouraged to elect courses in other divisions of the college. 
Particularly in the areas of the behavioral, social, and political sciences, and foreign 
languages. It is assumed that the first half of their college work toward a bachelor’s 
degree represents a required basic education in communication, mathematics, a 
laboratory' science, social science, and the humanities. With the broadening of our 
cultural and business horizons, it is desirable to become increasingly better versed in 
the language of our neighbors, Spanish, and in such languages as French, German, 
and Russian. Since the understanding of mathematics is becoming increasingly 
important in business and the social sciences, students who contemplate enrollment 
m either business administration or economics are encouraged to take four years of 
high school mathematics. College algebra, or three y ears of high school mathematics 
mcluding a second course in algebra, will be a minimum prerequisite for entrance 
to the program. 


53 


Orange State College 


If credits for either or both elementary accounting and principles of economics 
have not been earned, it will be necessary to enroll in these courses the first semes- 
ter of the junior year. 

Students enrolled in the division and working toward a college degree are subject 
to the general requirements of the college as to courses and credit hours required 
for graduation. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The degree requirements are as follows: 

1. Completion of a minimum of 50 semester credit hours in business administra- 
tion and economics courses in the Division of Business Administration and 
Economics, of which 35 semester credit hours must be upper division courses. 

2. Completion of at least 15 semester credit hours in the Division of Business 
Administration and Economics at Orange State College. 

3. Completion of the required core courses in the Division of Business Adminis- 
tration and Economics. Students in Business Administration are required to 
take Mathematics 120 (Finite Mathematics) or equivalent as prerequisite to 
Quantitative Methods 361. 

4. Completion of 12 semester credit hours of required courses in an area of 
concentration to be selected by the student. 

5. Completion of at least 62 semester credit hours in areas other than Business 
Administration and Economics. 

6. Students must attain at least a 2.0 grade point average (C average) in all 
college work attempted, in all courses taken in the Division of Business Admin- 
istration and Economics, and in his area of concentration. 

CORE: The business administration and economics courses listed below are re- 
quired of all students majoring in business administration: 


Course Units 

Economics 100 American Economic History .... 3 

Economics 200 or 200A-B Principles of Economics 5-6 

Accounting 101A-B, or 200 Elementary Accounting 6-5 

Finance 330 Business Finance 3 

Management 341 Principles of Management 3 

Management 346 Business Law 3 

Management 449 Business Policies # 3 

Marketing 351 Principles of Marketing 3 

Quantitative Methods 361 Business and Economic Statistics 3 

Total 31-33 

•Those students taking Business Economics as their area of concentration will take Econ. 401 — 


Government and Business — in lieu of Mgmt. 449 — Business Policies. 

AREAS OF CONCENTRATION FOR MAJORS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

A student in business administration should select an area of concentration by the 
second semester of the junior year and take the required courses in the area. 


Accounting Units 

301A-301B Intermediate Accounting 6 

302 Cost Accounting 3 


54 


Orange State College 


And at least one of the following courses: 

303 Governmental Accounting 3 

308 Federal Income Tax 3 

401 Advanced Accounting 3 

402 Auditing 3 

Business Economics 

302 Intermediate Economic Analysis 3 

303 Intermediate Economic Analysis 3 

402 Monetary and Fiscal Policy 3 

Management 446 Managerial Economics 3 

Finance 

324 Money and Banking 3 

331 Financial Analysis 3 

And at least two of the following courses: 

337 Real Estate Finance 3 

431 Capital and Money Markets 3 

432 Investment Principles and Practices 3 

433 Problems in Business Finance 3 

Management 

342 Production Management 3 

343 Personnel Management and Human Relations 3 

444 Motion and Time Study 3 

446 Managerial Economics ~ 3 

Marketing 

353 Marketing Administration 3 

452 Marketing Research 3 

459 Marketing Problems 3 

A minimum of one of the following courses: 

307 Distribution Costs 3 

354 Principles of Advertising 3 

355 Credit and Credit Administration 3 

356 Creative Motivation 3 

Quantitative Methods 

362 Introduction to Econometrics 3 

461 Advanced Statistics 3 

462 Mathematical Models in Business and Economics 3 

At least one of the following two courses: 

364 Computer Logic and Programming 3 

463 Statistical Decision Theory 3 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 

Students who wish to major in Business Administration in preparation for a 
career as a secondary school teacher in business subjects must meet the require- 
ments of the Division of Business Administration and Economics and the secondary 
school teacher education program including the requirements for the proper cre- 
dential as outlined in the catalog. 

The requirements for a major in this area are as follows: 

1. The core requirements as set forth for all Business Administration Majors, 
Page 54; 


55 


O range State College 


2. Twelve hours of advanced work in one of the five areas of concentration: 

a. Accounting 

b. Economics 

c. Finance 

d. Management 

e. Marketing 

3. A minimum of 7 credit hours of electives which may include secretarial 
studies; * 

4. A maximum of 12 credit hours in the secretarial field (typewriting, shorthand, 
transcription, filing and office machines) may count toward the degree in 
Business Administration or Economics.* 

Education courses required will be detailed by the Division of Education. 

THE MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE 

Applicants and continuing students should read carefully the general College 
requirements for “Master’s Degree Programs,” page 44. 

The procedural steps for admission to and the completion of the Master of 
Business Administration Degree are as follows: 

Admission Requirements 

Apply for admission to the College in Unclassified Graduate Status and declare 
as objective a Master of Business Administration. Proof of a degree from an 
accredited college or university must be supplied. This must be done at the Office 
of Admissions prior to the dates indicated in the College Calendar. 

Prerequisites 

Admission to the program requires the completion of the following prerequisites 
with a grade point average of not less than 2.5. 

Units 


Mathematics 

Mathematics - 

120 

250A 

Finite Mathematics, or 

Calculus 

Accounting . 

...... 300 

Accounting Fundamentals 

Economics — 

300 

Basic Economics 

Finance — - - 

330 

Business Finance 

Management 

341 

Principles of Management 

Management . .. 

...... 346 

Business Law 

Marketing 

351 

Principles of Marketing 

Quantitative Methods 

361 

Business and Economic Statistics .. 


Total 24 

Take the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business during the first 
semester of residence or at the earliest possible date. This test is given each year 
on a specified Saturday in November, February, April and July, and is administered 
at Orange State College. 

Advancement to Classified Graduate Status 

Achievement of this status requires the following: 

1. Completion of all prerequisites 

* Orange State College does not offer work in secretarial training, typewriting, or business 
machines. Consult the Chairman of the Division of Business Administration and Economics 
to arrange for transfer of approved courses to satisfy these requirements. 


56 


O range State College 

2. Making a satisfactory score in the Admission Test for Graduate Study in 
Business 

3. Have prepared and have approved a program in consultation with an advisor 

4. Apply to the Registrar for Classified Graduate Status upon completion of 
8 to 12 units of graduate work. 

5. Receive approval by the Business Administration and Economics faculty and 
the coordinator of Graduate Studies. 

The Program for the M.B.A. Degree Is Outlined As Follows: 

Completion of 30 credit hours in courses approved for Graduate work of which 
not less than 15 credit hours must be in the 500 course level with an over-all point 
average of not less than 3.0. 

This can be achieved in three ways: 

a. 30 credit hours of course work; 

b. 27 credit hours of course work and an approved project; 

c. 24 credit hours of course work and an approved thesis. 

1. Course work required of all candidates for the degree (24 units) 


CURRICULUM 

Accounting Units 

Required 

405 Industrial Accounting 3 

501 Administrative Accounting _ 3 

Recommended Electives 

406 Cost Control — 3 

407 Integrated Data Processing Systems 3 

Other Electives 

Other 400 level accounting courses 


Economics 

Required 

403 Comparative Economic System 3 

510 Competition, Monopoly, and Public Policy 3 

Recommended Electives 

511 Economic Problems and Public Policy 3 

Other Electives 

Other 400 level economics courses 


Management 

Required 

544 Organizational Behavior, Theory, and Administration 
Recovmiended Electives 

442 Labor Law ~ 

445 Production Control Analysis 

446 Managerial Economics 

449 Business Policies ■ — — 

Other Electives 

Other 400 level management courses 


57 


Orango State College 

Marketing 

Required Units 

459 Marketing Problems 3 

Recommended Electives 

452 Market Research 3 

552 Product Planning and Price Policy 3 

553 Marketing to Government 3 

Other Electives 

Other 400 level marketing courses 

Finance 

Required 

532 Corporate Financial Management 3 

Recommended Electives 

431 Capital and Aloney Markets ... 3 

432 Investment Principles and Practices 3 

Quantitative Methods 

Required 

560 Operations Research, or 

463 Statistical Decision Theory 3 

Recommended Electives 

461 Advanced Statistics 3 

462 Mathematical Models in Business and Economics ..... 3 

2. Satisfactorily pass a comprehensive examination. 

3. Receive the endorsement of the Division Faculty and the College Coordinator of 
Graduate work. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ECONOMICS 

The economics major is designed to prepare students for positions in business 
education, and government, and for graduate work in economics and related dis- 
ciplines. 

Required of all students for the degree: 

1. Completion of 37 semester credit hours of courses in business administration 
and economics in the Division of Business Administration and Economics, of 
which 24 semester credit hours must be in upper division courses. 

2. Completion of at least 15 semester hours in the Division of Business Admin- 
istration and Economics at Orange State College. 

3. Completion of the Major course requirements for Economics majors, in the 
Division of Business Administration and Economics. Students in Economics 
are required to take Mathematics 120 (Finite Mathematics) or equivalent as 
prerequisite to Quantitative Methods 361. 


58 


Orange State College 

4. Completion of at least 62 semester credit hours in areas other than Business 
Administration and Economics. 

5. Students must attain at least 2.0 grade point average (C average) in all college 
work attempted, in all courses in the Division of Business Administration and 
Economics. 

Business Administration and Economics courses required of all students majoring 

in economics are listed below: 

Lower Division 

Course Units 

Economics 100 American Economic History 3 

Economics 200 or 200A-B Principles of Economics 5-6 

Accounting 101A-B or 200 Elementary Accounting _ 6-5 

Total — 13-15 

Upper Division 

Course Units 

Economics 302 Intermediate Economic Analysis 3 

Economics 303 Intermediate Economic Analysis 3 

Economics 324 Money and Banking 3 

Economics 401 Government and Business 3 

Economics 402 Monetary and Fiscal Policy 3 

Quantitative Aiethods 361 Business and Economic Statistics _ 3 

Six hours of electives in the Division of Business Administration and 
Economics approved by the student’s major adviser — 6 

Total 24 

MINOR IN ECONOMICS 

A minor in Economics may be achieved by taking the following courses: 

Economics Units 

100 American Economic History 3 

200 Principles of Economics — 3 

302 or 303 Intermediate Economic Analysis — — 

401 or 402 Government and Business or Monetary and Fiscal Policy 3 

403 Comparative Economic Systems 3 

Elective 3 


Total 20 


59 

























































DIVISION OF EDUCATION 


division Chairman ... 


Kenneth R. Doane 


Department of Foundations of Education: 


Professors Bridgman, Doane (Acting Chairman), Ehmann,* Imhoff 

Associate Professors Fierman, Hill 

Department of Elementary Education: 

Professor Hartsig (Chairman) 

Associate Professor Croy 

Assistant Professors Donoghue, Golden, Holmes, Kravitz, Lemmon 

Department of Secondary Education: 

Professor Carr (Chairman) 

Assistant Professors Cusick, McGarry, Sica 

Department of School Services: 

Professors Allen, Brockmann (Acting Chairman), Denno • 

Associate Professors Lynn,* Tollcfson * 

Assistant Professor Burke,* Preble 

Instructor Bristow * 

Department of Health Education, Physical Education, and Recreation 

Associate Professors Omalev, Pastor (Acting Chairman) 

Assistant Professor Barrett 


The courses, programs, and services of the Division are directed toward the 
following objectives of students: 

L Pre-sendee teacher education 

2. In-service teacher education 

3. Professional preparation of administrative and counseling personnel for the 
public schools 

4. The portion of the general education requirements in physical education and 
health 

Instruction concentrates on the central principles of human behavior, human 
development, human learning, physical activity, the school as a basic institution 
of our culture, the methods and materials associated with effective teaching, school 
administration, school counseling, and the current and persistent problems that 
confront teachers and other professional workers in educational institutions. In 
addition to using published source materials and attending class sessions for 
Presentations and discussions, many of the Division’s courses require field work 
in schools and other educational agencies. 

TEACHER EDUCATION CURRICULA 

Leading to Credentials 

The programs in teacher education operate under policies established by the 
T'eacher Education Committee, a college-wide committee of faculty members. The 
departments of Elementary and Secondary Education have administrative responsi- 

College Administrative Officers. 


61 


Orange State College 

bility for the respective programs. Details of the programs are provided in special 
brochures available from the Division of Education or the Credentials Office. 

Orange State College offers teacher education curricula leading to the Standard 
Teaching Credential with Specialization in Elementary School Teaching and with 
Specialization in Secondary School Teaching. All curricula provide for completing 
requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree at the end of the 
usual four collegiate years and an additional year of work to satisfy requirement! 
for a teaching credential. 

CURRICULUM IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHER EDUCATION 

This program may be subject to change. Any such changes will be available in 
later College publications. 

The suggested program leading to the recommendation for the Standard Teach- 
ing Credential with Specialization in Elementary School Teaching includes the 
following: 

1. A bachelor’s degree from an approved institution. 

2. A fifth year of college or university postgraduate education taken at the upper 
division or graduate level. (If the student does not complete all requirements, 
the credential may be awarded on the basis of partial fulfillment at the end; 
of four or more years of work if he has a bachelor’s degree from an approved [i 
institution, has an approved major, has completed the student teaching re- 
quirement, has an affidavit of a teaching position, and has the acceptance of a 
proposed program to complete all requirements within the first five years of 
teaching.) 

3. Courses in General Education 51 units. 

Orange State College general education requirements for the bachelor’s degree | 

are listed elsewhere in this catalog. To satisfy credential requirements and to pre- 
pare himself to meet professional responsibilities within a five-year program, an I 
elementary school teacher education candidate is advised to give consideration to j 
the following: 

Social Science (12 units) 

Courses should be selected to provide the student with a broad background 
in all of the social sciences. 

Natural Science (10 units) 

Two laboratory science courses should be selected. 

Humanities (12 units) 

Fine and Applied Arts (9 units) 

Speech 101 or 231 (3) 

Art 100 (3) 

Music 101 (3) 

Mathematics 100A or Economics 201 (3 units) 

To satisfy requirements for a credential, students must have a course in 
mathematics. 

Health and Physical Education (2 units) 

Physical Education 123 ( 14 ) and Physical Education 142 (! 4 ) should be 
selected for two of the courses to meet this requirement. 


62 


Orange State College 


Not more than six hours of course work taken to satisfy requirements in 
general education shall apply toward the fulfillment of the requirements for 
either a major or a minor. 

(NOTE: Graduate students must present 45 units to meet a minimum general 
education requirement. These units must be in five of the following six areas: 
(1) Social Sciences, (2) Natural Sciences, (3) Humanities (excluding foreign 
languages), (4) Fine Arts, (5) Mathematics, and (6) Foreign Languages. 
The Humanities requirement must include a year of English, and, in addition, 
the applicant for the credential must demonstrate competence in composition 
either by passing a course in composition or by passing an examination given 
by the institution in lieu thereof.) 

4. A major consisting of at least 24 semester hours of upper division or graduate 
level courses. If a diversified major (e.g., social science) is elected, at least 24 
semester hours of upper division or graduate work must be completed in two 
or more subjects. Majors must be in subjects and areas normally taught in the 
public schools. These majors are currently available for this specialization at 
Orange State College: art, biology, business administration, chemistry, com- 
munications with journalism emphasis, drama, economics, English, French, 
geography, German, history, humanities with comparative literature emphasis, 
mathematics, music, philosophy, physics, political science, psychology, soci- 
ology, Spanish, speech. (Note: the specifications above are state minima, and 
do not necessarily satisfy requirements for a major for graduation from 
Orange State College.) 

5. A minor consisting of 20 semester hours of work in a single subject. If the 
candidate’s major is not in an academic area, the minor must consist of at 
least 20 semester hours in a single academic subject, and at least 12 semester 
hours of upper division or graduate work must be included. Minors must be 
in subjects normally taught in public schools. These minors are currently 
available for this specialization at Orange State College: art, biology, chem- 
istry, communications with journalism emphasis, drama, economics, English, 
French, geography, German, history, humanities with comparative literature 
emphasis, mathematics, music, philosophy, physics, political science, sociology, 
Spanish, speech. (Note: a minor is not required for graduation from Orange 
State College.) 

Units 

6. Courses in Allied Studies 9 

These courses supplement the general education and academic special- 
ization of the elementary school teacher. They are offered by the aca- 
demic departments as a part of the basic preparation of the teacher. 
Engl. Ed. 433. Children’s Literature (2 units) 

Art 380. Art and Child Development (3 units) 

Music 333. Music and Mild Development (3 units) 

P.E. 432. Teaching Physical Education in the Elementary School 
(2 units) 

7. Professional education requirements which are currently met by the fol- 
lowing program at Orange State College 24 

Educ. 301. Social, Historical, and Philosophical 
Foundations of Education (4 units) 

Educ. 311. Psychological Foundations of Education 
(4 units) 


63 


Orange State College 


Educ. 331. Elementary School Principles, Curricula, and 
Methods (8 units) 

Educ. 339. Student Teaching in the Elementary School 
(8 units) 

COMPOSITE LOWER DIVISION, UPPER DIVISION, AND FIFTH YEAR WORK 
Lower Division 63 units 

General Education (45 units) 

Courses in the major (12 units) 

Courses in Allied Studies (3-6 units) 

Electives (0-3 units) 

Upper division and fifth year work for students seeking recommendation for the 
Standard Teaching Credential with Specialization in Elementary School Teaching 
after five years of pre-service teacher education: 

Upper Division 61 units 

General Education (6 units) 

Courses in the major (24 units) 

Courses in the minor (8-10 units) 

Courses in Allied Studies (3-6 units) 

Courses in Professional Education (12 units) 

Junior year, Education 311 (4) 

Senior year, second semester, Education 331 (8) 

Electives (3-8 units) 

Fifth Year 30 units 

Courses in the minor (10-12 units) 

Courses in Professional Education (12 units) 

First semester, Education 339 (8) 

Second semester, Education 301 (4) 

Electives (6-8 units) 

Upper division and fifth year work for students seeking recommendation for the 
Standard Teaching Credential with Specialization in Elementary School Teaching 
on partial fulfillment of requirements: 

Upper Division 61 units 

General Education (6 units) 

Courses in the major (24 units) 

Courses in Allied Studies (3-6 units) 

Courses in Professional Education (20 units) 

Junior year, Education 311 (4) 

Senior year, first semester, Education 331 (8) 

Senior year, second semester, Education 339 (8) 

Electives (5-8 units) 

Fifth Year 30 units 

(To be completed during the first five years of teaching) 

Courses in the minor (20 units) 

Courses in Professional Education (4 units) 

Education 301 (4) 

Electives (6 units) 


64 


Orange State College 


CURRENT CURRICULUM IN SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHER EDUCATION * 

Composite Lower Division, Upper Division, and Graduate Work 

Courses for Distribution in Liberal Arts 50 units 

Courses for the Major 

Variable, but must include at least 24 upper division and graduate units. At least 
6 units in the major must be taken at the post-graduate level. See the appropriate 
sections of this Catalog for descriptions of requirements in specific majors. 

Each student will complete a major planned with and approved by his major ad- 
viser and his professional adviser. Majors presently available are: Art, biology, 
business administration, chemistry, communications with journalism emphasis, 
drama, economics, English, French, geography, German, history, humanities with 
comparative literature emphasis, mathematics, music, philosophy, physics, political 
science, psychology, sociology, Spanish, speech. 

Courses for the Minor 

Variable, but must include at least 20 units in a single subject. If the major is 
non-academic, the minor must include at least 12 units of upper division and/or 
graduate work. See the appropriate sections of this Catalog for descriptions of 
requirements in specific minors. 

Each student will complete a minor planned with and approved by his major 
adviser and his professional adviser. Minors presently available are: Art, biology, 
chemistry, communications with journalism emphasis, drama, economics, English, 
French, geography, German, history, humanities with comparative literature em- 
phasis, mathematics, music, philosophy, physics, political science, sociology, Spanish, 
speech. 

N.B. Requirements specified above for majors and minors are credential minima. 
College requirements for majors for graduation are generally higher. A minor is 
not required for graduation from the College, but is required for a credential. Stu- 
dents should select majors and minors carefully. Some majors and minors, though 
legitimate for graduation, are not practical in terms of job placement, and students 
with impractical majors and minors will not be admitted to student teaching. If 
you are in doubt regarding the selection of a major or minor, consult your advisers. 

Courses for the Pre-service Professional Education 18 units 

Elective Courses 

These should be sufficient in number to complete the curriculum leading to the 
Credential. 

Total units required for the credential (five years) 154 

The Bachelor of Arts degree may be conferred at the end of four years if 
graduation requiremetns have been satisfied. 

N.B. The applicant for the Standard Teaching Credential with specialization in 
Secondary School Teaching must complete 30 units of upper division and/or 
graduate work after he has completed all requirements for the bachelor’s degree. 

* This is the curriculum for the new Standard Teaching Credential with Specialization in 
Secondary School Teaching. Requirements for the old General Secondary Credential will 
be found in the 1963-64 Catalog. This program may be subject to changes. Any such changes 
will be available in later College publications. 


65 


Orange State College 

THREE-YEAR PROGRAM IN PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION 

Professional education requirements for the credential are met through comple-l 
tion of the following program: 


Education 300. Practicum in Secondary Education 1 unit 

Education 301. Social, Historical, and Philosophical Foundations of 

Education 4 units 

Education 311. Psychological Foundations of Education 4 unit> 

Education 442. Teaching (Art, English, Music, etc.) in the 

Secondary School 3 units 

Education 549. Student Teaching in the Secondary School 6 units 


(Student teaching credit will be reduced from 8 to 6 units in the fall of 1965). 

Students will normally begin their work in professional education in the junior 
year, and it is expected that, with the exception of Education 301, the courses 
listed above will be taken in the sequence indicated. Students who begin their work 
in professional education as seniors or as graduate students will follow a somewhat 
different sequence, and should consult professional advisers when planning their 
programs. In all cases, however, students are required to take Education 300 the 
first semester they are enrolled in professional education. 


STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS FOR CREDENTIALS FOR TEACHING 

The curricular requirements for credentials for teaching in California elementary 
schools and secondary schools are included in the above curricula. In addition, an 
applicant for a credential for teaching is asked questions about his citizenship, and 
about his ethical and moral character. The applicant must sign an oath of Allegince. 
must present a certificate of health from a qualified physician, and present official 
transcripts of collegiate studies. T he applicant must present two sets of personal 
identification cards, including fingerprints. He must present evidence of having 
passed a course or suitable examination on the United States Constitution. Each 
application for a credential must be accompanied with a fee of $8 in the form of 
a money order, cashier’s check, or certified check. 

Students with a bachelor's degree and teaching experience who wish to meet 
specific requirements for the former General Elementary Credential may do so 
through the following courses at Orange State College: 

Orange State College Courses 
Which Meet These 

California State Requirements Requirements 

1. Principles and Curricula of Elementary Education Education 331, 431 

2. Elementary methods in basic subjects Education 331, For. Lang. Ed. 

432, Educ. 432R, Eng. Ed. 
432, Math. Ed. 432, P.E. 432, 
Sci. Ed. 432, Soc. Sci. Ed. 
432 

3. Child Growth and Development Education 311, 312 

4. Audio-Visual Education Education 331, 491 

PERSONNEL SERVICES FOR TEACHER EDUCATION STUDENTS 

Advisement is available to any student seeking a public school credential and a 
Bachelor of Arts degree. Prior to registration, the student should consult an adviser 
in the division in which he expects to major and an adviser in the Division of 
Education who will help him select courses and build his program. A student 


66 


Orange State College 


from another institution should bring transcripts of previous work and a tentative 
selection of courses. Each student is responsible for meeting all requirements set 
forth in the catalog and supplements. 

During the student’s first semester after matriculation, he will receive from the 
Office of Admissions an evaluation of his credits which will list the requirements 
he must meet in earning the credential and the degree he has listed as his objective. 
If a student changes his degree or credential objective, he must have an evaluation 
for each new credential. The evaluation will serve as a guide for the student and 
the advisers in planning a complete program. Any deviation from this evaluation 
must be approved through written petitions submitted to the Chairman of the 
Division of Education. Transferred courses must be of upper division level and 
taken within the past fifteen years to be applicable to upper division credential 
requirements.* 


ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION 

Admission to Orange State College does not constitute admission to the teacher 
education curricula. To become a candidate for a teaching credential, the student 
must be matriculated, in good standing, and must file the “Application for Ad- 
mission to Teacher Education” in the Office of the Division of Education. This 
application should be filed during the first semester that the student takes courses 
at the college. 

Admission to teacher education is required of all students prior to seeking ad- 
mission to student teaching. 

A faculty committee will review information concerning the applicant’s intel- 
lectual resources and mastery of important concepts in the common curricular 
areas of higher education, command of fundamental skills of communication 
(English language usage, written composition, speech, hearing, reading compre- 
hension, handwriting, mathematical skills), scholarship, personality and character, 
interest in teaching, and health. Data related to these criteria are gathered from 
transcripts and records from other schools and colleges, group and individual 
tests, personality inventories, estimates of the potential of the applicant, and from 
the Student Health Center. Students should normally qualify for admission and 
are advised of their status during the second semester of the junior year or their 
first semester of attendance if they enter with advanced standing with degrees from 
accredited colleges. 

Students who show weaknesses in any of the fundamental skills of communication 
are advised of their standing. If there are weaknesses in only one or two of the 
areas noted above, the student will be advised of refresher courses and given a 
specified time to meet the standard. 

If the applicant has serious deficiencies in communication skills or does not meet 
the standards of mastery in the common curricular areas, personality and character, 
scholarship, interest in teaching, or health, the faculty committee will deny the 
applicant admission to teacher education. 

The student must arrange to take the required battery of group and individual 
tests and inventories necessary to provide information needed by the faculty 
committee. The test of general aptitude is included in the College admissions 
procedure. The tests of breadth of understanding, reading, English usage, number 
skills, composition, handwriting, and personality are given by the Testing Office 
for admission to teacher education; consult the Testing Office for dates. 

* Selected courses completed in lower division at institutions outside of the State of California 
may be applied to professional education credential requirements. 


4—16251 


67 


Orange State College 


The Student who comes to OSC to work toward a credential for teaching in a 
secondary school and who already has a bachelor’s degree must, before he is ad- 
mitted to teacher education, consult with an adviser in the major and must submit 
a statement, signed by the adviser, which indicates the following: 

1. that the student’s undergraduate preparation in his major is considered to be 
adequate for the credential sought, or 

2. that the specific courses which the student must complete in order to have 

a major adequate for the credential sought, and which he must complete 
before he will be admitted to student teaching. These may be in addition 
to the minimum of the six upper division or graduate units required in the 

major in the post graduate year, or may, in part or in whole, satisfy this 

six unit minimum requirement. 

Full details on standards and procedures for admission to teacher education are 
described in “Instructions and Standards for Admission to Teacher Education” 
which is available from the Division of Education. 

ADMISSION TO STUDENT TEACHING 

Admission to teacher education as described above is the first step in a cumu- 
lative and continuing evaluation of a candidate’s fitness to teach. The applicant 
for admission to student teaching must have a grade point average of 2.5 in the 

major, 2.5 in the minor, and 2.5 in professional education. Marks of C, or better, 

are required in all professional education courses. Applicants for admission to 
elementary student teaching must be within 15 units of the baccalaureate degree. 
Applicants for admission to secondary student teaching must be classified as post- 
graduate students. All applicants must have completed at least twelve units at 
Orange State College. The applicant must present a favorable report on health 
status and history. He must present evidence of readiness for student teaching 
responsibility as testified by the major adviser, the professional adviser, and other 
college faculty. This evidence relates to scholarship, breadth of understanding, com- 
mand of the subjects to be taught, fundamental skills of communication, personality 
and character, interest and potential for teaching, and health. 

Competence is required in all subjects and skills for which the candidate is 
seeking a credential. For the elementary school teacher education student, this in- 
cludes all subjects and skills commonly taught in the first eight grades of the 
public schools. Secondary school teacher education students must meet the re- 
quirements for their major and minor (s) as specified by the academic divisions. 

All instructors of the college are asked to participate in the continuing evaluation 
of students in relation to those aptitude, personality and character traits which are 
considered essential to admission to the teaching profession. Dependability in ful- 
filling assignments, class attendance, ability to get along with people, industry, and 
emotional stability are representative criteria. In addition to the evaluations by 
instructors, the applicants may be interviewed by a faculty committee, and atten- 
tion will be directed to general appearance, dress, vitality, poise, temperament, in- 
tegrity, and social attitudes. 

The application for admission to student teaching is submitted to the Coordinator 
of Elementary Education or the Coordinator of Secondary Education. The ap- 
plication must be submitted by October 15 or March 1 of the semester preceding 
the semester in which the student teaching assignment is expected. A faculty 
committee will gather the information described above and report to the student 
in time to do planning for the following semester. 


68 


Orange State College 


Except for graduate students who are in their first semester of study at Orange 
State College , applications will be accepted only from those who have completed 
all requirements for admission to teacher education. 

Full details on standards and procedures are described in “Instructions and 
Standards for Admission to Student Teaching” available in the Office of the Divi- 
sion of Education. 

STUDENT TEACHING 

Each candidate for the Standard Teaching Credential with Specialization in 
Elementary School Teaching will do his student teaching in the last semester he 
is in the teacher education curriculum or in his post graduate year at Orange State 
College. Each candidate for the Standard Teaching Credential with Specialization 
in Secondary School Teaching will do his student teaching during the post graduate 
year. Student teaching assignments are made in the elementary and secondary 
schools of districts geographically accessible to the College. Students will be 
assigned to work under the supervision of carefully selected supervising teachers; 
a college supervisor makes frequent visits to the student teacher and the super- 
vising teacher. Student teachers meet in a weekly seminar under the leadership 
of the college supervisor to discuss performance and problems. 

STUDY LIMITS OF STUDENT TEACHERS 

Students who enroll in Education 339, Student Teaching in the Elementary 
School, will be limited to one additional course for that semester. Students who 
enroll in Education 549, Student Teaching in the Secondary School, will be limited 
to two additional courses for that semester. It is expected that students will not 
carry out-of-college work responsibilities during the semester of the student 
teaching assignment. 

If a student is under hardship because of these limitations, he may submit a peti- 
tion to the Coordinator of Elementary Education or to the Coordinator of Second- 
ary Education, as appropriate, requesting permission to carry not more than 13 
units, including student teaching. The petition must set forth, in full, the circum- 
stances necessitating the petition. 

PERMISSION TO SUBSTITUTE TEACHING EXPERIENCE 
FOR STUDENT TEACHING 

A candidate for a teaching credential who has had two years of successful, 
tegular teaching experience must petition the Division of Education, through his 
professional adviser, for permission to substitute such experience for the student 
teaching requirement. Granting of the petition does not reduce the unit require- 
ment in professional education for the credential involved. Substitution of teach- 
ing experience for student teaching will be considered only if the applicant: 

1. Has been admitted to teacher education at the college. 

2. Has submitted an official verification from his former supervisor, principal, or 
superintendent to the Division of Education certifying at least two years of 
successful, regular teaching experience at the appropriate level. A form for 
this verification is available in the Office of the Division of Education. 

PROVISIONAL CREDENTIAL RENEWAL 

Orange State College is prepared to cooperate with students seeking renewal of 
Provisional credentials awarded by the State Department of Education. However, 
a letter of recommendation to the State Department of Education for renewal of 


69 


Orange State College 

the provisional credential will be written for the student only if the following 
conditions have been fulfilled: 

1. The applicant has been admitted to teacher education at the college. 

2. The applicant has completed the six semester unit requirement established by 
the State Department of Education at the college. 

Detailed statements of requirements for credentials and degrees are available in 
the Office of the Division of Education. 

OTHER CREDENTIAL PROGRAMS 
Administration and Supervision 

Students must take Education 503, Foundations for Educational Leadership, during 
their first registration in these fields. To continue in the program beyond this course, 
the student must be granted a “Letter of Admission to the Program” and possess 
an official OSC program evaluation. The program is an integrated whole. Thus, 
students who desire only isolated courses from the program are normally denied 
admission to such courses. Details of this program are contained in a brochure 
available from the Division of Education. Students with previous successful adminis- 
trative experience are exempt from these requirements. 

Pupil Personnel Services 

Students must take Education 351, Principles of Guidance or Education 452, 
Counseling Theories and Processes, during their first registration in this field. To 
take courses beyond these courses, the student must be granted a “Letter of Admis- 
sion to the Program” and possess an official OSC program evaluation. Details of 
this program are contained in a brochure available from the Division of Education. 

PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE FROM THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

1. Principles underlying pre-service teacher education at Orange State College 

2. Admission to teacher education— standards, instructions, application 

3. Admission to student teaching— standards, instructions, application 

4. Program in elementary school teacher education 

5. Program in secondary school teacher education 

6. Program in school administration and supervision 

7. Program in pupil personnel services 


70 


DIVISION OF FINE 
AND APPLIED ARTS 


Division Chairman John W. Olsen 

The Division of Fine and Applied Arts includes academic offerings in the Depart- 
ments of Art, Drama, Music, and Speech. Programs in these disciplines are pro- 
vided both in breadth and depth; i.e., they are intended both for the major as 
well as the non-major. The broad areas of Fine and Applied Arts are conceived of 
as the study of those practical and aesthetic experiences necessary to the education 
of all persons in our modern society. Persons may elect to take courses leading 
toward a liberal arts degree, teaching credentials or for professional preparation in 
art, drama, music, speech, or speech and hearing therapy. 

Academic programs in the Division of Fine and Applied Arts include the areas 
of theory, history", and practice. Departmental majors within the Division are 
encouraged by this means to become widely acquainted with the broad contribu- 
tions to society made by their major field, as well. as the concentrated application 
of this area of study. Students are encouraged to stimluate their intellectual curiosity 
and to synthesize many areas of knowledge by means of careful planning of 
electives in various subject matter areas. To this end, the major adviser will assist 
each student in planning his major and minor programs and in the selection of 
appropriate interdisciplinary course. 

MAJOR PROGRAMS 

The curriculum in the Division of Fine and Applied Arts enables the college to 
offer the Bachelor of Arts degree with majors in Art, Drama, Music, and Speech. 

Courses leading toward clinical certification by the American Speech and Hearing 
Association are included in the speech therapy curriculum. Minors are offered in 
art, drama, music and speech. 

DEPARTMENT OF ART 

Professors Olsen (Chairman) 

Associate Professors Dietz, Hein, Smith 

Assistant Professors Kerciu, Samuelson 

Instructors Evjenth 

The Department of Art offers a program which includes the several fields of 
art history, theory, and appreciation, the fine arts (drawing, painting, and sculp- 
ture), the applied arts (general and specialized design and crafts), and art educa- 
tion. The broadest objective of the program is to contribute to the intellectual, 
social, and creative development of the learner as he prepares himself for citizen- 
ship in a democratic society. More specifically, the art program provides opportu- 
nities for students: (1) to develop a knowledge and understanding of those general 
principles of visual organization and expression basic to all forms and fields of art; 
(2) to develop a critical appreciation and understanding of historical and con- 
temporary art forms through a study of these principles as they relate to the range 
of artistic production of mankind; (3) to use these general principles as a means 
to express more clearly their ideas, thoughts, and feelings in the creation of visual 


71 


Orange State College 


forms; (4) to develop those understandings and skills needed to pursue graduate 
studies in the field, to teach art in the shools, or to qualify for a position in business 
and industry as an art specialist. 

Undergraduate curricula leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree have been 
designed to meet the specialized needs of the following groups: (1) students who 
wish to study art as an essential part of their personal and cultural development; 
(2) students seeking vocational competence in art; (3) students planning to teach 
art at the secondary level who wish either a teaching major or minor in art; and 
(4) students planning to teach in the elementary schools who wish to have art as 
either an academic major or minor. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree with a major in an, students must have 
a C average in all courses required for the degree. No credit toward the major 
will be allowed for specific major courses in which a grade of D is obtained. As 
is customary, the An Department reserves the right to hold projects completed by 
a student for class credit for a period of three years. 

MAJOR IN ART FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

Four course programs have been planned to meet the individual needs and in- 
terests of students working for the bachelor of arts degree with a major in art. 

In the development of specific course offerings which make up these programs, 
it has been the concern of the an faculty to see that each program contains: (1) 
basic courses in an history, theory, appreciation, and studio practice which have 
as their primary focus the study of those general principles of visual organization 
and expression underlying all fields of an; (2) more specialized courses which pro- 
vide for adequate preparation in depth in a single field of art. The teaching of an 
history, theory, and criticism is not confined to those courses bearing that title. 
Rather, each studio course involves theory as well as the practice of an, includes 
as pan of its content the study and reference to related historical an forms, and 
has as part of its purpose the development of those critical abilities which are neces- 
sary to a valid evaluation and appreciation of the art expressions of man. 

Plan I provides for an emphasis in the area of art history, theory, and apprecia- 
tion and is particuarlv recommended for those students who wish to pursue gradu- 
ate studies in art history or museology. 

Plan II is designed for those students w ho prefer a studio-type program with an 
area of specialization selected from the following: (1) design; (2) crafts; (3) draw- 
ing and painting, or (4) sculpture. 

Plan III is for those students who wish to meet the requirements of the standard 
teaching credential with specialization in secondary or junior college teaching; and 

Plan IV is for those students who wish to meet the requirements of the standard 
teaching credential with specialization in elementary teaching. 

All four plans require a minimum of 48 units in art or approved related courses 
with a minimum of 24 units of upper division in art except for Plan IV which re- 
quires a minimum of 36 units of art including a minimum of 24 units of upper 
division in art. 

In addition to the requirements listed below- for the major, students must meet 
the other college requirements for a bachelor of arts degree (see page 40). Stu- 
dents following Plans III and IV 7 also must meet any specific requirements for the 
desired teaching credential (see section in catalog for Division of Education). 
Graduate students who plan to meet the requirement for a standard teaching cre- 
dential with specialization in secondary school teaching with a major in art must 
complete or be enrolled in 6 units in art as approved by the major adviser on and 


72 


Orange State College 


beyond the specific course requirements listed in Plan III before they can be 
recommended by the Art Department for student teaching. 

Beginning with the fall semester, 1965, students following Plan III will divide 
their student teaching between two semesters and will register for three units of 
credit each semester. (See prerequisites and course description for Education 549). 

PLAN I: ART HISTORY AND APPRECIATION EMPHASIS 

Lower Division : Art history and appreciation (9 units) ; Art Structure (3 
units); approved electives (12 units) in: art, anthropology, drama, 
foreign languages, history, literature, music or philosophy 24 units 

Upper Division: Art history and appreciation (24 units), including a mini- 
mum of 3 units in special studies and coverage of four of the following 
fields: primitive, classical, medieval, renaissance, baroque, modern, 

Oriental, American 24 units 

Reading knowledge of one modern foreign language 
Comprehensive examination in art history 

PLAN II: STUDIO EMPHASIS 

Lower Division: Art history and appreciation (9 units); drawing and 

painting including life drawing (9 units); design and crafts (6 units).... 24 units 

Upper Division: Art history and appreciation (6 units) ; area of specializa- 


tion (12 units); art electives (6 units) 24 units 

PLAN III: TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(Secondary or Junior College) 

Lower Division: Same as Plan II above 24 units 


Upper Division: Contemporary art (3 units); drawing and painting (3 
units); display and exhibition design (2 units); crafts (3 units); 
sculpture or ceramics (3 units); 6 units selected from advertising de- 
sign, industrial design, costume design, interior design, or fabric design; 
electives (4 units) 24 units 


PLAN IV: TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(Elementary) 

Lower Division: Basic course in art history and appreciation, drawing 

Ind painting, design, and crafts 12 units 

Upper Division: Art history and appreciation (6 units); drawing and 
painting, (3 units); design (3 units); crafts (3 units); electives (9 
units) 24 units 


MINOR IN ART FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

A minimum of 24 units is required for a minor in art for the bachelor of arts 
degree of which a minimum of 10 units must be in upper division courses. In- 
cluded in the program must be a basic course in each of the following areas: (1) 
art history and appreciation; (2) design; (3) drawing and painting; and (4) crafts. 
Those students planning to qualify for a standard teaching credential with special- 
ization in elementary or secondary teaching and art for a minor must obtain ap- 
proval from the Art Department for the courses selected to meet the upper divi- 
sion requirements for a minor in art. 


73 


Orange State College 


DEPARTMENT OF DRAMA 

Associate Professor Young (Chairman) 

Assistant Professors Brown, Zeltzer 

The Department of Drama offers a program which includes the several fields of 
Theatre History and Theory, Play writing, Acting-Directing, Technical Theatre, 
Interpretation, and Radio-Television. The primary purpose of the program is to 
bring the student into contact with one of man’s major cultural institutions, the 
Theatre, which has been a vital factor in shaping the attitudes, ideas, mores, and 
points of view of oncoming generations. More specifically, the course work in the 
drama program provides opportunities for students: (1) to develop an appreciation 
for the theatre as a cultural heritage of man; (2) to become sensitive and respon- 
sive to the theatre experience in contemporary society; (3) to develop the skills 
and understandings necessary to pursue theatre as a profession; (4) to teach drama 
and television in the schools; and (5) to pursue graduate studies in drama and 
television. 

Undergraduate curricula leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree have been de- 
signed to meet the specialized needs of the following groups: (1) students who 
wish to participate in drama and television as an essential part of their personal 
and cultural development; (2) students seeking professional vocational compe- 
tence in Interpretation, Acting and Directing, Technical Theatre, Radio and Tele- 
vision, or Play writing; (3) students planning to teach drama and television at the 
secondary level who wish either a teaching major or minor in drama and tele- 
vision; and (4) students planning to teach in the elementary schools who wish to 
have drama as either an academic major or minor. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree with a major in drama, students must have 
a C average in all courses required for the degree. No credit toward the major will 
be allowed for required major courses in which a grade of D is obtained. 

In addition to specific course requirements, students majoring in drama must 
participate in a minimum of eight theatre or television productions prior to gradu- 
ation. The productions chosen for credit will be selected with the aid of the 
departmental adviser. 

MAJOR IN DRAMA FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

Four course programs have been planned to meet the individual needs and 
interests of students working for the bachelor of arts degree with a major in 
drama. % 

Plan I is for those students who wish to study drama as a cultural contribution 
or who wish to pursue graduate degrees in drama with emphasis in theatre history 
and theory. It is strongly recommended that students electing this plan support the 
major with approved electives from art, drama, music, foreign languages, litera- 
ture, philosophy or speech. 

Plan II is designed for those students who wish to develop the necessary com- 
petence in drama for either pursuing drama as a profession or for pursuing grad- 
uate degrees in drama with an emphasis in an area of concentration other than 
history of the theatre. Areas of concentration are: Playwriting; Acting-Directing; 
Interpretation; Radio-Television and Technical Theatre. 

Plan III is for those students who wish to meet the requirements of the standard 
teaching credential with specialization in secondary or junior college teaching; and 

Plan IV is for those students who wish to meet the requirements of the standard 
teaching credential with specialization in elementary teaching. 

All four plans require a minimum of thirty-six (36) units in drama with a mini- 
mum of twenty-four (24) units of upper division in drama. The lower division 
requirements are the same for all four plans. 


74 


Orange State College 


In addition to the requirements listed below for the major, students must meet 
the other college requirements for a bachelor of arts degree (see page 40). Stu- 
dents following Plans III and IV also must meet any specific requirements for the 
desired teaching credential (see section in catalog for Division of Education). 
Graduate students who plan to meet the requirements for a standard teaching 
credential with specialization in secondary teaching and a major in drama must 
complete or be enrolled in six (6) units in drama as approved by the major 
adviser on and beyond the specific course requirements listed in Plan III before 
they can be recommended by the Drama Department for student teaching. 


PLAN I: THEATRE HISTORY AND THEORY EMPHASIS 

Lower Division: Oral Interpretation (3 units); Acting or Stage Movement 

(3 units); Technical Theatre (6 units) — 12 units 

Upper Division : Theatre History and Analysis (12 units); area of concen- 
tration other than Theatre History, (6 units); Electives (6 units) 24 units 


PLAN II: PROFESSIONAL EMPHASIS IN AN AREA OF CONCENTRATION 

Lower Division: Same as Plan I. 

Upper Division: History of the Theatre (6 units); area of concentration 
in either Play writing, Acting-Directing, Interpretation, Radio-Tele- 
vision, or Technical Theatre (12 units); Electives (6 units) 24 units 

PLAN III: TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(Secondary or Junior College) 

Lower Division: Same as in Plan I 

Upper Division: History of the Theatre (6 units), Acting-Directing (6 

units), Technical Theatre (6 units), and Electives (6 units) 24 units 

PLAN IV: TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(Elementary) 

Lower Division: Same as in Plan I 

Upper Division: History of the Theatre (3 units); Oral Interpretation (3 
units); Dramatic Activities for Children (3 units); Reading Theatre 
(3 units); Dance Theatre (4 units); Radio-Television (3 units); Elec- 
tives (5 units) 24 units 


MINOR IN DRAMA 

The minor in drama consists of twenty-four units, fourteen of which must be 
in upper division. Included in the program must be a basic course in each of the 
following areas: (1) Oral Interpretation, (2) Stagecraft, (3) Acting, (4) History 
of the Theatre, and (5) Television. Those students planning to qualify for a 
standard teaching credential with specialization in secondary teaching and drama 
for a minor must obtain approval from the Drama Department for the courses 
selected to meet the upper division requirements for a minor in Drama. 

In addition to course requirements, students minoring in drama must participate 
in a minimum of four theatre or television productions prior to graduation. The 
productions chosen to meet this requirement are selected with the approval of 
the departmental adviser. 


75 


Orange State College 


DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

Professors: Landon (Chairman) 

Associate Professors: Gray, Lewis, Thorsen 

Assistant Professors: Michalsky, Nelson 

Lecturers in Applied Music (Part-time): Caudill (string bass), Fengler (violin, 
viola), Glccker (voice), Goodwin (percussion), Hasty (voice), Johnson (bari- 
tone, tuba), Kelley (string bass), Lampl (piano), McKenzie (cello), Maury 
(piano), Muggeridge (oboe), Norman (voice), Peebles (trombone), Pyle 
(French horn), Remsen (trumpet), Roberts (voice), Schoenfeld, A. (violin, 
viola), Schoenfeld, E. (cello), Scholtz (oboe), Shaffer (organ), Singer (cello), 
Wade (flute). 

The Department of Music offers courses in music for both majors and non- 
majors. The fundamental purpose of the music major curriculum leading toward 
the baccalaureate degree is to provide the necessary training in each of the related 
aspects of music such as its history and literature, theoretical studies, and musical 
performance. Such a program of studies is based on the need to provide serious 
students with a core curriculum which will prepare the individual in such areas 
as (a) the knowledge of the history and relationships of music as an art form, 
(b) a comprehensive and analytical understanding of musical literature, (c) a 
working knowledge of music theory and structure, (d) a high degree of competence 
in a performing field, and (e) a specialization within the major. 

The music program is designed to educate: 

1. Students in general, in terms of composite minors, music minors, or broad 
offerings in the humanities or liberal arts. 

2. Students preparing to teach in the elementary and/or secondary schools, with 
a major field concentration in music (special music teachers). 

3. Students preparing to teach in the elementary schools with a major field con- 
centration in music (classroom teachers). 

4. Students preparing to teach in the junior colleges and four-year colleges with 
a major field concentration in music. 

5. Students other than music majors preparing to teach as classroom teachers in 
the elementary schools. 

6. Students wishing to prepare for various vocations in music, such as: 

a. Church music directors and organists 

b. Teachers of music in private studios 

c. Music librarians 

d. Professional performers of music 

e. Composers and arrangers 

f. Industrial and recreational music directors 

REQUIREMENTS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

1. Entrance examinations in basic piano, voice, theory, and music history will 
be given all music majors at the time of entrance to Orange State College, 
and to OSC lower division students prior to acceptance in upper division 
music-major sequence. These examinations plus auditions in the major per- 
formance areas are for placement and to satisfy credential requirements in 
the minor performance fields. Students who are deficient in any of these 
areas will be expected to take additional work as suggested by the faculty 
adviser. 


76 


O range State College 


2. Music majors will be expected to declare a principal area of performance with 
the approval of the Department Chairman and faculty adviser, no later than 
the beginning of the junior year. It will be expected that each student will 
prepare for suitable development within this major area of performance, 
culminating in the successful presentation of a senior recital before he may be 
approved for graduation. The following steps should be taken as a part of 
this preparation: 

a. Declaration of an area of performance concentration (voice, piano, instru- 
ment, or combination solo instrument or voice and conducting) at the 
time of entrance to OSC. 

b. Demonstration of performance progress before a faculty jury each se- 
mester. 

c. Appearance in at least one minor recital or an assisting performer at 
least once each semester. 

3. All music majors will be required to participate in a music performance group 
each semester. Instrumental and piano majors are required to take part in 
small ensembles for a minimum of two semesters in addition. 

4. The major area of performance concentration for major in music requires 
work in applied music, as follows: 

a. Piano, Voice and Instrumental majors— must complete a minimum of 8 
semesters of applied music in the major field of concentration, leading 
toward the successful presentation of a senior recital in the major per- 
formance field. 

b. Choral or Instrumental Conducting majors— must complete a minimum 
of 8 semesters of applied music in the major field of performance con- 
centration, in addition to a minimum of 6 units in conducting, leading 
toward the successful presentation of a joint recital in the major per- 
forming field and/or a conducting recital. 

c. A credential proficiency examination in both piano and voice must be 
satisfactorily passed before music majors may begin student teaching. 
These tests are usually given at the end of the junior year. 

5. Senior transfer students entering Orange State College with a major in music, 
or graduate students in music entering to complete credential requirements 
will be expected to complete a minimum of one semester of successful upper 
division work in music before they may be approved for directed teaching. 
Required courses and competencies expected of all OSC music majors must 
be satisfied prior to endorsement by the faculty committee for acceptance in 
the credential program. 

6. All music majors will be expected to attend a weekly departmental organiza- 
tion class (MU 400) each semester of enrollment. 

FEES FOR APPLIED MUSIC 

Applied Music (private instruction in voice or major instrument), per lesson 

Sl.00-S6.00. 

Studio fee, including 16 half-hour lessons and examination, per semester $70.00- 
$96.00. 


77 


O range State College 


MUSIC DEGREE PROGRAMS 

The Department of Music, Orange State College offers a variety of courses and 
programs leading to baccalaureate and graduate degrees in teaching and the profes- 1 
sions. These degrees may be earned in one of three degree patterns; i.e., specializa- 1 
tions in elementary or secondary music teaching or for non-credential objectives. I 
It is possible to elect suitable concentrations within these specializations in such I 
areas as composition, conducting, vocal or instrumental music. 

Advanced study through upper-division and graduate courses is offered in many j 
fields of music. Although the masters degree program is not yet available it is I 
anticipated that several of these courses soon will be applicable for graduate degree j 
preparation. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC 
(Non-Teaching Objecfives) 

The program of studies leading toward the B.A. in music is designed to provide I 
suitable preparation in such professional areas as (1) theory and composition, (2) I 
performance, (3) non-teaching professions in music, (4) musicology, and (5) I 
advanced degrees in music. The music major, professional degree program shall I 
consist of no fewer than 60 semester units, of which at least 36 shall be in the I 
upper division. In addition, students are required to take MU. 151A,B or the I 
equivalent as partial fulfillment of the general education requirement in Fine and I 
Applied Arts. The following minimum requirements are basic to this degree j 
objective. 

Lower Division 

Theory of Music Unit s 

(including musicianship, sight-singing, dictation, diatonic and chromatic 

harmony and keyboard) 12 

Applied Teclmiques 

(including ensemble, principal instrument or voice, basic piano and voice) 12 

Total, Lower Division 24 

Upper Division 

Theory of Music 

(including counterpoint, composition, analytic techniques and 

orchestration) 8 

Music History and Literature 4 

Applied Teclmiques 

(including ensemble, principal instrument or voice) 8 

Specialization in the Major 

(courses required for area of specialization, to include composition, con- 
ducting, instrumental techniques, music education and theory) 14 

Electives, music 2 


Total, Upper Division 


36 


Total Units, Lower-Upper Division 60 

Note: All candidates for the B.A. Degree with the music major must complete 
specific requirements for the area of performance concentration in addition 
to the core of studies indicated above. 


78 




O range State College 


RECOMMENDED PROGRAM OF STUDIES FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS 
IN MUSIC (MUSIC EDUCATION SPECIALIZATION) 

Five-year Program Leading Toward the Standard Teaching 
Credential , Secondary Specialization 

Refer to credential requirements, Division of Education, 1964-65 Catalog. 

In addition to the major field requirements, candidates for the standard teaching 
credential with specialization in secondary school teaching must complete a mini- 
mum of 20 units in another field for a liberal arts or academic minor. Courses in 
the major may be distributed to include the fifth year in order that the student 
may complete all requirements for general education, the academic minor and pro- 
fessional education (except Ed. 549 and Ed. 501) by the end of the fourth year 
and prior to beginning student teaching. 

The following is an example of a modified program for the secondary credential: 


Lower Division 

Fre simian Year: 

Mu 111A,B Music Theory 6 units 

Mu 151A,B Survey of Musical Literature 4 units 

Mu 161 Performance Ensemble 2 units 

Mu 170—176 Principal Instrument or Voice 2 units 

Mu 182 A, B Piano Class for Mus. Majors 2 units 

College requirements, including general education 16 units 


Total — 32 units 

Sophomore Year: 

Mu 21lA,B Music Theory’ 6 units 

Mu 161 Performance Ensemble .2 units 

Mu 170—176 Principal Instrument or Voice 2 units 

Mu 183A,B Voice, Class for Mus. Majors — — 2 units 

College requirements, including general education 20 units 


Total 32 units 

Pass Proficiency Examination in (1) Theory, (2) History and Literature, (3) Piano, 
(4) Voice, (5) Principal Instrument or Voice. 


Upper Division 

Junior Year: 

General Education (to complete 50) — 

Academic Minor (to complete 20 minimum) — 
Professional Education (Ed. 300 and Ed. 301) 


Music Courses, to include: 

Mu 3 12 A Counterpoint 2 units 

Mu 321 A Form and Analysis 2 units 

Mu 3 22 A Composition 2 units 

Mu 351A,B Music History and Literature 6 units 

Mu 361 Performance Ensemble 2 units 

Mu 371-376 Principal Instrument or Voice 2 units 

iMu 381A,B Orchestral Instruments 2-4 units 

Mu 391A,B Choral Conducting 4 units 


5-10 units 
5-10 units 
5 units 


19-9 units 


Total _ 


34 units 


79 


Orange State College 


Senior Year: 

General Education (to complete 50) - 5-10 units 

Academic Minor (to complete 20 minimum) 5-10 units 

Professional Education, to include: 

Ed 311 Psychological Foundations 4 units 

Music Education, to include: 

Mu Ed. 441 Teaching Music Theory and Apprecia- 
tion in the Public Schools 2-3* units 

Mu Ed. 442 Teaching Vocal Music in the Public - . 

Schools 2-3* units f 7 umts 

Mu Ed. 443 Teaching Instrumental Music in the Pub- 
lic Schools 2-3* units 

Music Courses, to include: 

Music Theory Electives 2 units 

MU 361 Performance Ensemble 2 units 

MU 370-378 Principal Instrument or Voice 2 units 

MU 381c, d Orchestral Instruments 2-4 units 13-3 units 

MU 392A Instrumental Conducting 2 units 

Approved Music Electives 3 units 

MU 498 Senior Recital 


Total 

Postgraduate Year: 

Professional Education, to include: 

Ed 549 Student Teaching 8 units } 

Ed 501 Philosophy of Education 2 units j 

Music Courses, to include: 

MU 361 Performance Ensemble 2 units 

MU 370-378 Principal Instrument or Voice 2 units 

Approved Music Electives 2 units - 

Courses to complete major or toward 
higher degree specializations 16 units 


34 units 


10 units 


22 units 


Total 


32 units 


BACHELOR OF ARTS, WITH CONCENTRATION IN MUSIC 
(FOR ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM TEACHERS) 

This degree program is designed for persons interested in a non-professional 
liberal arts emphasis in music. It is a suitable concentration for persons preparing 
as general elementary classroom teachers. It should be emphasized that this degree 
program is not designed for the music specialist in public schools, nor does it 
prepare for advanced degrees in music or for most music professions. This major 
consists of no fewer than 36 semester units , of which at least 24 units must be taken 
in the upper division. In addition, students are required to take Mu. 100 or 151A,B 
or the equivalent as partial fulfillment of the general education requirement in 
Fine and Applied Arts. The following distribution of subject matter and com- 
petencies shall be considered to be the core of this major: 

* Students without teaching experience must register for three units credit in one of the follow- 
ing: MU 441, 442, or 443. 


80 


Orange State College 


Lower Division 

Theory of Music Units 

(including music fundamentals, musicianship, sight-singing, dictation, and 

harmony) 8-9 

Applied Techniques 

(including ensemble, principal instrument or voice, basic piano and voice) 3-4 

Total, Lower Division 12 

Upper Division 

Theory^ of Music 2-4 

Music History and Literature 4 

Applied T echniques * * 

(including ensemble, orchestral instruments, conducting, piano and voice) 16 

Total, Upper Division 24 

Total Units, Lower-Upper Division 36 


MINOR IN MUSIC 

The Minor in xVIusic may r be used as an appropriate area of study by persons 
whose majors are in other fields, or may be used to satisfy minor field requirements 
for elementary or secondary teaching credentials. A maximum of 12 units from 
the lower division may be included in work counted toward the music minor. The 
music minor requires a minimum preparation of 20 units. 

Composite of Lower Division and Upper Division 

Theory of Music Units 

(Selected from MU 101, 111A,B, 211 A3 or any 300 or 400 level theory 

classes for which student is qualified) 6 

Music History and Literature (MU 100, 151A,B, 350 or courses at the 300 or 

400 level for which student is qualified) 4-6 

Applied Techniques 

(Including ensemble, conducting, piano or voice, orchestral instruments, 

and principal instrument or voice) 8-10 

N T ote: Students expecting to use the minor for teaching must complete MU 
181a-d and/or 381a-d, Orchestral Instruments (4\inits) and a minimum 
of two units in an ensemble appropriate to their area of specialization. 


Total Units 20 


DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH 

Professors 

Associate Professors 

Assistant Professors 

Instructors 


Fessenden (Chairman) 

Breinholt, Long ** 

Granell 

Good 


General elementary credential candidates must take a minimum of 2 units each of piano and 
% voice (non-principal) and pass satisfactorily the junior level proficiency in each. 

* College Administrative Officer. 


81 


Orange State College 

Course work in the Department of Speech is directed toward four goals: (1) to 
provide an understanding and appreciation of the importance of oral communica- 
tion in our society; (2) to provide professional training in such areas as teaching, 
business, law, and others where the ability to speak well and to communicate 
effectively is basic; (3) to prepare specialists in public address and speech therapy 
and audiology; and (4) to correlate such activities as intercollegiate forensics and 
school and community clinic experiences with the theory, principle, and history 
taught in the courses in the areas of rhetoric and speech therapy and audiology. 

MAJOR IN SPEECH FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

Four course programs have been planned to meet the individual needs and 
interests of students working toward the bachelor of arts degree with a major in 
speech and for a teaching credential with specialization in elementary, secondary, 
or to serve as a teacher of exceptional children in the area of the speech and 
hearing handicapped. 

Plan I provides for emphasis in rhetoric and public address and is particularly 
recommended for students who plan to pursue graduate study in this area. 

Plan II is designed for students who wish to work toward a teaching major in 
speech with specialization in secondary schools. 

Plan III is planned for students who wish to work toward a major in speech with 
specialization in elementary schools. 

Plan IV is designed to provide the student with specialized preparation to serve 
as a teacher of exceptional children in the area of the speech and hearing handi- 
capped. This program leads toward fulfilling the requirements for certification in 
the American Speech and Hearing Association and the California State Credential. 

In addition to the course requirements listed in Plans II, III, and IV, students 
must meet the other college requirements for the bachelor of arts degree. 

Students following Plans II and III must also meet the specific requirements for 
the desired teaching credential. Post-graduate course work required for the cre- 
dential should be selected in conference with a departmental advisor. 

Students following Plan III should consult with their departmental advisors if 
they plan to pursue graduate work in the field of speech. The required courses are 
selecrcd to provide the elementary teacher with the most appropriate speech and 
drama background for his teaching. To avoid having the degree be terminal at 
the bachelor of arts level, the electives need to be selected with a specialized goal 
in mind. 

Students following Plan IV should consult with their departmental advisor 
regarding the substitution of methods and student teaching in correction for the 
standard teaching credential requirements. They need also to consult regarding 
the required courses in Education. 

PLAN I: BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR IN SPEECH 

Lower Division: Speech 202, Speech 211, Speech 231 A or equivalents; ap- 
proved electives in speech or a related field to a total of 12 units 

Upper Division: Speech 311, Speech 334, Speech 335, Speech 403, Speech 

404, Speech 434, Speech 436, Speech 490, and approved electives 24 units 


82 


Orange State College 


PLAN II: SPEECH TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(Secondary) 

Lower Division : Same as Plan I 12 units 

Upper Division: Same as Plan I plus Speech 338 (if Speech 138 was not 

taken in lower division) and Speech 424 24 units 

Speech Ed. 442 will normally be taken the first semester of the post-graduate 
year. 

PLAN III: ELEMENTARY TEACHING-SPEECH EMPHASIS 

Lower Division: Same as Plan I 12 units 


Upper Division: Speech 301, Speech 311 or Drama 314, Speech 334, Speech 

403, Speech 404, and approved electives 24 units 

PLAN IV: SPECIALIZED PREPARATION TO SERVE AS A TEACHER OF EXCEPTIONAL 
CHILDREN IN THE AREA OF THE SPEECH AND HEARING HANDICAPPED 

Lower Division: Same as Plan I 12 units 

Upper Division: Speech 341, Speech 351, Speech 403, Speech 404, Speech 
441, Speech 443, Speech 451, Speech 452, Speech 458, Speech 461, 

Speech 490 30 units 

Lost-Graduate year: Speech 458, Speech Ed. 459, Speech 462, Speech 463, 

and Speech 557 (4 units) 15 units 

MINOR IN SPEECH 

The minor in Speech is twenty units of approved course work. Eight units 
may be in the lower division and normally are the same as those required for the 
major: Speech 202, Speech 211, and 231A or their equivalents. Twelve units must 
be in the upper division level and should be chosen in consultation with a depart- 
mental advisor. In general, the student seeking speech as a minor in the elementary 
Program will be recommended to include Speech 301 and Speech 403; the student 
seeking to teach speech on the secondary level will be recommended to include 
Speech 334 and Speech 335. The six units of electives will be determined accord- 
ing to the student’s major interests and goal. 


83 



DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 


Division Chairman: Gerhard G. Friedrich 

The Division of Humanities includes the departments of English, Foreign 
Languages and Literatures, Journalism, Philosophy, and an inter-departmental pro- 
gram in Comparative Literature. The Humanities faculty is therefore concerned 
with the teaching of various languages and effective communication, critical ap- 
preciation of man’s imaginative achievements, and the exploration of ideas and 
values. 

The offerings in the Humanities contribute significantly to a general, liberal 
education, in addition to preparing for the teaching profession, graduate study, 
and other occupational pursuits. 

The Humanities recognize that to be humane is at once the most difficult and 
the most precious achievement of man. It requires not only an understanding of 
the things that are, but a vision of things that ought to be. So conceived, humanistic 
studies attempt to develop an enlarged sensibility as to the possibilities of human 
experience. 

At present the following majors and minors are offered: 

Major in Communication: News Communication (Journalism) Emphasis 

Minor in Communication: News Communication (Journalism) Emphasis 

Major in English 

Minor in English 

Master of Arts in English 

Majors in French, German, and Spanish 

/Minors in French, German, and Spanish 

Major in Humanities: Comparative Literature Emphasis 

Minor in Humanities: Comparative Literature Emphasis 

Major in Philosophy 

Minor in Philosophy 

The instructional program of the Division is strengthened by the Humanities 
Series of visiting lecturers, rapidly expanding library resources, and a divisional 
collection of literary recordings. 

(The Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures publishes MLabstracts , 
a quarterly of authoritative resumes relevant to the teaching of Modern Languages.) 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

The program in Comparative Literature is governed jointly by the Departments 
of English and of Foreign Languages and Literatures, with the chairman of the 
Humanities Division acting as chairman of the program. 

The program in Comparative Literature provides courses in the study of various 
national literatures from the earliest times to the present, with special emphasis on 
the manifold interrelations of literatures, in theory, genres, ideas, movements, and 
authors. Works are read in English translation and the courses conducted in 
English. For students whose major concentration is not in Comparative Literature, 
the knowledge of a second language is not required. 


85 


Orange State College 


BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

HUMANITIES MAJOR: COMPARATIVE LITERATURE EMPHASIS 

Requirements: A combined total of 36 units beyond General Education require- 
ments as follows: 

1. Proficiency in at least one foreign language; this requirement may be satisfied 
by completing with a grade of B or better the fundamental and intermediate 
language courses, or by examination. 

2. A combined minimum of 15 units in English and Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 

3. A minimum of 15 units from the Comparative Literature offerings. 

4. Electives: 6 units on advisement. 

MINOR IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

Requirements: A combined total of 21 units, as follows: a maximum of 9 lower 
division units plus a minimum of 12 upper division units. 

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH 

Professors: Friedrich (Chairman), Ramsay 

Associate Professors: Cummings, Jones, Obler, Schneider 

Assistant Professors: Austin, Brunelle, Greenwood, McNelly, Salz, Scott, Stuart 

The study of “English” emphasizes the nature and development of our language, 
the oraft of writing, and the imaginative literature of American and British authors— 
prose fiction, poetry’, and drama. Except for the required Freshmen English offer- 
ings courses in world literature in English translation are listed separately, under 
Comparative Literature. In addition, the Department of English offers some special- 
ized professional courses. On the senior and graduate levels, various opportunities 
are provided for seminar work and independent study. 

English 101 and 102 or their equivalents or the consent of the instructor is a 
prerequisite to all English and Comparative Literature courses numbered 200 and 
above. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: ENGLISH MAJOR 

Requirements: A total of 36 units beyond General Education requirements, with 
the following distribution: 

Lower Division — Maximum of 9 units, including: 

221, 222. American Literature (6 units) 

Lower Division elective (3 units) 

Note: Students planning to transfer into the program at the beginning of the 
junior year, after taking their lower division work elsewhere, are advised to 
take freshman and sophomore courses as nearly equivalent as possible to the 
requirements listed above. 

Upper Division (Minimum of 27 units) 

Language and Composition (Minimum of 3 units), selected from the following: 

301. Advanced Compostion 

303. The Structure of Modem English 

490. History of the English Language 


86 


O range State College 


Major Author Courses (9 units) 

333. Chaucer 

334. Shakespeare 

341. Milton and the Seventeenth Century 

Period Courses (Minimum of 6 units, at least 3 in a period preceding the mod- 
em), selected from the following: 

335. Elizabethan Drama 

336. Elizabethan Poetry and Prose 

342. The Age of Reason in English Literature 

343. The Romantic Movement in English Literature 

344. Literature of the Victorian Period 

345. History and Development of the English Novel 

462. Modern British and American Novels 

464. Modern British and American Drama 

466. Modern British and American Poetry 

Electives (Minimum of 9 units), selected from additional courses in language and 
composition, period courses, literary criticism, senior seminars, and Comparative 
Literature. Attention is directed to the fact that Comparative Literature offerings are 
listed separately, but count toward an English major. 

A program of literary studies gains in perspective through the study of history, 
sociology, philosophy, and psychology. These fields offer vital lifelines which 
nourish and deepen understanding of literature. Students of literature are strongly 
advised to include such courses in their program, particularly in the areas of 
philosophy and psychology. 

English majors who intend to pursue graduate study are urged to acquire pro- 
ficiency in at least one foreign language. Note: Orange State College freshmen 
intending to major in English should complete two years of course work in a for- 
eign language, or demonstrate equivalent accomplishment by transfer or by 
examination. 

TEACHING CREDENTIAL REQUIREMENTS 

English majors who are also candidates for a teaching credential must take the 
required professional education courses in English in addition to fulfilling all re- 
quirements for the major indicated above. 

MINOR IN ENGLISH 

Requirements: A total of 21 units. 

Lower Division (Maximum of 9 units), including: 

221, 222. American Literature, or the equivalent. 

Lower Division electives (3 units) 

Upper Division (Minimum of 12 units), including: 

Language and Composition (Minimum of 3 units), selected from the following: 

301. Advanced Composition 

303. The Structure of Modem English 

490. History of the English Language 
Major Author Courses (Minimum of 6 units) 

334. Shakespeare 

333, Chaucer, or 341, Milton and the Seventeenth Century 

Electives (Minimum of 3 units) 


87 


Orange State College 


MINOR IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

The degree of Master of Arts in English requires completion of a minimum of 30 
semester units beyond the bachelor’s degree. Candidates having fewer than 36 units 
of undergraduate English normally will be required to take several additional 
courses to build a full undergraduate major. The 30 units in the graduate program 


are distributed as follows: 

Minimum units in courses restricted to graduate students (500 series) .15 

Maximum units in specialized upper division courses in English 9 

Units in subjects related to English 6 

Minimum Total 30 


Up to 6 units of the graduate course work may be in independent study. Three 
of these units may be devoted to a thesis or other written reports and articles, 
individually supervised by a faculty member. 

The candidate for the Master of Arts degree in English must see a graduate 
advisor before beginning his program. At that time the particular courses which 
will comprise his prerequisite 36 units will be selected. All candidates must take a 
graduate course in the English language, in Shakespeare, and in at least one other 
major literary figure studied in depth. In addition he must take the Graduate 
Record Examination (Aptitude and Advanced Test in Literature) prior to his ad- 
mission to Classified Graduate status.* 

DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

Associate Professors Kline, Mathieu (Chairman) 

Assistant Professor Shaplcy 

Instructor Pena 

The program of the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures is de- 
signed to meet the needs of several types of students, including those who seek 
a liberal arts education with an emphasis on a foreign language and its literature; 
those who intend to teach at the elementary, secondary", or college level; those 
who plan to use foreign languages in professional careers; or those who desire 
to pursue graduate studies. The program emphasizes high standards of achievement 
in the practical use of the language, in the study of its literature and its culture, 
in the mastery of applied linguistics, and in methodology of teaching, the latter 
acquired in part through apprenticeship. 

A student may enroll at any point in the sequence of courses for which his 
previous study has prepared him. 

MAJOR IN A SINGLE FOREIGN LANGUAGE 

Three options are offered: French, German or Spanish. 

Requirements : Courses 101, 102, 203, 204, or their equivalents, completed satis- 
factorily; plus 24 units in upper division courses, including 317 (or equivalent), 
351, 361, 451, 461, except that six of these units may be in another field selected 
with the approval of the advisor, including 6 lower division units in a third 
language. 

Attention is directed to the courses in foreign literatures in translation listed 
elsewhere in this catalog under Comparative Literature. 

* See general college requirements, pp. 44-47. 


88 


Orange State College 


MAJOR IN TWO FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

Two options arc offered: Romance Languages Major (French and Spanish) and 
Germanic-Romancc Languages Major (German and French or Spanish). A student 
electing the double major must fulfill all requirements for a Major in a Single 
Language and, in addition, the requirements for a Minor in Single Language. 

MINOR IN A SINGLE LANGUAGE 

Requirements: Courses 101, 102, 203, 204, or their equivalents, completed satis- 
factorily; plus 9 units in upper division courses selected in consultation with the 
advisor. 


CREDENTIAL PROGRAMS 

GENERAL ELEMENTARY CREDENTIAL 

Students who are candidates for the General Elementary Credential must also 
complete the professional requirements, including Foreign Languages Education 432. 

GENERAL SECONDARY CREDENTIAL 

The credential program is the same as for the liberal arts major, with the follow- 
ing additional requirements: 

Foreign Languages Education 442; 

French or German or Spanish Applied Linguistics 466; 

plus 6 units in the Major language selected with the approval of the advisor and 
taken in the senior year or thereafter at the 400 and 500 level. 

THE LANGUAGE LABORATORY 

Students enrolling in courses 101, 102, 203, 204 are required, in addition to the 
regular class periods, to practice for the minimum of prescribed time in the 
Language Laboratory. The 30-station laboratory operates like a library; students 
may use it at a time most convenient to them, preferably every day in sessions of 
15 to 30 minutes. Further details will be announced by each instructor and by 
the Supervisor of the Language Laboratory. 

DEPARTMENT OF JOURNALISM 

Professor Maxwell (chairman) 

Assistant Professors Alexander, Johnson,* Smythe 

The program of the Department of Journalism serves students with interests in 
mass communication by offering a curriculum integrating the liberal arts and pro- 
fessional courses in media techniques. 

The department offers a major in Communication with a News Communication 
(Journalism) emphasis, and is developing additional communications emphases 
*n Advertising, Public Relations, Photocommunication, and Telecommunication. 
A number of courses are now offered in these developing emphases. 

The Communication major helps to prepare those desiring various careers related 
to mass communication— careers that may involve newspapers and magazines, 
television and radio, advertising, public relations, photography, industrial or gov- 
e rnmental communications, and teaching. Communication courses will also benefit 
those who wish only a better understanding of the functions of the mass media in 
a democratic society. 

* College Administrative Officer. 


89 


Orange State College 


BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

Communication Major: News Communication (Journalism) Emphasis 

Requirements : A combined total of 48 units— 36 within the Journalism Depart- 
ment and 12 in other departments, as follows: 

Academic Core (36 units) 

Journalism 101, News Writing (3) 

Journalism 102, News Writing (3) 

Journalism 333, Mass Communication in Modern Society (3) 

Journalism 334, Feature Article Writing (3) 

Journalism 335, Reporting of Public Affairs (3) 

Journalism 425, History and Philosophy of American Mass Communication (3) 
Journalism 426, World Press and Propaganda Analysis (3) 

Journalism 427, Seminar on Current Issues in Mass Communication (3) 
t Economics 201, The American Economy (3) 

+ English 462, Modern British and American Novels (3) 
t History 476, United States Since 1933 (3) 
t Psychology 351, Social Psychology (3) 

News Coimminication Emphasis ( 12) 

Journalism 318AB, Press Photography (2, 2) 

Journalism 332, Copy Editing and Makeup (3) 

Journalism 338, Newspaper Production (3) 

Journalism 439, Mass Media Internship (2) 

MINOR IN COMMUNICATION 

Requirements: A combined total of 21 units, as follows: 

Lower Division (Maximum of 7) 

Journalism 101 or 102 (3) 

Journalism 218AB (2,2) 

Upper Division (Minimum of 14 units) 

Journalism 331 or quivalent 

At least five units from the following: Journalism 332, Journalism 338AB, 
Journalism 358AB, or Journalism 448. 

At least six units from the following: Journalism 333, Journalism 425, Journal- 
ism 426, or Journalism 427. 

If Journalism 218AB is not completed as a lower division requirement then 
318AB must be completed as an upper division requirement. 

Electives approved by the advisor to complete the 21 units requirement. 

TEACHING CREDENTIAL REQUIREMENTS 

Communication majors with News Communication (Journalism) emphasis who 
plan to offer journalism as their major subject for a teaching credential must have 
their minor approved by the chairman of the Journalism Department and must 
complete the required professional education courses in addition to their major 
and minor requirements. 

t Some flexibility may be permitted as to major requirements in economics, English, history and 
psychology, depending on the student’s preparation in these areas. 


90 


Orange State College 


FOREIGN LANGUAGE RECOMMENDATION 

Majors who are planning careers in news communication are strongly urged 
to acquire proficiency in a foreign language. 

DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY 

Professor Alamshah (Chairman) 

Associate Professor Becker* 

Assistant Professor Ahumada 

The aim of the department of philosophy is twofold: (1) to present curricular 
offerings in a manner that will awaken an appreciation for philosophical concerns; 
delineate the significant contributions made to the history of ideas by the great 
philosophers; and develop in those who concentrate in the field an appreciable 
degree of precision in communicating the subject matter of philosophy; (2) to 
draw attention to the significance of philosophical analysis in areas of vital concern 
for the life of society. 

Course work in philosophy, therefore, has the following objectives: 
to help students understand their own philosophical concerns; 
to uncover and to delineate sound methodology for the clarification of philo- 
sophical problems; and 

to prepare students who are seeking higher degrees in philosophy. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: PHILOSOPHY MAJOR 

Requirements: A total of 36 units, beyond General Education requirements, with 
the following distribution: 

Lower Division (Maximum of 12 units, beyond General Education requirements) 
110. Comparative Study of the World’s Great Religions (3) 

210. Logic (3) 

211. The Older Schools of Philosophy (3) 

212. The Modern Schools of Philosophy (3) 

Note: Students who have taken their lower division work elsewhere will ' be 
given credit for equivalent course work. 

L'pper Division (Minimum of 24 units) 

Core Requirements (15 units) 

331. History of Philosophy: Problems of Being and Becoming (3) 

332. History of Philosophy: Problems of Knowledge and Valuing (3) 

Plus choice of one of the following: 

417A, 417B. Aristotle (6) 

427A, 427B. Spinoza (6) 

447A, 447B. Plato (6) 

467 A, 467B. Kant (6) 

499. Independent Study (3) 

Electives (Minimum of 9 units) 

A program in philosophy profits greatly through the study of literary master- 
pieces, psychology, and the social sciences. Students of philosophy are advised to 
supplement their studies in philosophy with course work offered in these fields. 
Philosophy majors are urged to acquire proficiency in a foreign language. 

Allege Administrative Officer. 


91 


Orange State College 


MINOR IN PHILOSOPHY 

Requirements: A total of 21 units (beyond General Education requirements). 
Lower Division (Maximum of 9 units), selected from: 

110. Comparative Study of the World’s Great Religions (3) 

210. Logic (3) 

211. The Older Schools of Philosophy (3) 

212. The Modem Schools of Philosophy (3) 

Upper Division (Minimum of 12 units) 

331. History of Philosophy: Problems of Being and Becoming (3) 

332. History of Philosophy: Problems of Knowledge and Valuing (3) 

Electives (6 units) 


92 


DIVISION OF SCIENCE 
AND MATHEMATICS 


Division Chairman Miles D. McCarthy 

The Division provides fundamental instruction basic to the needs of students 
preparing (1) to pursue graduate and professional training, (2) to teach, and (3) 
to seek employment in technical and applied fields. 

Students preparing for careers in the health sciences should register with the 
Chairman of the Pre-medical Committee (membership listed on page 17). The 
committee will advise students concerning appropriate collegiate majors, pre- 
professional requirements, and aptitude tests, and professional school admissions 
procedures. 

It is the concern of the faculty that science instruction shall not be circumscribed 
by limited disciplines, but shall embrace related scientific subject-matter fields as 
well as liberal arts subjects and foreign language. We hold firmly to the conviction 
that the trained scientist of today and in the future must be one conversant with 
the general principles of all scientific disciplines and one adequately prepared in 
depth in a major field. He must be one who has been nurtured in the development 
of ideas, not merely in technical skills. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in science or mathematics major programs, 
students must have a C average in all courses required for the majors including 
those in the related sciences. A proficiency in one modem foreign language (Rus- 
sian, German, French) is required. A reading comprehension of a second modern 
foreign .language is strongly recommended for students planning graduate study 
leading to the Ph.D. degree. This requirement is normally met by completing four 
semesters of a college foreign language with a C grade or better or by taking a 
foreign language for two years in high school and two semesters of intermediate 
language in college with a minimum of a C grade in the college course. The re- 
quirement may also be met by examination upon approval by the appropriate de- 
partment chairman. Examinations will be given in October and March of each 
academic year. For details of examination procedure, apply at Division Office. 

No credit toward the major will be allowed for specific major courses in which 
a grade D is obtained. A placement test will be given to students in the division of 
science in order to determine whether they are ready to start the calculus. 

Non-science major students admitted to the College directly from high school 
or transfer students with 30 units or less will normally expect to satisfy the college 
general education natural science requirements for the B.A. degree by completing 
the following courses: 


Physical Science 201 4 units 4 

Biology 100 2 units 2 

Biology 140 3 units 3 

or 

Biology 160 3 units 

Total 9 


93 


Orange State College 

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

Professors McCarthy (Chairman), McCleary, Sutton 

Associate Professors Brattstrom, Turner 

Assistant Professors P. Adams, Rudersdorf, Walkington 

The Department of Biology offers a program leading to the Bachelor of Arts 
degree in Biology for students preparing to enter graduate and professional schools, 
for those preparing to teach, and for those preparing for careers in industry and 
government service. 

It is the conviction of the faculty in Biology that the purposes of all these stu- 
dents can best be served by building their curricula on a core of courses funda- 
mental to the science of biology. This core curriculum includes biological prin- 
ciples, genetics, microbiology, and physiology. 

In considering the curricula beyond this core of subjects, the faculty in Biology 
has agreed that the interests and goals of individual students can best be satisfied 
through individual counseling rather than through prescribed programs. After dis- 
cussion with their advisors, students will elect those upper division courses which 
will satisfy their individual interests and professional goals. Eight units of electives 
must be in one area of interest (e.g., biology, botany, microbiology, or zoology) 
and four units in another area. 

Advanced students will be permitted to enroll in Biological Science 400, Under- 
graduate Problems in Biology. All upper division students are expected to attend 
the departmental seminars. 

The Department of Biology also offers a curriculum for students majoring in 
other fields who wish to minor in Biology. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

One hundred twenty-four units including general education (See page 41), 
foreign language* (See divisional requirement page 93), 33 units in biolog) 
courses, and supporting courses in physical sciences and mathematics. The sup- 
porting courses must include one year of inorganic college chemistry' including 
qualitative analysis with laboratory, one semester of organic chemistry with 
laboratory, one semester of college mathematics, and one semester of college 
physics with laboratory or Physical Science 201. Students preparing for graduate 
study or professional degrees in medicine, dentistry or public health should take: 
one year of inorganic chemistry including qualitative analysis with laboratory, one 
year of organic chemistry with laboratory, one year of analytical geometry and 
calculus, and one year of college physics with laboratory. 

Minimum Course Requirements for the Major f 


Lower Division 

Biological Science Units 

100 Principles of Biology 2 

140 Principles of Botany 3 

160 Principles of Zoology 3 


8 8 


* Transfer students should have completed the foreign language requirement and as many ^ 
the general education courses as possible prior to admission. However, uncompleted unit 
may be satisfied while the upper division work is in progress by concurrent enrollment 
a junior college or with appropriate courses offered at Orange State College, 
t Substitutions in the program may be made for transfer students and others upon the recommen 
dation of the adviser and the approval of the Department Chairman. 


94 


O range State College 

Upper Division 

Units 


311 General Microbiology 4 

312 Genetics Lecture 5 

412 and 412L Cell Physiology 4 

or 

444 Plant Physiology 

Electives— 14 units, of which 4 must be outside area of 
emphasis 14 


25 25 

33 

Minimum Requirements for Biological Science Minor f 

Biological Science 

100, 140, 160 Principles 8 

424 Evolution 3 

or 

312 Genetics 

311 General Microbiology 4 

361 Mammalian Anatomy and Physiology 4 

or 

412 and 412L Cell Physiology 

444 Plant Physiology 

Biological Science Elective 4 

23 

t Substitutions in the program may be made for transfer students and others upon the recommen- 
dation of the adviser and the approval of the Department Chairman. 

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY 

Professor Bryden (Chairman) 

Assistant Professors Montana, Shields 

The curriculum is planned to provide thorough instruction in the basic principles 
and concepts of chemistry for students who will (1) continue on to graduate work 
in chemistry; (2) teach in the science programs of secondary schools; (3) seek em- 
ployment in industry or government; or (4) pursue a chemistry minor of funda- 
mental courses in chemistry in support of other areas such as physics and biology. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PHYSICS 

The minimum requirements for the B.A. degree with a major in chemistry are 
the following: * Units 

Required units in chemistry 35 

Elective units in chemistry 9 

Total units in chemistry 44 44 

Required units in physics, mathematics, and biology 31 31 

Total units in science and mathematics 75 

General Education units, not including 12 units of physical science, 
mathematic, and biology (see the General Education require- 
ments, page 41) 38 

Undesignated units 11 

Total units for the B.A. degree in chemistry 124 

Substitutions in the program may be made upon approval of the department chairman. 

95 


Orange State College 


The required courses in Science and Mathematics are as follows: 


Chemistry: Units 

General Chemistry 10 

Quantitative Chemistry 4 

Organic Chemistry 8 

Physical Chemistry 6 

Physical Chemistry Laboratory 3 

Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 3 

Chemical Literature 1 

Total units 35 

Physics, Mathematics, and Biology (satisfies the General Education requirements 
in physical science, mathematics, and biology): 

Physics 12 

Mathematics 14 

Biology 5 

Total units 31 


Proficiency in one modern foreign language (Russian, German, French) is re- 
quired. (See Divisional requirement, page 93.) 


MINOR IN CHEMISTRY 

A minimum of 24 acceptable units of chemistry, including Organic Chemistry 
(8) and Physical Chemistry (6) are required for a chemistry minor. 

Suggested Eight Semester Program for a Major in Chemistry 


First Semester (Freshman) 

Chem. 101 A— Gen. Chem 5 

Math. 150A— Anal. Geo. & Calc. 4 

Eng. 101— Composition & Lit 3 

Hist. 170A or 170B— U.S. History 3 
PJL— Phys. Ed. Activity V 2 

15 'A 

Third Semester (Sophomore) 

Chem. 301 A— Org. Chem 4 

Chem. 302A— Org. Chem. Lab. 1 

Math. 250A— Inter. Calc 3 

Physics 222— Fundamental Physics 5 
Pol. Sci. 210— Amer. Government 3 
P.E.— Phys. Ed. Activity l / 2 

16 Yt 


Second Semester (Freshman) 

Chem. 101B— Gen. Chem 5 

Math. DOB— Anal. Geo. & Calc— 4 
Physics 221— Fundamental Physics 4 

Eng. 102— Lit. & Composition 3 

PJE— Phys. Ed. Activity Zi 

16J4 

Fourth Semester (Sophomore) 

Chem. 301B— Org. Chem 4 

Chem. 302B— Org. Chem. Lab 1 

Chem. 212— Quant. Chem 4 

Math. 250B— Inter. Calc 3 

Physics 223— Fundamental Physics 3 
P.E.— Phys. Ed. Activity Vi 


15/2 


96 


O range State College 


Fifth Semester (Junior) 

Chem. 371 A— Physical Chem._ 3 

Bio. Sci. 100— Prin. of Biology 2 

For. Lang. 101— Mod. For. Lang. 4 
Gen. Ed.— Gen. Ed. Courses 7 

16 


Sixth Semester (Junior) 

Chem. 37 IB— Physical Chem. ... 3 
Bio. Sci. 140 or 

160— Botany or Zoology 3 

Elective in Chem— — 3 

For. Lang. 102— Mod. For. Lang. 4 
Gen. Ed— Gen. Ed Course 3 


Seventh Semester (Senior) 

Chem. 441— Phys. Chem. Lab 3 

Chem. 491— Chem. Literature 1 

Elective in Chem 3 

For. Lang. 203— Inter. For. Lang. 3 
Gen. Ed— Gen. Ed. Courses. __ 6 

16 


16 

Eighth Semester (Senior) 

Chem. 425— Adv. Inorg. Chem. 3 

Elective in Chem 3 

For. Lang. 204— Inter. For. Lang. 3 
Gen. Ed— Gen. Ed. Courses 7 

16 


DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS 

Professors Ames (Chairman), Lay 

Associate Professors Gilbert, O’Toole 

Assistant Professors Langberg, Stiel 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MATHEMATICS 

The program of studies in mathematics offers courses stressing the understanding 
of mathematical concepts and the axiomatic approach. A sufficient variety of 
courses is given to satisfy the needs of: 

(1) The proficient student aiming toward graduate study, 

(2) The student planning the use of mathematics in a career in industry and 
government service, 

(3) Preprofessional students in other science areas, 

(4) The prospective elementary and secondary teacher. (See special programs 
of study below.) 

In addition to mathematics, the major candidates will be required to pursue 
a year of general college physics with a calculus prerequisite. Proficiency in one 
modem foreign language (Russian, German, French) is required. (See Divisional 
requirement, page 93.) Attention is called to all divisional requirements on page 93. 

Major Program in Mathematics 

Required Courses 

Analytic Geometry and Calculus 

Intermediate Calculus 

Linear Algebra 

Modem Algebra 

Advanced Calculus 

Topology 

Complex Analysis 

Real Analysis 

Abstract Algebra 

Differential Geometry 

41 


Units 

8 

6 

. 3 

3 
6 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 


97 


Orange State College 


Minor Program in Mathematics 

A Mathematics Minor shall consist of 20 units of course work selected from the 
mathematics course listing below, exclusive of Mathematics 100A-100B and Math- 
ematics 120, each course to be completed with a grade of C or better. 


Major Program in Mathematics for Teacher Education 
Elementary Education Units 

Math. 100A — Axiomatic Arithmetic 3 

Math. 150A-B — Analytic Geometry and Calculus 8 

Math. 250A-B — Intermediate Calcuus 6 

Math. 291 — Linear Algebra ; 

Math. 300 — Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics- Algebra 3 

Math. 301 — Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics-Geometry ... 3 

M.nh. 320— Projective Geometry : 

Math. 330 — Number Theory 

Math. 335A — Probability and Mathematical Statistics 3 

Electives in Mathematics, 300 courses or higher 9 

44 

Secondary Education 

Math. 150A-B — Analytic Geometry and Calculus 8 

Math. 250A-B — Intermediate Calculus 6 

Math. 291 — Linear Algebra I 3 

Math. 300 — Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics- Algebra 3 

Math. 301 — Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics-Geometry 3 

Math. 320 — Projective Geometry 3 

Math. 330 — Number Theory 3 

Math. 3 35 A — Probability and Mathematical Statistics 3 

Electives in Mathematics, 300 courses or higher 9 


41 

Minor Program in Mathematics for Teacher Education 

(a) For Secondary Education this minor is the same as the Minor Program in 
Mathematics at the top of this page. 

(b) For Elementary Education the minor shall consist of 20 units of course work 
in mathematics selected from the mathematics course listing, a grade of C or 
better being required in each course. 

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 

Professors Adams, R. (Chairman), Blend 

Lecturer Bengtson 


BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PHYSICS 

The program leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree in physics provides the 
fundamental instruction basic to the needs of the student who is preparing (1) 
to teach in elementary or secondary schools, (2) to undertake graduate work in 
physics or related fields, (3) to pursue additional collegiate studies leading to pro- 
fessional degrees in dentistry, law, medicine, nursing, and other professional, 
related areas, and (4) to seek employment in technical and applied fields. 

The faculty is concerned that the student of physics shall have adequate educa- 
tion in other liberal arts subjects, including foreign language. Through curriculum 
requirements and through elective subjects, the physics student will be expected 


98 


Orange State College 


to have a broad education in traditional liberal arts subjects, the several sciences, 
and mathematics. In particular, the student is urged to make his selections of 
elective courses outside the field of physics. 

MINIMUM DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE * 

Lower Division 

General Chemistry (satisfies General Education physical science requirement) 10 
Mathematics: Analytic Geometry and Calculus (satisfies General Education 

mathematics requirement) 14 

Fundamental Physics 12 

Modern Foreign Language (Russian, German, or French) . 

Proficiency in one language required. (See Divisional requirement, page 
93.) • 


Upper Division Physics ** 

431. Electricity and Magnetism — 3 units 

441. Analytical Mechanics 3 units 

411. Theory of Wave Motion 3 units 

453. Nuclear Physics or 451. Modem Physics 3 units 

416. Thermodynamics and Introduction to Kinetic Theory 3 units 

455. Introduction to Quantum Physics 3 units 

381. Advanced Physics Laboratory (electrical measurements and elec- 

tronics) 2 units 

382. Advanced Physics Laboratory (mechanics, acoustics, physical optics, 

atomic spectra) 2 units 

481. Advanced Physics Laboratory (atomic and nuclear physics) 2 units 

482. Advanced Physics Laboratory (selected experiments in classical and 

modem physics) — 2 units 


Total 26 units 

Required Mathematics 

Mathematics courses in addition to Analytic Geometry and Calculus 9 units 


Summary of Degree Requirements (Minimum) 

Total required units prerequisite to major, in major, and in mathematics, 
both upper and lower division (71 units less 7 units credited to Gen- 


eral Education) — 64 units 

Total General Education requirements 50 units 

Total electives 10 units 


Total minimum requirements for degree 124 units 


MINOR IN PHYSICS 

A minimum of 20 units of physics are required for a minor. These shall include 
12 units of lower division physics (or equivalent as determined by the department 
of physics), and a minimum of 8 units of upper division physics, including a mini- 
mum of 2 units of advanced physics laboratory. 

** Substitutions in the program may be made upon the approval of the department chairman. 

* Theory courses will normally be taken in the order of listing. Laboratory courses will normally 
be taken in numerical order of course number. 


5—16251 


99 


Orange State College 


Suggested Eight-Semester Program for Major in Physics 
Semester 1. Freshman 

Math 150 A. Analytic Geometry and Calculus 

Engl. 101. Composition and World Literature 

For. Lang. 101. Fundamental Russian, German, or French 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 

P. E. Any Physical Education activity course 


Units 



Total 14 Vi 

Semester 2. Freshman 

Math 150B. Analytic Geometry and Calculus 4 

Engl 102. World Literature and Composition # 3 

For. Lang. 102 Fundamental Russian, German, or French 4 

Phys 221. Fundamental Physics 4 

P. E. Any Physical Education activity course x /i 


Total 15/2 


Semester 3. Sophomore 

Math 250 A. Intermediate Calculus 

Phys 222. Fundamental Physics 

For. Lang. 203. Intermediate Russian, German, or French 

Chem 101 A. General Chemistry 

P. E. Any Physical Education activity course 

Total 

Semester 4. Sophomore 

Math 250 B. Intermediate Calculus 

Phys 223. Fundamental Physics 

For. Lang. Intermediate Russian, German, or French 

Chem 101 B. General Chemistry 

Biol 100. Principles of Biology 

P. E. Any Physical Education activity course 

Total 

Semester 5. Junior 

Math 291. Linear Algebra 

Phys 431. Electricity and Magnetism 

Phys 381. Advanced Physics Laboratory 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 

Biol. 160. Principles of Zoology, or ) 

Bot. 140. Principles of Botany \ 

Total — 


3 

5 

3 

5 

Vi 


1 6/2 


3 

3 

3 

5 

2 

l /i 


\6Vi 


3 

3 

2 

3 

3 

3 


17 


100 


Orange State College 


Semester 6. Junior Units 

Math 350 A. Advanced Calculus 3 

Phys 441. Analytical Mechanics 3 

Phys 382. Advanced Physics Laboratory 2 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 3 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 3 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 3 


Total ! 17 

Semester 7. Senior 

Math 350 B. Advanced Calculus 3 

Phys 411. Theory of Wave Motion 3 

Phys 453. Nuclear Physics (or Phys 451. Modem Physics) 3 

Phys 481. Advanced Physics Laboratory 2 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 3 


Total 14 

(Honor students may add Physics 491. Senior Report (1).) 

Semester 8. Senior 

Phys 416. Thermodynamics and Introduction to Kinetic Theory 3 

Phys 455. Introduction to Quantum Physics 3 

Phys 482. Advanced Physics Laboratory 2 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 3 

Elective 3 


Total 14 

(Honor students may add Physics 492. Senior Report (2).) 

DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 

Professor Lay 

Associate Professor Turner 

Assistant Professor Holmes 

Courses, workshops and institutes designed to aid the teacher in presenting and 
mterpreting science and mathematics will be offered by the department. Science 
an d mathematics students seeking credentials should consult one of the members 
°f the department regarding credential regulations. 


101 






































DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 


Division Chairman Giles T. Brown 

The division of Social Sciences offers courses in the fields of Anthropology, 
Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology. In addition, 
it accepts certain courses in Economics toward the degree of Master of Arts in 
the Social Sciences. In each field, classes are provided for undergraduates who are 
preparing for graduate study and professional work; also, graduate work is pro- 
vided for qualified students pursuing programs that lead to master’s degrees. The 
offerings of the division are designed to provide a better understanding of man’s 
behavior past and present, of the historical, social, environmental forces that 
operate in the world, and of the significant problems of the present day. 

The following Master’s Degrees are offered by the Division: 

Master of Arts in the Social Sciences 
Master of Arts in History 


The following undergraduate majors 
Division: 

Major in Geography 
Major in History 
Major in Political Science 
Major in Psychology 
Major in Sociology 


and teaching minors are offered by the 

Teaching Minor in Geography 
Teaching Minor in History 
Teaching Minor in Political Science 
Teaching Minor in Sociology 


DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN GEOGRAPHY 


Associate Professor JLarick (Chairman) 

Assistant Professors Helin, Reith 


The major in Geography is designed to contribute to a broad, liberal education 
and to fulfill the requirements of sound, professional preparation. This basic pro- 
gram emphasizes the relationship of man’s complex cultural patterns to the earth’s 
physical foundation. It also provides students with a practical base for intensive 
work in one of the several fields of Geography at the graduate level. 

Depending on individual interest, students may plan the major program to 
emphasize either physical or cultural Geography. In planning a program the 
student should keep his professional objective in mind. For example, those students 
intending to enter business or commercial fields should elect related courses in 
Business Administration, Economics or Statistics and those planning a career in 
government should elect related courses in Economics, History, Political Science, 
Sociology", and Statistics. 

Unit Requirements 

The major in Geography requires the completion of a minimum of 48 units of 
course work. These units are in addition to those which have been used to meet 
the general education requirement. It is suggested that students meet the general 
education requirements by taking courses outside the department. Unit require- 
ments are as follows: 


Orange State College 


Geography Courses * 

As many as 12 units are acceptable from lower division offerings. Upper division 
courses must be selected from offerings in both systematic and regional Geography. 
The following courses are required of all majors: Geography 111, 121, 323, 343. 

Minimum of - 35 


Related Courses 

Courses may be taken in the upper or lower division in such fields as Anthro- 
pology, Astronomy, Botany, Economics, Geology, History, Physics, Political 
Science, Sociology, and Statistics. The student is to select, with the consent of 
his adviser, work in two of these fields. 

. . Units 

Minimum of 17 


Total 

Students intending to take graduate work in Geography should acquire a read- 
ing knowledge of at least one modern foreign language. 

MINOR IN GEOGRAPHY 

The minor in Geography is intended as a second field for persons completing 
a major in another discipline in preparation for a teaching credential. It is designed 
to give a basic understanding of earth science and the geographic relationships 
helpful to the classroom teacher. The program gives a balance between the physical 
and social sciences. 

Required Courses 

Geography 111, 121 and 343 
One course selected from: 

Geography 312, 323 and 353 
One course selected from: 

Geography 333, 383, 471 and 481 
Two courses selected from: 

Geography 363, 432, 433, 434, 435, and 436 and 438. 

Minimum units required 20 


DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN HISTORY 

Professors Brown (Chairman), Langsdorf * 

Associate Professors Beck, Povlovich, Toy,* Unterberger 

Assistant Professors de Graaf, Etue, Giacumakis, Newby, Sailor 

The undergraduate major in History is designed to provide an understanding of 
the present through a careful study of the past. This major may be pursued to ful- 
fill various professional and cultural objectives common to a liberal arts program. 
It serves, especially, as a preparation for teaching, law, government, and other pub- 
lic services, and as the foundation for advanced study at the graduate level. 

The major is composed of a minimum of 24 units in the upper division, plus 
the basic courses in World Civilizations (History 110A-110B) and United States 
History (History 170A-170B). The basic courses may also be used to meet general 
education requirements. Students majoring in History are encouraged to include in 
their lower division programs some work in such fields as Anthropology, Econ- 
omics, Geography, Literature, Philosophy, Political Science and Sociology. 

* College Administrative Officers. 

104 


O range State College 


Students intending to do graduate work in History should acquire a reading 
knowledge of at least one foreign language appropriate to the pursuit of advanced 
research in a field of History. 

The twenty-four (24) units of upper division courses required for the major 
must include: 

History 399: Historiography (3 units) 

Six (6) units in United States History 

Six (6) units in European History (from ancient Greece to modern times) 

Six (6) units in the History of Asia, Africa, and Latin America 

MINOR IN HISTORY 

The teaching minor in History is composed of at least twenty (20) units in 
History exclusive of the general education requirements. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN HISTORY 

The program of studies leading to the Master of Arts Degree in History is 
composed of thirty (30) units approved by the graduate adviser.* Fifteen (15) 
units of graduate courses (500 level) must be taken including: 

History 501, Seminar in the Content and Method of History (3 units); 

History 590, History and Historians (3 units); and 

History 591, Thesis (3 to 6 units) 

Other course requirements include six (6) units in upper division or graduate 
work outside the History Department but related to the study pattern. 

In addition, a reading knowledge of an appropriate foreign language and the 
completion of the Aptitude Test and the Advanced Test in History of the 
Graduate Record Examination are required. An oral examination on the thesis 
and course work offered for the degree will be given. Prior to the appointment 
of a graduate adviser, the following steps must be completed: 

1. Admission to the college as an unclassified graduate student; 

2. Filing in the Office of Admissions of two official sets of transcripts of all 
collegiate and graduate work; and 

3. Submission of satisfactory results of the Graduate Record Examination. 

In consultation with his graduate adviser, the student will develop a proposed 
Study Plan. When approved by his graduate adviser and pursued satisfactorily 
the programmed work can lead to the Master’s degree, subject to the completion 
of all other requirements for the degree.** 

DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Professors Hyinlc,+ Mason (Chairman) 

Assistant Professors Ashley, Cook, Foster, Kerschner 

The major is composed of 30-36 units of Political Science, plus 12-18 units in re- 
lated departments taken with the approval of the adviser. These units are in ad- 
dition to those meeting the general education requirements. Prospective majors are 
encouraged to take lower division courses in Economics, Geography, History, 
Psychology, and Sociology. All majors are required to take at least one course 
from each of the Groups listed below and courses 100 and 306. All majors must also 
take one of the Concentrations as listed. 

* Consult adviser relative to prerequisites. 

** See general college requirements, pp. 44-47. 

t College Administrative Officer. 


105 


Orange State College 

Political Science Courses 

In each Group, the courses marked with (t) should be taken first. 

Political Theory 

t 341 Fundamental Principles of Political Theory 
t 342 Specific Problems in Political Theory 
440 Recent Political Thought 
442 American Political Thought 

Comparative Government 

t 33 1 Governments and Politics of Major Powers 

432 Government and Politics of Great Britain 

433 Government and Politics of Soviet Russia 

434 Government and Politics of France 

435 Government and Politics of Germany 
453 Foreign Policy Formulation 

International Relations 

t 351 International Relations 

452 American Diplomacy 

453 Foreign Policy Formulation 

454 The Soviet Union in World Affairs 

460 International Law 

461 The United Nations and Other Public International Organizations 

Public Administration 

t 3 1 1 State and Local Government 
t 320 Introduction to Public Administration 

421 Governmental Finance Administration 

422 Public Personnel Administration 

423 Urban Problems and Administration 

424 City and Regional Planning 

426 Government Organization and Management 
429 Government Internship 

American Politics 

t 3 1 1 State and Local Government 
t 312 Political Parties and Pressure Groups 
411 The Judicial Process 

413 Constitutional Law 

414 The Legislative Process 

415 Public Opinion and Political Behavior 
442 American Political Thought 

Public Law 

t The Judicial Process 
413 Constitutional Law 
432 Government and Politics of Great Britain 
460 International Law 

Concentrations are offered in (1) Theory and Politics, (2) Law and Society, 
(3) International Affairs, and (4) Public Administration. 


106 


Orange State College 


THEORY AND POLITICS 

This concentration prepares the student for graduate work in Political Science, 
for government service, and for leadership in civic activities. Thirty-six units of 
Political Science are required, including 6 units each in Political Theory, American 
Politics, Comparative Government and International Relations. Students planning 
graduate work are advised to become proficient in a foreign language. 

LAW AND SOCIETY 

This concentration is intended primarily for pre-Law students. It enables them 
to take courses in a variety of fields which provide appropriate preparation for law 
school; catalogs of individual law schools should be consulted for specific recom- 
mendations. Twelve units in Public Law and 15 in Political Theory and/or 
American Politics are required. 

INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS 

This concentration prepares students for graduate work in international affairs, 
for government and United Nations service, and for business responsibilities in 
foreign countries. Students particularly interested in the Foreign Service arc en- 
couraged to take their elective units in American culture, geography and history, 
and are strongly urged to become proficient in a foreign language. Twelve units 
must be taken in International Relations and 6 in Comparative Government. 

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

This concentration provides training for service in local and state government, 
and for graduate work in public administration. Thirty-six units of Political Sci- 
ence are required, including 18 in Public Administration. 

MINOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

The minor is composed of 21 units of Political Science, in addition to those 
meeting the general education requirements. All minors are required to take three 
courses from any one of the Groups listed under Major in Political Science . 

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY 

Professor Schmidt (Chairman) 

Associate Professor Levy 

Assistant Professors Calhoun, Carlson, James 

The major in Psychology consists of 36 units of lower and upper division work 
designed for students (1) who want a sound background in Psychology or a 
science, (2) who want a basic understanding of human behavior as a supplement 
to some other major course of study, and (3) those who wish to acquire a 
thorough undergraduate training in Psychology in anticipation of professional study. 


Requirements for the Major 

Lower Division: Units 

Psychology 101 Introductory Psychology 3 

Psychology 161 Elementary Statistics 3 

Psychology 202 Principles of Psychology 3 


Upper Division: In order to take upper division work, at least six units of Psy- 
chology (including Psychology 101) must have been completed in the lower 


107 


Orange State College 


division. In addition, a minimum of 27 units of upper division work constitutes a 
major in Psychology. Fifteen units are required as follows: 


Psychology 302 Experimental Psychology: Units 

Learning and Motivation 3 

Psychology 303 Experimental Psychology: 

Sensation and Perception 3 

or 

Psychology 421 Physiological Psychology 

Psychology 351 Social Psychology 3 

or 

Psychology 331 Psychology of Personality 

Psychology 461 Group Psychological Testing 3 

Psychology 408 History of Psychology 3 


A minimum of 12 additional units in Psychology courses will be selected in 
consultation with the academic adviser. 

Recommended Related Courses 

Courses from each of the following areas according to the student’s interests: 
(1) Social Sciences; (2) Physical Sciences; (3) Biological Sciences, preferably 
Physiology; (4) Mathematics; (5) Humanities, such as Philosophy, Literature. 
Psychology majors planning to do graduate work are urged to take work in 
foreign languages. 

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SOCIOLOGY 

Professor F. J. Davis (Chairman) 

Assistant Professors Jacobson, Palisi, J. R. Smith 

The major in Sociology provides knowledge concerning the structure and func- 
tioning of human society. It may be applied in a wide range of situations in which 
the student may participate professionally or as a citizen. 

Unit Requirements 

The required minimum for the major is 42 units, in addition to those taken for 
the general education requirement, distributed as follows: 

Courses in Sociology 

Thirty units must be taken in Sociology 7 , 24 in upper division courses. 
Sociology 201 is required, and 3 additional units are acceptable from lower 
division offerings. The minimum of 24 upper division units must include 
331 A, 33 IB, 341, 481, and at least one of the following: 436, 470, 473, 477. 

Minimum units 30 

Related Courses 

Twelve upper division units are to be taken in the related fields of An- 
thropology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, and Psychology, 
to be approved by the major adviser. 

Minimum units 12 

Minimum total units for the major 42 

The following suggestions will enable the student to work towards his own 

career objectives in selecting courses to meet the above requirements for the 

major in Sociology. 

108 


Orange State College 


(a) Courses suggested for preparation for graduate study in Sociology and careers 
in teaching or research: Sociology 348, 361, 371, 436, 451, 473, 477, 480; 
Anthropology 201A, 201B, 421; Economics 200A, 200B, 302, 303, 326; Geog- 
raphy 121, 471; History 429, 474, 475, 476; Philosophy 250, 331, 407; Political 
Science 312, 331, 341, 415; Psychology 331, 341, 431; a reading knowledge 
of at least one foreign language. 

(b) Courses suggested for those interested in immediate employment or graduate 
study in social work, corrections and related careers: Social Welfare 311; 
Sociology 202, 371, 411, 431, 436, 451, 465, 470; Anthropology 201B; Eco- 
nomics 200A, 201; Geography 121, 471; Philosophy 310, 331; Psychology 341, 
342; Political Science 311, 320. 

(c) Courses suggested for careers in industry or government service, or for pre- 
law: Sociology 202, 361, 371, 411, 465, 470, 473; Anthropology 201B; Eco- 
nomics 200A, 200B, 201, 326, 401; Geography 471, 481; History 475, 476; 
Political Science 320, 413, 414, 423, 461; Psychology 342, 391. 

Anthropology 

Courses in Anthropology are being started in 1964-65, with the expectation that 
a major in the field will be approved soon. 

Social Welfare 

Students seeking employment or graduate study in social work should refer to 
paragraph (b) under the Sociology major if they plan to major in Sociology; but 
satisfactory preparation is also provided by other majors, such as Psychology, An- 
thropology, Economics, or Political Science. There is no major in social welfare, 
but one course, Social Welfare 311: Welfare Institutions, provides an orientation 
to the field. 


MINOR IN SOCIOLOGY 

For teaching credential purposes a minor consists of 21 units in Sociology. 
Sociology 201 is the only specific course required, but 15 units must be in upper 
division courses. It is urged that some of the courses required of Sociology majors 
be considered, and also the courses listed under “(a)” Major in Sociology. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

The Master of Arts degree in Social Sciences allows a student to pursue ad- 
vanced work in two or three related fields.* Selection may be made from the 
following: Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, and 
Sociology. The thirty (30) units approved by the graduate adviser are to be ar- 


ranged in one of the following patterns: 

Pattern A (two fields) First field 18 or 15 units 

Second field 12 or 15 units 

30 30 units 

Pattern B (three fields) First field 15 or 12 or 12 units 

Second field 9 or 12 or 9 units 

Third field 6 or 6 or 9 units 


30 30 30 units 


* Consult adviser relative to prerequisites. 


109 


Orange State College 


Specific requirements include: 

At least twelve (12) units of graduate courses (500 level) 

An upper division or graduate level course in Research Methods and Bibliogra- 
phy in one of the Social Sciences 

Thesis or project 

Oral examination on the thesis or project and on the courses offered for the 
degree 

Satisfactory completion of the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Ex- 
amination 

The Area Test of the Graduate Record Examination may be required. 

There is no foreign language requirement, but certain fields may require work 
in Statistics. The graduate adviser will be selected from the first field. All work 
must be completed within five years from the time graduate classified standing has 
been attained. Prior to the appointment of a graduate adviser, the following steps 
must be completed: 

1. Admission to the college as an unclassified graduate student; 

2. Filing in the Office of Admissions of two official sets of transcripts of all 
collegiate and graduate work; and 

3. Submission of satisfactory results of the Graduate Record Examination. 

In consultation with his graduate adviser, the student will develop a proposed 
Study Plan. When approved by his graduate adviser and pursued satisfactorily the 
programmed work can lead to the Master’s degree, subject to the completion of 
all other requirements for the degree.* 

* See general college requirements, pp. 44-47. 


no 


ANNOUNCEMENT 
OF COURSES 

AND 

FACULTY DIRECTORY 

FOR 1963-1964 


GENERAL COURSE NUMBERING CODE 

1- 99 Courses which carry no credit toward a degree or credential 
100-299 Lower division courses of freshman and sophomore level, but open 
also to upper division students 
300-499 Upper division courses of junior and senior level 
500-599 Courses on the graduate level 

Note: The figure in parentheses following each course title indicates the number 
of semester units. The F and S (abbreviations for Fall and Spring) after the 
parentheses indicate when a course is offered. 

PREREQUISITES 

Students are expected to meet stated prerequisites for all courses. However, in 
exceptional cases, and at the discretion of the division in which the course is taught, 
students may be allowed to meet prerequisites by examination. 

INDEPENDENT STUDY 

Under the Independent Study Program, the upper division student can pursue 
topics or problems of special interest beyond the scope of a regular course under 
the supervision of a faculty adviser. The work is of a research or creative nature, 
and normally culminates in a paper, project, comprehensive examination, or per- 
formance. Before registering, the student must get his topic approved by the pro- 
fessor who will be supervising independent study. The catalog number for inde- 
pendent study in all departments is 499. Independent study courses may be repeated, 
but 3 units is the maximum credit that may be earned in one semester. 

Independent Study is not limited to Honors students, but ail those in the Honors 
Program are especially urged to undertake some of this work in the major field. 
The student who can be expected to profit from independent study has excep- 
tional initiative and persistence, and a desire to delve into some special project on 
his own. 


O range State College 


ACCOUNTING 

IN THE DIVISION OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

(Offered by the Department of Accounting and Finance) 

101A-B. Elementary Accounting (3-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Accounting 101A must be taken before taking Accounting 101B. 
These courses are to be taken by sophomores to fulfill the core requirement in 
Accounting. 

Accounting concepts and techniques essential to the administration of a business 
enterprise; analyzing and recording financial transactions; preparation of financial 
statements; analysis and interpretation of financial statements; introduction to man- 
ufacturing accounts and reports. 

200. Elementary Accounting (5) F, S 

Prerequisite: Junior standing. This course is to be taken only by transfer students, 
with junior standing. Duplicates 101 A and 101 B. 

Accounting concepts and techniques essential to the administration of a business 
enterprise; analyzing and recording financial transactions; preparation of financial 
statements; analysis and interpretation of financial statements; introduction to man- 
ufacturing accounts and reports. 

300. Accounting Fundamentals (3) F, S (Open only to graduate students) 

The basic fundamentals of accounting as they apply to the accumulation, or- 
ganization, and interpretation of financial and quantitative data relevant to the 
activities of the corporate business enterprise. 

301 A-301B. Intermediate Accounting (3-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Accounting 101B or 200. The quantification, recording, and presen- 
tation of balance sheet and income statement items with particular emphasis on the 
corporate type of organization; statement of application of funds; cash flow state- 
ment; basic concepts of accounting theory; interpretation of financial statements. 

302. Cost Accounting (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Accounting 101B or 200. The development of accounting informa- 
tion for management of manufacturing enterprises; cost records; cost behavior and 
allocation; standard costs; and an introduction to cost control. 

303. Governmental Accounting (3) F 

Prerequisite: One course in Accounting. A consideration of the accounts and 
reports of non-profit institutions, municipalities, state and federal governments; 
organization, procedures, budgets. 

304. Managerial Accounting (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Accounting 101B or 200. This course is intended for students whose 
area of concentration is not accounting. Analysis, interpretation, and application 
of accounting information for managerial decision-making; budgets and budgetary 
control; special-purpose reports; differential cost analyses. 

307. Distribution Costs (3) S 

Prerequisites: Accounting 101B or 200, and Marketing 351. The development of 
quantitative measures for marketing activity; costs of distributing through dif- 
ferent channels of distribution, advertising vs. personal selling, and movement ac- 
tivities; development of sales budgets, standard costs, and the analysis of actual 
performance in the light of budgets and standards. (Same as Marketing 307.) 


113 


Orange State College 


308. Federal Income Tax (3) F 

Prerequisite: Accounting 101 B or 200. Basic consideration of the history, theory, 
and accounting aspects of federal income taxation. 

401. Advanced Accounting (3) S 

Prerequisite: Accounting 30 IB. A study of partnerships, statements for special 
purposes, receiverships, consolidated financial statements, branch accounting and 
foreign exchange. 

402. Auditing (3) S 

Prerequisites: Accounting 301B and 302. Nature of an audit, auditing standards 
and procedures, audit reports; professional ethics and responsibilities of the in- 
dependent public accountant; introduction to internal auditing. 

405. Industrial Accounting (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Accounting 101B, or 200, or 300. 

This course is intended for students whose area of concentration is not account- 
ing. Accounting information for industrial management; elements of manufacturing 
cost; cost systems; standard costs; costs reports; distribution cost analysis. 

406. Cost Control (3) S 

Prerequisite: Accounting 302 or 405. A study of current and persistent problems 
in cost accounting; theories of cost allocation and absorption; flexible budgeting; 
responsibility accounting; and distribution cost control. 

407. Integrated Data Processing Systems (3) F (Formerly 408) 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, and the consent of the instructor. A survey of 
integrated systems for the collection, processing, and transmission of information; 
management aspects of the information service function; feasibility studies; intro- 
duction to programming; case studies of operating systems. 

408. Problems in Taxation (3) S 

Prerequisite: Accounting 308. Research in problems of taxation with emphasis 
on income taxes as they relate to corporations, partnerships and fiduciaries. 

409. C.P.A. Problems and Review (3) S 

Prerequisite: Accounting 401, or consent of the instructor. Selected problems and 
questions as found in the uniform C.P.A. Examination; preparation, analysis and 
revision of financial statements; assets, liabilities and ownership equities; income 
determination; cost accounting; governmental and institutional accounting; ac- 
counting theory. 

499. Independent Study (3) F, S (Formerly 498) 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and approval by the department chairman. Open 
to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue directed independent in- 
quiry. May be repeated for credit. 

501. Administrative Accounting (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Accounting 405, Finance 330, and consent of the instructor. Ac- 
counting, financial, and other quantitative data for managerial decision-making; 
long-term and short-term profit planning; budgetary control; cost analysis and 
special reports; financial analysis and planning; the financial and taxation aspects 
of business decisions. 


114 


O range State College 


502. Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) S 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of the instructor. The concepts 
and theory of accounting; the effects of professional, governmental, business, and 
social forces on the evolution of accounting theory. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

IN THE DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

(Offered by the Department of Sociology) 

201 A. Introduction to Anthropology (3) F 

The physical anthropology of human origins and the development of the races; 
archeological evidence of pre-historic cultural growth, especially in the Near East 
and the Western world. 

201 B. Introduction to Anthropology (3) S 

Variations, integration and change in human cultures, particularly preliterate 
ones, with emphasis on such institutional forms as economy, government, religion, 
art, and family. 

321. The American Indians (3) F 

Physical and cultural characteristics of the native peoples of the New World, 
and the impact of contact with the Europeans. Major tribes of North America, 
Mexico, Central and South America are included. 

421. Primitive Religions (3) S 

Beliefs and practices in preliterate religious systems; the forms, symbolism, and 
social and cultural roles of these systems. Includes such topics as magic, animism, 
art and religion, shamans and priests, and cults. 

ART 

IN THE DIVISION OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 

100. Exploratory Course in Art (3) F, S 

Exploration and creative use of a variety of art materials, processes, and concepts. 
Field trips required. Not open to art majors for credit except by permission of the 
An Department. 

101. Introduction to Art (3) F 

A course for the general student designed to develop an understanding of his- 
torical and contemporary an forms. Illustrated with examples of painting, sculp- 
ture, architecture, and design. Field trips required. Not open to art majors for 
credit except by permission of the An Depanment. 

103. Two-Dimensional Design (3) F 

The inventive use of materials, tools, and elements of plastic organization as re- 
lated to a two-dimensional surface. 

104. Three-Dimensional Design (3) S 

The inventive use of materials, tools, and elements of plastic organization as re- 
lated to three-dimensional surfaces and forms. 

106A,B. Beginning Ceramics (3,3) F, S 

A basic course in the study of form as related to ceramic materials, tools, 
processes, and concepts. 


115 


Orange State College 


107A,B. Beginning Drawing and Painting (3/3) F, S 

Beginning work in the creative use of the materials of drawing and painting with 
emphasis on visual concepts and use of medium, individual exploration, growth, 
planning and craftsmanship. 

111. Fundamentals of Art (3) S 

A comparative study of the elements of plastic organization in relation to per- 
sonal and cultural aesthetic expression and concepts. Fundamental art ideas, prob- 
lems of organization and structure, and terminology. Field trips required. 

1 17A/B/C/D. Life Drawing (1/1, 1,1) F,S 

Drawing from the live model. 117B will include working from the model with 
three-dimensional materials. 

201 A,B. Art and Civilization (3,3) F, S 

A comparative survey of the basic ideas, forms, and styles of the visual arts as 
they developed in various cultures from prehistoric time to the present day. 

205A,B. Beginning Crafts (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 103 or Art 100. A study of form as related to the concepts, 
materials, and processes involved in the making of both two and three-dimensional 
art forms from wood, metal, plastics, and paper. 

207 A,B. Drawing and Painting (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 117A,B; Art 107A,B; Art 103, or the equivalents. An intensive 
study of devices and means for representing volume, structure, and character of 
objects. Emphasis in 207 A on the use of drawing materials in relation to man-made 
and nature objects and in 207B on the use of painting materials in relation to the 
head and figure. 

216A,B. Beginning Sculpture (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 104. An introductory course in sculpture with emphasis on the 
creative use of wood and metal, power equipment and hand tools. 

301. Western Art: Ancient to Classic (3) F 

A study of the developments in art from pre-historic time to the classic period in 
Greek art. 

302. Western Art: Classic to Renaissance (3) S 

Provides broad familiarity with the major styles of classic, medieval, and Russian 
art. Lectures, discussions and field trips. 

305A,B. Crafts (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 103 and 104, or 205A, or 100 and 432 or the equivalent. A study 
and evaluation of basic craft concepts, processes, and materials as they relate to the 
development of utilitarian forms. 

306A,B. Advanced Ceramics (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 106 A or 106B. Further experiences in the study and evaluation 
of form as related to the creative use of ceramic concepts and materials including 
design, forming, glazing, and firing. 

307A,B. Drawing and Painting (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: one semester of drawing and one semester of painting. The study, 
evaluation, and creative use of the concepts and materials of drawing and painting 
with emphasis on individual exploration, growth, planning and craftsmanship. 


116 


Orange State College 


309. Art Techniques (3) F, $ 

Prerequisite: Art 100 or the equivalent. Creative use of a variety of drawing and 
painting materials. 

311. Western Art: Renaissance and Baroque (3) F (Formerly Art 310) 

Basic problems of painting, sculpture and architecture of the Renaissance and 
Baroque periods. Lectures, discussion, and field trips. Also recommended for Hu- 
manities and history students. 

312. History of Art Since 1800 (3) S 

Art of the Nineteenth Century and its development into contemporary times. 

313A,B. Interior Design (3,3) S 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 107A,B. Development and projection of ideas in re- 
lation to the functional, social, and aesthetic problems involved in the design and 
planning of living spaces for homes and small offices. 

316A,B. Sculpture (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 205A,B. Theory, study and practice of basic sculpture processes 
using a variety of materials. 

317A,B. Advanced Life Drawing (3,3) F, S 
Prerequisite: three units lower division life drawing. Drawing and painting from 
the live model. 

323A,B. Advertising Design (3.3) F 

Prerequisite: Art 103, 104, 107A,B. Development and projection of ideas in rela- 
tion to the technical, aesthetic, and psychological aspects of advertising art. 

333A,B. Industrial Design (3,3) (Offered in allernate years) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104 or 205A, 107A,B. Planning and designing of projects 
in relation to the technological, psychological, and social aspects of contemporary 
society. 

347 A,B. Printmaking (3,3) S 

Prerequisite: Art 107A,B and Art 117A,B,C. An introduction to concepts and ma- 
terials involved in printmaking including lithography, etching, woodcut, aquatint, 
monoprint and serigraphy. 

350A,B. Painting for Non-Art Majors (3,3) F, S 

Opportunities for students with little or no background in art to work creatively 
with various painting media both indoors and outdoors. 

353A,B. Textile Design (3,3) (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisite: Art 100 or Art 103. The creative exploration and design of fabrics 
relative to the needs of apparel, furniture, architecture, and interiors using both 
printed and woven processes. 

380. Art and Child Development (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 100. The study and evaluation of art concepts, materials, and 
processes as they relate to and promote child development. 

401. Contemporary Art (3) F (Offered in alternate years) 

Fundamentals of modem painting, graphics, and photography. 


117 


Orange State College 

402. Contemporary Art (3) S 

Fundamentals of modern architecture, interior design, sculpture, and industrial 
design. Lectures, discussions, and field trips. 

411. Primitive Art (3) 

A study of the art of primitive groups and cultures. 

421. Oriental Art (3) S 

The major styles of Oriental art including ancient cultures and recent trends 
in Japan, China, India, and Islam. Lectures, discussions, and field trips. Also recom- 
mended for humanities and history students. 

453A/B. Display and Exhibition Design (2,2) F, S 

A course in the appropriate and creative use of materials, processes, and design 
concepts as they relate to the special problems involved in the planning and pre- 
paring of displays, exhibits, bulletin boards, wall cases, and art portfolios. 

481. Special Studies in Art History and Appreciation (1-3) S 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunities for intensive study and 
evaluation in one area of art history and appreciation. 

483. Special Studies in Design (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunity for intensive study in the 
design areas listed below. Each area listed may be repeated to a maximum of 8 units, 
but no more than 3 units of credit may be obtained in any one area in a single 


semester. 


483a. 

Advertising Design (F) 

483b. 

Interior Design (S) 

483c. 

Design and Composition (F, S) 

483d. 

Display Design (F, S) 

483e. 

Textile Design (Offered in alternate years) 


485. Special Studies in Crafts (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunity for intensive study in the 
craft areas listed below. Each area listed may be repeated to a maximum of 8 units, 
but no more than 3 units of credit may be obtained in any one area in a single 
semester. 

485a. Jewelry (S) 

485b. General Crafts (F, S) 

485c. Ceramics (F, S) 

485d. Weaving (Offered in alternate years) 

486. Special Studies in Sculpture (1-3) F, 5 

Prerequisite: Art 316A,B and permission of the instructor. Opportunity for 
intensive study in the following sculptural processes: modeling, carving, fabrication 
and casting. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 units but no more than 3 units 
of credit may be obtained in a single semester. 

487. Special Studies in Drawing and Painting (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunity for intensive study in the 
drawing and painting areas listed below. Each area listed may be repeated to a 
maximum of 8 units, but no more than 3 units of credit may be obtained in any 
one area in a single semester. 


118 


O range State College 


487a. Painting (F, S) 

487b. Life Drawing (F, S) 

487c. Drawing (F) 

487d. Printmaking (S) 

503. Graduate Problems in Design (1-3 units) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on planning, 
development, and evaluation of individual projects in the design areas listed below. 
May be repeated to a maximum of 8 units in each area, but no more than 3 units 
of credit may be obtained in any one area in a single semester. 

503a. Advertising Design (F) 

503b. Interior Design (S) 

503c. Design and Composition (F, S) 

503d. Display Design (F, S) 

503e. Textile Design (S) (Offered in alternate years) 

505. Graduate Problems in Crafts (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on planning, 
development, and evaluation of individual projects in the crafts areas listed below. 
May be repeated to a maximum of 8 units but no more than 3 units of credit may 
be obtained in a single semester. 

505a. Jewelry (S) 

505b. General Crafts (F, S) 

505c. Ceramics (F, S) 

506. Graduate Problems in Sculpture (1-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on plan- 
ning, development, and evaluation of individual projects in sculpture. May be re- 
peated to a maximum of 8 units but no more than 3 units of credit may be ob- 
tained in a single semester. 

507. Graduate Problems in Drawing and Painting (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on plan- 
ning, development, and evaluation of individual projects in the drawing and paint- 
ing areas listed below. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 units but no more than 
3 units of credit may be obtained in a single semester. 

507a. Painting (F, S) 

507b. Life Drawing (F, S) 

507c. Drawing (S) 

507d. Printmaking (S) 

ART EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 

(Offered by the Department of Art) 

332. Industrial Arts for Elementary Teachers (2) F (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisite: Ed. 311 or consent of the instructor. Creative selection, organization 
and use of materials and tools in construction activities. Includes correlation experi- 
ences with the social studies, science, and other units of work. 

360. Elementary School Crafts (2) S (Offered in alternate years) 

Studio activities and techniques of crafts appropriate to the elementary school. 
Strongly recommended for elementary teaching credential candidates. 


119 


O range State College 

370A,B. Art Activity (2,2) F, S 

Opportunities to observe, analyze, and evaluate child growth in and through 
creative art experiences. 

429A,B. Arts and Crafts for Teaching Exceptional Chidren (2,2) (Offered in 
alternate years) 

Methods of using a variety of art materials and processes with emphasis on those 
experiences which meet the needs of retarded or handicapped children. 

432. Teaching Art in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Ed. 311, Art 100 or the equivalent, or consent of the instructor. Ob- 
jectives and methods of the elementary art program. Studio activities, creative ex- 
perience and techniques appropriate to the elementary school. Lectures and studio 
projects. Required of elementary teaching credential candidates. 

442. Teaching Art in the Secondary School (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: Education 311, Education 300, senior standing, or consent of the 
instructor. Objectives, methods, and materials for teaching art in secondary 
schools. Required, before student teaching, of students presenting majors in art for 
the General Secondary Credential. Students without teaching experience must regis- 
ter for three units credit, and must allow sufficient time in their schedules, at the 
same hour each day, so they can serve as teacher aides in high school. 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

IN THE DIVISION OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 
100. Principles of Biology (2) F, S 

An introduction to basic concepts of structures and function in living organisms 
and to modern biological problems. Required of all Biology majors. Concurrent en- 
rollment in Bio. Sci. 140 (3) or Bio. Sci. 160 (3) is suggested. (2 hours lecture per 
week.) 

140. Principles of Botany (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Bio. Sci. 100 (concurrent enrollment recommended). Emphasis will 
be placed on the dynamic aspects of botany although the traditional areas of 
morphology and classification will not be neglected. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab- 
oratory per week.) This course is designed to integrate with Bio. Sci. 100: Princi- 
ples of Biology\ Required of all Biology majors. 

160. Principles of Zoology (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Bio. Sci. 100 (concurrent enrollment recommended). An introduc- 
tion to the principles of animal biology' with special reference to the structure, 
classification, physiology, behavior and ecology of animals. This course is designed 
to integrate with Bio. Sci. 100: Principles of Biology. Required of all Biology ma- 
jors. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week). 

201. Field Biology (3) S 

Prerequisite: 1 year of biological science and/or permission of instructor. A 
course for non-majors designed to acquaint the interested study with the plant and 
animal life of this region. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) Several 
week-end field trips will be arranged to study different biotic communities. 


120 


Orange State College 


311. General Microbiology (4) F 

Prerequisite: 1 year of college biology. Consideration of the diverse biological 
characteristics of bacteria and other microorganisms will be extended to study of 
these life forms as agents of change in natural processes. The laboratory will in- 
troduce the methods used to study microbes and will demonstrate the roles of 
microbes in agriculture, industry and in health. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory 
per week.) 

312. Genetics Lecture (3) S 

Prerequisite: 1 year of college biology or permission of the instructor. The gen- 
eral principles and modem developments in the study of heredity. (3 hours lecture 
per week.) 

31 2L. Genetics Laboratory (1) S 

Prerequisite: Bio.Sci. 312 (may be taken concurrently). (3 hours laboratory per 
week.) 

342. Plant Anatomy (4) F 

Prerequisite: General Botany or 1 year of college biology. The origin, develop- 
ment, and maturation of leaves, stems, roots, and flowers of vascular plants. (2 
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

343. Plant Microtechnique (2) S 

Prerequisite: Biological Science 140 or permission of the instructor. Theory 
and practice of the preparation of plant cells, tissues and organs for microscopic 
study. (6 hours laboratory per week.) 

344. Plant Morphology (4) S 

Prerequisite: General Botany or 1 year of college biology. A study of the 
morphology and classification of the lower plant groups and a general survey of 
the major groups of plants exclusive of angiosperms and gymnosperms. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

361. Mammalian Anatomy and Physiology (4) S 

Prerequisite: 1 year of college biology or permission of instructor. Study of the 
structure and function of the human organism. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory 
per w eek.) 

362. Animal Histological Technique (2) S 

Prerequisite: 1 year of college biology or permission of instructor. Theory and 
practice of the preparation of animal cells and tissues for microscopic study. (6 
hours laboratory per week.) 

363. Wildlife and Conservation (3) S 

Prerequisites: Biological Science 140 and 160 or equivalents or permission of 
instructor. A study of the relationship of land, water and wildlife with an 
analysis of management techniques. Three hours lecture per week. 

400. Undergraduate Problems in Biology (1-3) F, S 

Open to advanced standing students in Biology by permission of a staff member 
only. May be repeated for credit. 

401. Biogeography (3) S 

Prerequisites: Biological Science 140 and 160 or equivalents or permission of 
instructor. A study of the present day distribution of plants and animals based 
upon classification, fossil records, morphology and geography. Three hours lecture 
per w eek. 


121 


Orange State College 

412. Cell Physiology and Metabolism (2) F 

Prerequisites: 1 year of college biology and 1 semester of organic chemistry or 
permission of the instructor. Characteristics of life at the cellular level; processes 
by which the cell obtains energy and material and forms new cell substances; con- 
trol of these processes by the cell; organization of structures and enzyme systems 
within the cell. (2 hours lecture per week.) 

41 2L. Cell Physiology Laboratory (2) F 

Prerequisite: Bio.Sci. 412. (may be taken concurrently). (6 hours laboratory per 
week.) 

413. Basic Pathogenic Microbiology (2) S 

Prerequisite: 1 semester of microbiology or bacteriology. Selected topics in the 
biology of infectious disease: A biological view of parsatism, pathogenicity of the 
microorganisms, and defenses of the host, the microbiological bases of disinfection, 
chemotherapy and antibiotic therapy. (2 hours lecture per week.) 

41 3L. Pathogenic Microbiology Laboratory (2) S 

Prerequisite: Bio.Sci. 413 (may be taken concurrently) or permission of the in- 
structor. (6 hours laboratory per week.) 

414. Immunology (4) F 

Prerequisites: Biological Science 413 or equivalent, or permission of the in- 
structor. Study of the nature of antibodies and antigens, their role in immunity, 
and the specificity of their reactions. Laboratory experiments will show the ki- 
netics of antibody formation and the mechanisms of antibody-antigen reactions. 
Techniques in serodiagnosis will be performed. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours labora- 
tory per week.) 

424. Evolution (3) S 

Prerequisite: 1 year of college biology or permission of the instructor. A study 
of evolution, including the history of evolutionary thought; origin of universe, 
earth and life; geological and paleontological history of the earth; evidences for 
evolution derived from comparative anatomy, embryology, genetics, zoogeography, 
mechanisms of evolution. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

424L. Evolution Laboratory (1) S 

Prerequisite: Biology 424 (may be taken concurrently). (3 hours laboratory per 
week.) 

425. Marine Biology (4) F 

Prerequisites: Bio.Sci. 100 and Physical Science 201 or equivalent, or permission 
of the instructor. Physical and chemical aspects of the ocean as a background for 
the study of marine organisms and habitats, including a study of currents, tides, 
food cycles, productivity", biotic associations, succession, and communities. Habits, 
identification, ecologv. methods of collecting, preserving and maintaining alive 
local marine algae, invcitebrates, and fish. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or 
field work per week.) 

436. Microbial Growth and Physiology (4) S 

Prerequisites: A course in microbiology" or bacteriology and a course in 
chemistry. An advanced treatment of the structure, physiology, growth and ecol- 
ogy of the microorganisms, with emphasis on study of the free-living bacteria, 
y r easts and molds. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory.) 


122 


Orange State College 


441. Plant Taxonomy (4) S 

Prerequisite: General Botany or 1 year of college biology. An introduction to 
the study of classification of conifers and the flowering plants through field col- 
lecting and laboratory study and identification of representative kinds. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

443. Plant Ecology (4) S 

Prerequisite: Plant Taxonomy 441. Relation of plants to their environment 
with emphasis on climatic and soil factors influencing their structure, behavior, 
and distribution. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

444. Plant Physiology (4) S 

Prerequisites: General Botany and 1 semester of organic chemistry or permis- 
sion of the instructor. A study of plant growth, nutrition, food synthesis, and 
metabolism. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

452. Economic Botany (3) F 

Prerequisites: Biological Science 140 or permission of the instructor. An exami- 
nation of man’s dependence upon and economic interest in plants throughout the 
world. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

461. Invertebrate Zoology (4) F 

Prerequisites: Biological Science 160, or a year of college biology or permission 
of instructor. Evolution, classification, physiological adaptations, and biology of 
invertebrate animals. Includes dissection, identification and observation of living 
animals. 2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or field work per week. 

463. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) F 

Prerequisite: A year course in general zoology or biology, or permission of the 
instructor. A comparative study of the chordates, with emphasis on morphology 
and evolution of various organ systems from fish through mammals. Includes thor- 
ough dissection of dogfish, Necturus, and cat. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory 
per week.) 

464. Embryology (4) F 

Prerequisite: A year course in general zoology or biology or permission of the 
instructor. Study of development from fertilization through organo-genesis with 
laboratory work on the frog, chick, and pig. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory 
per week.) 

465. Animal Ecology (4) F 

Prerequisite: Three semesters of college biology or permission of the instructor. 
A survey of the physical, chemical, and biological factors of the environment as 
they affect the distribution and mode of life of animals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory per week.) 

467. Entomology (4) S 

Prerequisite: Biological Science 160, or a year of college biology or permission 
of instructor. Anatomy, physiology, evolution, and biology of insects and other 
terrestrial arthropods. Laboratory includes detailed dissection, collection, identifica- 
tion, and observation of living arthropods. 2 hours lecture, and 6 hours laboratory 
or field work per week. 


123 


O range State College 


471. Natural History of the Vertebrates (4) S 

Prerequisites: 1 year of college biology; comparative vertebrate anatomy, or per- 
mission of the instructor. Natural history, behavior, distribution, and ecology of the 
vertebrates. Laboratory and field emphasis on identification, behavior, maintenance 
of living and preserved animals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or field work 
per week.) 

500. Graduate Problems in Biology (1-3) F, S 

Open to graduate students only by permission of a staff member. May be re- 
peated for credit. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

Courses in Business Administration and Economics appear under headings as 
listed on the following pages: Accounting, 113; Business Education, 124, 
Economics, 129; Finance, 137; Management, 149; Marketing, 151; Quantitative 
Methods, 173. 

The following two courses are offered in all departments: 

597. Project (3) F, S 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. 

598. Thesis (3-6) F, S 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. Student will 
select and have approved a thesis topic, show evidence of original research, and 
must present himself for a defense of the thesis before a faculty committee. 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 
442. Teaching Business in the Secondary School (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: Education 311, admission to teacher education. Principles, methods, 
and materials of teaching business subjects in secondary schools. 

CHEMISTRY 

IN THE DIVISION OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 
101 A,B. General Chemistry (5,5) F, S 

Prerequisites: High school algebra and either high school physics or high school 
chemistry. The fundamental principles of chemistry with emphasis on the chem- 
istry of inorganic compounds. Quantitative methods are introduced during the 
second semester. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory per w eek.) 

201. Modern Physical Science (4 or 5) F, S. (See course description under Physical 
Science). 

211. Quantitative Analysis (4) F 

Prerequisite: Two semesters of college chemistry. Stoichiometry and the funda- 
mentals of volumetric and gravimetric analysis. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours labora- 
tory per week.) 

212. Quantitative Chemistry (4) S (Formerly 21 IB) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 10lA,B or Chemistry 211. Modern analytical chemistry 
including contemporary wet chemical methods in aqueous and non-aqueous media 
and an introduction to instrumental methods of analysis in electrochemistry, spec- 
trophotometry and radiochemistry. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

124 


Orange State College 


251. Elementary Organic Chemistry (4) F, S 

Prerequisite: One year of college chemistry. A course for non-chemistry majors 
designed to provide an introduction to the properties, methods of preparation, and 
reactions of the more important classes of organic compounds, including the ali- 
phatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, alcohols, acids, aldehydes, ketones, amines, and 
halides. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory per week.) 

301 A,B. Organic Chemistry (4,4) F, S 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 101 A, B or equivalent. The classification, fundamental 
theories, preparation, and properties of the carbon compounds are discussed. Ex- 
periments illustrating the properties and preparative methods of representative ali- 
phatic and aromatic compounds are performed in the laboratory. (3 hours lecture, 
3 hours laboratory per week.) 

302A,B. Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1,1) F, S 

Taken concurrently with Chemistry 301A,B. Additional experiments in organic 
chemistry. Recommended for Chemistry majors. (3 hours laboratory per week.) 

371 A,B. Physical Chemistry (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Calculus, college physics, and two years of college chemistry. A 
study of the fundamental laws and theories of chemistry. Thermodynamics, solu- 
tions, chemical and phase equilibra, electrochemistry, atomic and molecular struc- 
ture, and kinetics are covered. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

401. Organic Preparations (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 301 A, B or equivalent. Laboratory exercises using ad- 
vanced methods and techniques for the preparation of organic compounds. Li- 
brary work required. (6 or 9 hours of laboratory per week.) 

403. Characterization of Organic Compounds (4) F 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 301 A, B or equivalent. The identification of organic com- 
pounds as pure substances or in mixtures. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory per 
week.) 

411. Instrumental Analysis (4) F 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 212, 301 A,B or equivalent. Utilization of modern in- 
struments in the solution of analytical problems (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory 
per week.) 

421. Inorganic Preparations (2,3) F 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 212 and 301 A. Laboratory exercises in the preparation 
of inorganic compounds. Library work required. (6 or 9 hours laboratory per 
week.) 

425. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 101 A3 or equivalent, Chemistry 301 A3* and concurrent 
enrollment in Chemistry 37lA,B- An introduction to molecular orbital theory, 
ligand field theory, mechanisms of inorganic reactions, the coordination chemistry 
of transition metal complexes and organometallic compounds. (3 hours lecture 
per week) . 

441. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 371 A,B- May be taken concurrently with Chemistry 
37 IB with the permission of the instructor. Laboratory exercises illustrating the 
physical principles of chemistry. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 


125 


Orange State College 

451. Advanced Physical Chemistry (3) F 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 371A,B. An introduction to the application of quantum 
mechanics and statistical mechanics in chemistry. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

461. Chemical Thermodynamics (3) S 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 371 A,B. The application of thermodynamic principles 
to chemical processes. 

471. Chemical Constitution (3) F 

Prerequisite: 2 years of college chemistry or permission of the instructor. Ad- 
vanced discussion of topics related to the chemical bond. The periodic system, 
bond types, and the structure of molecules and crystals. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

472. Chemical Crystallography (3) S 

Prerequisite: 1 year each of college chemistry and physics or permission of the 
instructor. The fundamentals of crystallography, X-rays and X-ray diffraction, and 
crystal chemistry. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

491. Chemical Literature (1) F, S 

Prerequisite: Upper division standing. An introduction to the types and use of 
chemical literature. ( 1 hour lecture per week.) 

495. Senior Research (1-3) F ; S 

Prerequisite: Consent of supervising instructor. Open only to students with a 
B average in chemistry. An introduction to the methods of chemical research 
through a research project carried out under the supervision of one of the Chemis- 
try Department faculty. May be repeated for credit. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Study of some special topic in chemistry, selected in consultation with the 
instructor and carried out under his supervision. May be repeated for credit. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 
312. The Bible as Literature (3) F, S 

Study of the Old and New Testaments as literary art; the evolution of major 
ideas in Old and New Testament literature; the influence of the Hebraic-Christian 
tradition in shaping the values of Western civilization. 

315. Classical Mythology in World Literature (3) F 

The origins, elements, forms and functions of Classical mythology in works from 
the earliest times to the present. 

332. Medieval Literature of Western Europe (3) S 

Representative works in translation, from Beowulf to Dante. 

333. Literature of the Renaissance (3) F 

Major phases of the Renaissance as a literary movement, from Erasmus to 
Montaigne and Cervantes. 

351. Masters of World Drama (3) F 

Reading, discussion, and interpretation of outstanding plays in translation with 
a view toward determining some principles of the dramatic art. Emphasis on 
major figures from Aeschylus to Brecht. 


126 


Orange State College 


353. Masters of World Fiction (3) S 

Reading, discussion, and interpretation of outstanding novels in translation with 
a view toward determining some principles of the narrative arts. Emphasis on 
Goethe, Stendahl, Flaubert, Tolstoy, Mann, Kafka, Proust, and others. 

373. Masters of Russian Literature (3) S 

Reading, discussion, and interpretation of selected works by Pushkin, Dostoyev- 
sky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Pasternak, and others, and their relationship to Western 
literature. 

375. Hispanic Literature and Culture (3) S 

A survey of Hispanic contributions to world culture, with emphasis on under- 
standing contemporary Latin American civilization. 

425. Literary Masterpieces of the Orient (3) F 

A study of selected works from Indian, Chinese and Japanese literature and 
their significance in the light of Western thought. 

DRAMA 

IN THE DIVISION OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 
211. Introduction to Oral Interpretation (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Speech 101, a high school speech course, or consent of instructor. 
A fundamentals course devoted to theory, methods, and practice in the performance 
of oral communication of different types of literature. (Same as Speech 211) 

271. Introduction to Theatre Arts (3) F, 5 

A study of the evolution of theatre, motion-pictures, radio and television as 
composite arts. Emphasis is placed on the visual and production aspects as influ- 
enced by different cultures, traditions, and technologies. Field trips to certain 
significant productions. 

272. Understanding Theatre (3) S 

A non-technical survey course for the general student leading to an appreciation 
and understanding of the theatre as a medium of communication and entertainment 
and as an art form. Field trips to certain significant productions. 

273A / B. Acting (3,3) F, S 

Theories of style and the visual aspects of characterization appropriate to the 
demands of major world dramaturgy. Practice of techniques in the art of acting. 

276A,B. Beginning Stagecraft (2,2) F, S 

Theory and practice in the technical crafts of the theatre in the interrelation 
of the execution of design, construction, painting, makeup, lighting, and costuming 
the play. 

211. Oral Interpretation (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Drama 211 or Speech 211 or consent of instructor. The principles 
and practice of reading aloud from the printed page. Analysis of selections from 
prose and poetry are emphasized. The development of voice control and projection 
°f idea and motion. (Same as Speech 311) 

214. Reading Theatre (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Drama 211 or 311 or Speech 211 or 311. Oral reading in which the 
emphasis is placed on theory and practice of group and individual reading dramatic 
literature. 


127 


Orange State College 


374A,B. Dance Theatre and Production (2,2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Physical Education 143 or the equivalent or consent of instructor. 
Theory and practice of creative and expressive movement in relation to the theatre 
and dance production. 

376A,B. Stagecraft (2,2) F, S 

Technical theatre practices including study of design, equipment, construction, 
scene painting, stage make-up, lighting, and costuming. Experience is provided in 
the actual mounting of plays. 

378A,B. Experimental Theatre (3,3) F 

An activity course in which dramatic principles are applied through production 
of full length and one-act plays using various styles of acting and staging. Oppor- 
tunities are given for student directors to prepare and to present experimental 
productions for invited audiences. 

379A,B. Play Production (3,3) S 

Theory and practice in the rehearsal and performance of various types of dra- 
matic works. Entire production and group scenes are prepared for invited audiences 
and for the general public. 

380. Introduction to Radio and Television (3) F 

The history and development of the broadcasting industry and its impact and 
influence on our society. A study of the basic broadcasting practices, audiences, 
production and programming. (Same as Journalism 380) 

382. Television Techniques (3) F, S 

Survey of the development and current trends in television techniques, pro- 
gramming, and production. 

383. Radio and Television Writing (3) 8 

Study of the principles and practices and experience in the writing of scripts 
and other forms of continuity for both radio and television. 

402. Dramatic Activities for Children (3) F, S 

Theory and practice in the use of creative dramatics, storytelling, puppetry, 
assembly programs, role-playing, and other aspects of dramatics as tools for the 
teacher, group worker, recreation major, and others who work with children. 

470A,B. Directing (3,3) F, S 

Theory and practice in the directing of scenes and one-act plays under faculty 
supervision. With consent of the department, a second semester student may direct 
a three-act play. 

473. Analysis of Drama (3) F 

Nature and purpose of drama as a living art. A study of the changing forms 
in the theatre in production and the influence of these forms on the culture of 
the time. 

474. Special Studies in Dance Theatre and Production (1,3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Drama 374A,B or the equivalent and consent of instructor. Oppor- 
tunity for intensive study in theory and practice in Dance Theatre and Production. 
May be repeated to a maximum of eight units but no more than three units of 
credit may be obtained in a single semester. 


128 


Orange State College 


475A/B. History of the Theatre (3,3) F, S 

Development of the physical stage, styles of acting, makeup, costuming types, 
and forms of drama from ancient to modern times. (A) From Ancient Greece 
through the mid-nineteenth century; (B) From Ibsen to the present including his- 
tory of theatre in America. 

484. Educational Television Production (3) F, S 

Theory and practice in the activities, methods of lesson preparation, and presenta- 
tion of educational television productions. 

499. Independent Study (1,3) F, S 

Open to advanced students in Drama with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

ECONOMICS 

IN THE DIVISION OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 
100. American Economic History (3) F, S 

The evolution of American economic institutions and their relation to the devel- 
opment of industry, commerce, transportation and finance. 

200. Principles of Economics (5) F 

An introduction to the principles of economic analysis and policy including the 
central problem of scarcity, basic economic institutions of the United States, re- 
source allocation and income distribution, economic stability and growth, and the 
role of public policy. Open only to junior transfers. 

200A. Principles of Economics (3) F, S 

The first half of a two-semester sequence. An introduction to the principles of 
analysis and policy including the central problem of scarcity, basic economic insti- 
tutions of the United States. Emphasizes economic stability and growth and the 
role of public policy. 

200B. Principles of Economics (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200A, or equivalent. The second half of a two-semester 
sequence. Continuation of an introduction to the principles of economic analysis 
and policy. Emphasizes resource allocation and income distribution, international 
economics, comparative economic systems, and the role of public policy. 

201. The American Economy (3) F, 5 

A survey of the basic economic concepts and processes of a private enterprise 
economy. Included is a consideration of such topics as resource allocation, income 
distribution, problems of economic stability and growth and the appropriate role 
of government in a private enterprise society. Not open to students majoring in 
Business Administration and Economics. 

300. Basic Economics (3) F, S (Open only to graduate students) 

A concentrated study of the principles of economic analysis and policy and the 
basic economic institutions of the United States. 

302. Intermediate Economic Analysis (3) F 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A3, or 201, or 300, or equivalent. A theo- 
retical formulation of the principles of the determination of prices and output of 
goods and productive services in a market system. 


129 


Orange State College 


303. Intermediate Economic Analysis (3) S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A,B, or 201, or 300, or equivalent. A theo- 
retical formulation of the principles of the determination of the level and fluctua- 
tions in real and money income, and the forces underlying economic growth. 

322. European Economic History (3) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. The evolution of European economic 
institutions and their relation to the development of industry, commerce, trans- 
portation, and finance in the principal European countries. 

324. Money and Banking (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A3* or 201. A study of the structure and 
operation of commercial banks and financial institutions including a consideration 
of the impact of money and capital market developments on economic activity. 
(Same as Finance 324.) 

326. Labor Economics (3) F 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200 A,B, or 201. An analysis of the basic eco- 
nomic and institutional influences operating in labor markets. Considers relevant 
aspects of resource allocation, income distribution, economic stability, and growth. 

362. Introduction to Econometrics (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Q.M. 361 (to have been taken or being taken concurrently) and 
Economics 200 A,B. An introduction to basic mathematical tools and their applica- 
tion in economic analysis. The measurment and verification of economic relation- 
ships by statistical methods. Consideration of some econometric models. (Same as 
Quantitative Methods 362) 

401. Government and Business (3) S 

Prerequisites: Economics 200, or 200 A,B, and 302. An economic study of busi- 
ness organization, conduct and performance followed by an analysis of the ra- 
tionale and impact of public policy on various segments of business and business 
activities, including the regulated industries, sick industries, and antitrust policy. 

402. Monetary and Fiscal Policy (3) F 

Prerequisites: Economics 200, 302. A study of the techniques of monetary and 
fiscal policy and an appraisal of their relative roles in promoting economic stability 
and growth. 

403. Comparative Economic Systems (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Economics 200, 301, or consent of the instructor. An analytical 
comparison of unplanned and planned systems of economic organization as to 
their theoretical foundations, existing economic institutions, and achievements and 
failures; capitalism, socialism, communism, and fascism will be examined as exempli' 
fied by the United States, England, Russia and pre-war Germany. 

404. The Soviet Economy (3) S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200 A,B, or 201. An analytical evaluation of 
Soviet economic development including the structure and performance of the 
Soviet economy and problems of planning and control. 

405. History of Economic Thought (3) S 

Prerequisites: Economics 302, 303. A study of the development of economic 
thought as reflected in the evolution of major schools of thought and of leading 
individual economists as they influenced economic thought and policy. 


130 


O range State College 


421. International Trade (3) F 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200 A,B, or 201. An examination of the theory 
of international trade and the means and significance of balance of payments ad- 
justments, with an analysis of past and present developments in international com- 
mercial and monetary policy. (Same as Marketing 421) 

431. Economic Development: Analyses and Case Studies (3) S 

Prerequisites: Economics 200, or 200 A,B, or 201, and consent of instructor, or 
equivalent. An examination of the processes of economic growth with special 
reference to developing areas. Considers capital formation, resources allocation, 
relation to the world economy, economic planning, and institutional factors, with 
appropriate case studies. 

451. Economics of Taxation (3) S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200 A,B, or 201. A study of government finance 
at the federal, state, and local levels with particular reference to administrative 
problems of public finance, the ethical aspects of taxation, and the impact of tax- 
ation and spending on resource allocation and income distribution. 

452. Economics of Location (3) S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200 A,B, or 201. The theory and principles un- 
derlying the location of economic activity. 

499. Independent Study (3) F, 5 (Formerly 498) 

Prerequisites: Economics major or concentration, senior standing and approval 
by the department chairman. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring 
to pursue directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

510. Competition/ Monopoly, and Public Policy (3) S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 300, or 302. An examination of the economic im- 
plications of various forms of market structure and business conduct and con- 
siders the application of public policy to various segments of business and business 
activities, including antitrust policy and regulation of business. 

511. Economic Problems and Public Policy (3) r 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 300, or 303. An examination of the nature and 
implication of the major economic problems facing the economy and an evaluation 
of current and alternative policies for their solution. Froblems considered will 
include price level stabilization, balance of payments equilibrium, economic growth, 
and cyclical and technological unemployment. 

EDUCATION 

FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION 
IN THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

(See also School Sendees and Secondary Education) 

301. Social Foundations of Education; Historical, Philosophical Foundations of 
Education (4) F, S 

Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education or consent of the instructor. Survey 
°f social, historical, and philosophical foundations of education from ancient 
times to the present, discussed in the light of their effect upon modern educational 
theory and practice. 


6 — 16251 


131 


O range State College 


311. Psychological Foundations of Education (4) F, S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 101. Prerequisite to other courses in the professional educa- 
tion sequence. Learning theory, thinking processes, and human growth and de- 
velopment. Requires laboratory assignment. 

312. Human Growth and Development (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 101. A comprehensive study of human growth and develop- 
ment with emphasis on childhood, adolescence, and middle and old age. Includes 
mental, social, emotional, and physical development. 

402. Comparative Education (3) F 

Prerequisite: Educ. 331 or Educ. 441 or consent of the instructor. A study of 
(1) problems, factors and efforts in education throughout the world, and (2) the 
philosophies and practices in administration, control, financing and operation of 
educational systems of selected areas and countries. 

403. History of Education (3) F 

Prerequisites: History of World Civilization and Educ. 331 or Educ. 441, or 
consent of the instructor. The main streams of educational history in Europe and 
America, with particular emphasis on the ways these main streams have affected the 
current scene in the United States. 

406. Educational Sociology (3) S 

Prerequisite: Educ. 331 or Educ. 441, or consent of the instructor. The school in 
the social order; analysis of cultural factors affecting school, and of the special 
culture of the school; consideration of research in selected areas of the school- 
culture relationship. 

501. Philosophy of Education (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Postgraduate standing and Educ. 339 or Educ. 549, or consent of 
the instructor. Uses of theories of knowledge, value and reality in dealing with edu- 
cational problems; application of contemporary systems of thought to education. 

503. Foundations for Educational Leadership (3) F, 5 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. The cultures and values to which schools 
must contribute: introduction to community sociology, tax systems and public 
administration; the literature of leadership. Screening for admission to program. 
Occasional special meetings. Required of all students during first registration in 
school administration and supervision at this college. 

505. Foundations for Improving Instruction (4) F 

Prerequisite: Educ. 503. The development of a quality program of instruction in 
both elementary and secondary schools; appraisal of programs of instruction; ad- 
vanced principles of curricular review and modification. 

Evaluation of subject matter competence in area of supervisory specialization- 
Meets credential requirements in principles of curriculum construction and evalua- 
tion; supervision of instruction and curriculum in both elementary and secondary 
schools. 

511. Survey of Educational Research (2) F 

Prerequisites: Educ. 451 or equivalent; teaching experience. Review of descriptive 
statistics as applied to educational problems. Survey of elements of current research 
types. Principles of research design. 


132 


O range State College 


ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

931. Elementary School Principles, Curricula, and Methods (8) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. 311, Engl. Educ. 433, Art 380, Music 333, P.E. 432, and admis- 
sion to teacher education. Principles, curricula, methods, and materials of elementary 
school instruction, with major emphasis on reading, language arts, arithmetic, social 
studies, and science. Includes audio-visual instruction, methods, and techniques. Re- 
quired field work. Required of all candidates for the Standard Teaching Credential 
with Specialization in Elementary School Teaching or its equivalent. (6 hours 
lecture, 2 hours activity, and 3 hours laboratory per week.) 

339. Student Teaching in the Elementary School and Student Teaching 
Seminar (10) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. 331 and admission to student teaching. Participation in a 
regular elementary school teaching program for the greater part of every school 
day. Includes a two-hour seminar each week in problems and procedures of ele- 
mentary school teaching. Concurrent enrollment in other professional education 
courses is discouraged. (Beginning in the 1965 fall semester this course will carry 
8 units.) 

431. Principles and Curricula of the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. 311 or consent of the instructor. An introductory course in 
elementary education. Stress on major principles and basic curricular considera- 
tions. Importance of the elementary school system to society. 

432. Teaching— -in the Elementary School 

Prerequisites: Educ. 311 or consent of the instructor. A series of courses, listed 
dually in the Division of Education and in the other appropriate divisions, dealing 
with objectives, methods, and materials of teaching the various subjects and areas 
in the elementary schools. The courses are professional education courses and ap- 
plicable toward credential requirements. Detailed descriptions of the courses are 
to be found in the materials of other departments and divisions within this catalog. 
For. Lang. Ed. 432. Teaching Foreign Languages in the Elementary Schools (2) 
F, S 

The following courses have been designed specifically for students who have 
completed the major portion of Education 331 or who are part-time students. With 
the approval of the professional adviser the requirement of Education 331 may be 
partially satisfied with these courses. 

Educ. 432R. Teaching Reading in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Eng. Ed., 432. Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Math. Ed. 432. Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Sci. Ed. 432. Teaching Science in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Soc. Sci. Ed. 432. Teaching Social Sciences in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

432R. Teaching Reading in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. 311 or consent of the instructor. Reading process, sequential 
development of reading skills, relationship of developmental reading to child 
growth and development, and place of reading in the culture. 

*37. Problems in Early Elementary Education (3) S 

Prerequisites: Educ. 339 and consent of instructor. Study of current literature and 
recent research in the area of education of young children through individual and 
group study. Emphasis will be placed on problems centered in cognitive processes, 
content structure and instruction at the early elementary education level. 


133 


Orange State College 

481. Analysis of Reading Difficulties (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. 339 and consent of the instructor. Analysis and diagnosis of 
reading difficulties. Psychological bases of the reading process. Techniques and 
methods of prevention and treatment. 

537. Seminar for Elementary Education (3) S 

Prerequisite: Educ. 339 or consent of the instructor. Persistent problems in ele- 
mentary education and survey of literature; causes and solutions for these related 
problems. Application of scientific method to educational problems, sources of 
education research, and to techniques of cooperative thinking. 

ENGLISH 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

For World Literature in English translation see courses under COMPARATIVE 
LITERATURE. 

101. Composition and World Literature (3) F, S 

Analytical and critical writing based on the study of representative works from 
Classical and Biblical literature to the Renaissance. 

102. World Literature and Composition (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: English 101 or the equivalent. The study of representative works 
from the Renaissance to the modern age, as a basis for continuing practice in 
analytical and critical writing. 

201. Analysis of Literary Forms (3) F, S 

The main literary forms— prose fiction, poetry, and drama— are studied and ana- 
lyzed. Various critical methods are applied to representative works mainly from 
English and American literature. Especially recommended for prospective teachers 
of literature. 

202. The Development of the Short Story (3) F, S 

Critical analysis of selected American and European short stories, aimed at an 
understanding of the structure and technique of the short story. 

211. Masters of British Literature (3) F, S 

An introduction to major periods and movements, major authors, and major 
forms. A concentrated course designed for students who are not majoring in 
English. 

221. American Literature to Whitman (3) F, S 

Emphasis on major writers: Hawthorne, Poe, Melville, Emerson, Thoreau, Whit- 
man, and others. 

222. American Literature from Twain to the Moderns (3) F, S 

Emphasis on Twain, James, Crane, Hemingway, Faulkner, O’Neill, Frost, Eliot. 

301. Advanced Composition (3) F, S 

Designed to improve a writer’s thinking and the thinker’s writing. 

303. The Structure of Modern English (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Junior standing. The grammar of contemporary English applied 
to problems in writing. Modern English usage. Strongly recommended for all 
teacher candidates. 


134 


O range State College 


333. Chaucer (3) F, S 

Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales, read in Middle English. Close attention to 
the vocabulary, structure, and pronunciation of Chaucer’s language, as indispensable 
to literary appreciation. 

334. Shakespeare (3) F, S 

Intensive study of selected major plays illustrating Shakespeare’s development, 
dramatic art, and insight into human nature. 

335. Elizabethan Drama (3) S 

Prerequisite: English 334 or consent of the instructor. Marlowe, Kyd, Greene, 
Jonson, and others are studied as representative of dramatic trends in Elizabethan 
England. 

336. Elizabethan Poetry and Prose (3) F 

The poetry of Wyatt and Surrey, Jonson, Marlowe, Sidney, Spenser, and others; 
and the prose of Bacon, Greene, Lodge, Lyly, Nashe, and others. 

341. Milton and the Seventeenth Century (3) F, S 

A study of the development of Milton’s art and of the ideological backgrounds 
of his thought. Includes also Donne, the metaphysical poets, the Cavaliers, Burton, 
Browne and Bunyan. 

342. The Age of Reason in English Literature (3) F 

Dry den, Swift, Pope, Johnson, Boswell, Addison, and Steele. The Restoration, 
the Age of Reason, and foreshadowings of Romanticism. 

343. The Romantic Movement in English Literature (3) S 

Bums, Blake; Wordsworth, Coleridge; Byron, Shelley, and Keats. The reaction 
against rationalism, the rise of revolutionary and liberal thought, humanitarianism, 
and emphasis on individual creativity. 

344. Literature of the Victorian Period (3) F, 5 

Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Rosetti, Swinburne, Morris, Pater, Wilde and 
others. The effort to synthesize rationalism, romanticism, and realism in an era of 
Materialism and puritanism. 

345. History and Development of the English Novel (3) F, S 

From the Renaissance to the modems, with emphasis on the eighteenth and nine- 
teenth centuries: Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, Austen, Bronte, Thackeray, 
Dickens, Eliot, Meredith, Hardy. 

Seminar in Fiction Writing (3) F (Formerly 387B) 

Prerequisite: Evidence of student’s previous interest in creative writing and 
consent of the instructor. Study of superior models, development of style, and 
group criticism and evaluation of each student’s independent work. 

364. Seminar in Play Writing (3) S (Formerly 387A) 

Prerequisite: Evidence of student’s previous interest in creative writing and con- 
sent of the instructor. Study of superior models, development of style, and group 
criticism and evaluation of each student’s independent work. 

^46. Seminar in Poetry Writing (3) S (Formerly 387C) 

Prerequisite: Evidence of student’s previous interest in creative writing and con- 
Se nt of the instructor. Study of superior models, development of style, and group 
criticism and evaluation of each student’s independent work. 


7—16251 


135 


O range State College 


368. Creative Writing Projects (3) S (Formerly 388) 

Prerequisite: English 362, 364, 366, or consent of the instructor. 

435. Shakespeare's History Plays and Comedies (3) S 

An intensive study of the history plays and comedies, designed to provide a 
broader comprehension of Shakespeare’s dramatic art, social and historical com- 
mentary, and human insight. 

451. Contemporary Interpretations of Man (3) F, S (Formerly 41 1) 

An interdisciplinary course stressing the dominant twentieth-century philosophical 
interpretations of man and the imaginative expression of those views in major 
literary works. (Also Philosophy 451) 

462. Modern British and American Novels (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Survey of English, American, or World literature; an upper divi- 
sion literature course; or consent of the instructor. The development of modern 
British and American novels from 1900 to the present. 

464. Modern British and American Drama (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Survey of English, American, or World literature; an upper divi- 
sion literature course; or consent of the instructor. The development of British 
and American drama from 1900 to the present. 

466. Modern British and American Poetry (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Survey of English, American or W T orld literature; an upper divi- 
sion literature course; or consent of the instructor. The development of British 
and American poetry from 1900 to the present. 

490. History of the English Language (3) 5 (Formerly 454) 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing. The historical development of English 
vocabulary, phonology, morphology, and syntax from Indo-European to modern 
American English. 

491. Senior Seminar: Studies in Chaucer (3) S 

Prerequisites: English 333, B average or better, and consent of the instructor. 
Emphasis on Troilus and Criseyde and other works. 

492. Senior Seminar: Studies in Renaissance Literature (3) S 

Prerequisites: English 334, 335, 336, or 435, B average or better, and consent 
of the instructor. Directed research. 

495. Senior Seminar: Studies in New England Transcendentalism (3) S 

Prerequisites: English 221 and 222, B average or better, and consent of the 
instructor. Emphasis on die relationship between philosophy and literature. 

496. Senior Seminar: Studies in the American Novel (3) S 

Prerequisites: B average or better, English major, and consent of the instructor 
Directed research. 

498. Senior Seminar: Literary Criticism (3) F 

Prerequisites: B average or better, English major, and consent of the instructor 
Theory and application to selected texts. 


136 


O range State College 


499. Independent Study (3) F, S (Formerly 580) 

Open to advanced students in English with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

570. Graduate Seminar: Problems in Language (3) F (Formerly 590) 

572. Graduate Seminar: Problems in Shakespeare (3) F, S (Formerly 592) 

573. Graduate Seminar: Milton (3) (Offered in alternate years) 

574. Graduate Seminar: Coleridge and Blake (3) F 

575. Graduate Seminar: Melville (3) S (Formerly 595) 

576. Graduate Seminar: Twain (3) F (Formerly 596) 

577. Graduate Seminar: Hawthorne and Faulkner (3) F 

578. Graduate Seminar: Joyce (3) F (Formerly 598) 

579. Graduate Seminar: Comparative Literature (3) S (Formerly 599) 

580. Special Graduate Projects (3-6) F, S 

Research projects in areas of specialization beyond regularly offered course work. 
Oral and written reports. 

ENGLISH EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

(Offered by the Department of English) 

432. Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School (2) F, 5 

Prerequisite: Education 311, admission to teacher education. The importance of 
the language arts to satisfactory personal, social, and professional life. Methods to 
help develop in children the skills needed for listening, speaking, reading, and 
writing are studied and their effectiveness evaluated. 

433. Children's Literature (2) F, S 

A study of masterpieces of the world’s literature for children. Illustrates literary 
qualities appealing to children and demonstrates the ways in which children’s 
literature reflects the particular cultural differences of the various Oriental, Classical 
and modem cultures. 

*42. Teaching English in the Secondary School (2-3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Education 311, Admission to Teacher Education. Principles, 
methods, and materials of teaching English in the secondary school. 

$71. Graduate Seminar: Problems in the Teaching of Composition (3) F, S 

FINANCE 

IN THE DIVISION OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

(Offered by the Department of Accounting and Finance) 

$24. Money and Banking (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A,B, or 201. A study of the structure and 
°peration of commercial banks and financial institutions including a consideration 
the impact of money and capital market developments on economic activity 
(same as Econ. 324). 


137 


Orange State College 

330. Business Finance (3) F, S (Formerly 332) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 101B, or 200, and Economics 200, or 200B. Sources 
and uses of long-term and short-term capital in business firms, and analysis of 
business finance situations. 

331. Financial Analysis (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Finance 330. The techniques of financial analysis and their appli- 
cation to business situations. 

334. Principles of Insurance (3) S 

Prerequisites: Economics 200, or 200B, and Quant. Meth. 361. Principles of life, 
casualty and liability insurance; individual and group insurance programs; methods 
of establishing risks and rates. 

336. Principles of Real Estate (3) F 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200B. Survey of urban real estate principles 
and practices; structure and growth of cities; basis of real property values; real 
estate development and financing. 

337. Real Estate Finance (3) S 

Prerequisite: Finance 336. Instruments of real estate finance; factors affecting 
the supply and cost of real estate credit; primary and secondary mortgage markets; 
real estate as an investment medium. 

431. Capital and Money Markets (3) F 

Prerequisites: Finance 330, and cither Economics 324 or Finance 324. Role of 
capital and money markets in the American economy; markets for new corporate 
and government issues; secondary markets; interrelation of financial institutions; 
factors influencing yields and security prices. 

432. Investment Principles and Practices (3) F 

Prerequisite: Finance 330. Principles underlying the selection and management 
of portfolios, analysis of different types of corporate securities— commercial, in- 
dustrial, and public utility; the role of mutual funds and investment trusts. 

433. Problems in Business Finance (3) S 

Prerequisite: Finance 331. Comprehensive case studies including problems of 
estimating funds requirements, long-term financial planning, controlling and eval- 
uating cash flows, and financing acquisitions and mergers. 

499. Independent Study (3) F, S (Formerly 498) 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and approval by the department chairman. Open 
to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue directed independent inquiry 
May be repeated for credit. 

532. Corporate Financial Management (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Finance 330, and graduate standing. Financial policies and struc- 
ture of corporations; acquisition and administration of funds; financial control. 

533. Financial Administration (3) S 

Prerequisite: Finance 532. Optimal financing and asset administration; advance^ 
techniques of capital budgeting; application of analytical methods to the administr-J' 
tion of the finance function of the business firm. 


138 


O range State College 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

432. Teaching Foreign Languages in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Methods for teaching FLES: Foreign Languages in Elementary Schools. Critical 
review of materials, audio-lingual-visual aids, and current research. Conducted in 
English, with practice by students in the language they plan to teach. 

442. Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary School (2*3) F 

The theory and practice of language learning and language teaching with special 
emphasis on the audio-lingual method in combination with electro-mechanical aids. 
Conducted in English, with practice by students in the language they plan to teach. 

FRENCH 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101. Fundamental French (4) F 

Listening-comprehension, speaking, reading-comprehension, and writing to de- 
velop control of the sounds -and the basic forms and structure of French. (3 
hours lecture-discussion, 2 hours laboratory.) 

102. Fundamental French (4) S 

Prerequisite: French 101 (or equivalent). Listening-comprehension, speaking, 
reading-comprehension, and writing to develop control of the basic forms and 
structure of French. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 2 hours laboratory.) 

203. Intermediate French (3) F 

Prerequisite: French 102 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading, and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory.) 

204. Intermediate French (3) S 

Prerequisite: French 203 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory.) 

215. Introduction to French Literature (3) F, S 

Reading and discussion to develop insights into French literature and culture 
while strengthening facility with the language. Open to lower division students 
with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in French. 

217. Advanced Grammar and Composition (3) F, S 

Designed to give the student special competence in the control of French as 
instrument for free oral and written expression. Open to lower division students 
with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in French. 

251. French Literature to the Classic Age (3) F 

Evolution of French literature and thought, through analysis of representative 
w orks, from the chanson de geste to the Baroque. Conducted in French. 

261. French Literature Since the Age of Reason (3) 5 

The principal movements and authors of the 19th century (Romanticism, Real- 
I s111 * Naturalism, Symbolism), through analysis of representative works. Conducted 
* French. 


139 


O range State College 


400. French for Teachers (3) S 

Intensive review of spoken French using recent developments in methodology 
and texts as subject materials. 

451. French Classicism (3) F 

Essence and evolution of le classicisme , studied principally in the works of 
the major 17th century authors (Corneille, Moliere, Racine, La Fontaine, La 
Rochefoucauld) and in the dominant genre (the theater). Conducted in French. 

461. The Age of Enlightenment (3) S 

Two complementary aspects of the 18th century: reason and feeling, the 
philosophes and the current of sensibility. Emphasis on major authors (Voltaire, 
Rousseau, Diderot, Marivaux, Laclos). Conducted in French. 

466. Applied Linguistics in the Teaching of French (3) F 
(Formerly Foreign Languages Education 455) 

Introduction to general linguistics with emphasis on the relation of speech and 
writing, the theory and practice of pronunciation, and the phonemic and morpho- 
phonemic structure of the language under study. (Same as German, Spanish 466) 

471. Senior Seminar: Contemporary French Literature (3) F 

The major figures of the 20th century, including the generations of Proust, 
Apollinaire, Malraux, Sartre and Robbe-Grillet. Conducted in French. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S (Formerly 480) 

Supervised projects in French language or literature to be taken with the 
consent of the Department Chairman as a means of meeting special curriculur 
problems. Selection of subject to be studied varies. May be repeated for credit. 

557. Graduate Seminar: French Lyric Poetry (3) S 

The evolution of the lyric from the Troubadours to the present, with emphasis 
on its changing form and function. Conducted in French. 

GEOGRAPHY 

IN THE DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 
111. General Physical Geography (3) F, S 

A study of the basic elements of the physical environment (climate, land forms, 
water resources, vegetation, and soils) with particular emphasis on their world pat- 
terns and interrelationships. 

121. Human Geography (3) F, S 

Basic facts and concepts regarding the areal distribution and diversity of man, 
his settlements, his economies and his circulation patterns. 

131. World Regional Geography (3) F, S 

Man’s distribution and activities within the framework of world geographic re- 
gions, with emphasis on the differing uses of various environments and the effects 
of geographic conditions on man. Not open to students who have had Geography 
111 or Geography 121. 

312. Geomorphology (3) F 

Prerequisite: Geography 111. A study of the development of land forms and 
the processes which alter them, with emphasis on present landscapes in the United 
States and the interpretation of topographic maps. 


140 


Orange State College 


323. Climatology (3) S 

Prerequisite: Geography 111. A study of the basic climatological processes, cli- 
matic types and the importance of climate in the natural and cultural landscape. 

333. Economic Geography (3) F, S (Formerly 203) 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. A study of the pro- 
duction and distribution of the world’s agricultural, mineral and industrial com- 
modities, and analysis of the related economic, political and physical factors. 

343. Maps and Map Interpretation (3) F (Formerly 262) 

Sources, evaluation, uses, and planning of various types of maps and graphic aids 
for teaching and research, with emphasis on the principles of effective cartographic 
representation. 

353. Cartography and Design (3) S 

Prerequisite: Geography 343 or consent of instructor. The design and construc- 
tion of maps, charts, and graphs as geographic tools. 

363. Geography of California (3) F, S (Formerly Geography 351) 

Analysis of the geographic regions of California— their Environmental diversity, 
settlement patterns, economic development, and current problems. 

383. Conservation of Natural Resources (3) S 

The principles of conservation and their application as they relate to soil, water, 
forests, minerals, and air, especially in the United States. 

432. Geography of Anglo-America (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. A regional study of 
the United States and Canada emphasizing the interrelated physical and cultural 
features, that give geographic personality, both to the individual regions as well 
as the individual countries. 

433. Geography of Europe (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. Description and 
analysis of physical environments and human occupance patterns in Europe west of 
the Soviet Union. 

434. Geography of Latin America (3) F 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. A regional study of 
Middle and South American nations emphasizing interrelated physical and cultural 
characteristics, with attention given to special hemispheric relationships involving 
these countries and the United States and Canada. 

435. Geography of Asia (3) F 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. A regional study of 
Asiatic nations, exclusive of the Soviet Union, showing the interrelationships of 
physical and cultural characteristics with special emphasis on the growing signifi- 
cance, in economic, social, and political terms, of such countries as China, India 
and Japan. 

436. Geography of Africa (3) 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. A regional survey of 
the countries and colonies of Africa with special attention given to the rapid de- 
velopment of social, economic, and political conditions and problems. 


141 


Orange State College 


438. Geography of the Soviet Union (3) F 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. The character of the 
bases for the regional diversity of man and land in the Soviet Union. 

471. Urban Geography (3) F 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. The city as a 
geographic unit; urban settlements as regional centers; city-region relationships; 
the structure of villages, towns and cities, and their historical development; case 
studies. 

481. Political Geography (3) S 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. The world political 
pattern with specific reference to politically organized areas as objects of geo- 
graphic study. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Open to advanced students in Geography by permission of the chairman of the 
department. May be repeated for credit. * 

513. Seminar in Regional Geography (3) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. A seminar on selected 
regions of the world. May be repeated for credit. 

523. Seminar in Systematic Cultural Geography (3) S 

A seminar on selected topics pertaining to the political, economic and social re- 
lationships in the geography of man. May be repeated for credit. 

GERMAN 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101. Fundamental German (4) F 

Listening-comprehension, speaking, reading-comprehension, and writing to de- 
velop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structure of German. (3 hours 
lecture-discussion, 2 hours laboratory) 

102. Fundamental German (4) S 

Prerequisite: German 101 (or equivalent). Listening-comprehension, speaking, 
reading-comprehension, and writing to develop control of the basic forms and 
structure of German. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 2 hours laboratory) 

203. Intermediate German (3) F 

Intensive practice in speaking, understanding, reading, and writing based on 
cultural and literary materials. Linguistic analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours 
lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory) 

204. Intermediate German (3) S 

Prerequisite: German 203 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory) 

315. Introduction to German Literature (3) F 

Reading and discussion to develop insights into German literature and culture 
while strengthening facility with the language. Open to lower division students 
with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in German. 


142 


Orange State College 


317. Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) S 

Designed to give the student special competence in the control of German as an 
instrument for free oral and written expression. Open to lower division students 
with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in German. 

351. The Works of Lessing and Schiller (3) F 

The major works of Lessing and Schiller illustrating their thought and art. 
Conducted in German. 

361. The Works of Goethe (3) S 

Selected works of Goethe illustrating his thought and art. Conducted in German. 

400. German for Teachers (3) F, S 

Intensive review of spoken German using recent developments in methodology 
and texts as subject materials. 

451. German Literature to Goethe (3) F 

Important works from the Nibelungenlied to Faust in the setting of their in- 
tellectual and historical climate. Conducted in German. 

461. German Literature Since Goethe (3) S 

Important works illustrating the development from Romanticism to Expressionism 
in the setting of their intellectual and historical climate. Conducted in German. 

466. Applied Linguistics in the Teaching of German (3) F 
(Formerly Foreign Languages Education 455) 

Introduction to general linguistics with emphasis on the relation of speech and 
writing, the theory and practice of pronunciation, and the phonemic and morpho- 
phonemic structure of the language under study. (Same as French, Spanish 466) 

475. Senior Seminar: The German Drama (3) S 

The leading dramatists from Gryphius to Frisch, including works by Kleist, 
Grillparzer, Hebbel, Hauptmann, Brecht, with emphasis on various approaches 
to this genre. Conducted in German. 

*99. Independent Study (1-3) F, S (Formerly 480) 

Supervised projects in German language or literature to be taken with the con- 
sent of the Department Chairman as a means of meeting special curricular prob- 
lems. Selection of subject to be studied varies. May be repeated for credit. 

571. The German Novelle (3) F 

The German Novelle from Goethe to the present, including works by Kleist, 
Mann, Kafka, Diirrenmatt, Grass, with emphasis on the uniqueness of this genre. 
Conducted in German. 


HEALTH EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Health Education, Physical Education, 
and Recreation) 

*** 101. Personal and Community Health (2) F, S 

. Meaning and significance of physical, mental and social health as related to the 
^dividual and to society; alcohol and narcotics education; fire prevention; public 
safety and accident prevention. 


143 


Orange State College 


HISTORY 

IN THE DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

IIOA. World Civilizations to the 17th Century (3) F 

The story of man from the beginning of civilizations and historical records until 
the middle of the 17th century. 

I IOB. World Civilizations from 1648 (3) S 

The story of man from the end of the religious wars to the present. Deals with 
the rise of science, the Enlightenment, the Industrial Revolution, and the rise of 
the ideologies of the Twentieth Century. 

170A. United States to 1877 (3) F 

A survey of the political, social, economic, and cultural development of the 
United States from the discovery to 1877. Attention is given to the old world 
background, the rise of the new nation, sectional problems, and the Civil War 
and Reconstruction. 

1708. United States Since 1877 (3) S 

Survey of United States History since the period of Reconstruction, covering 
political, economic, social, and biographical subjects. 

300. Africa and the Middle East Since 1945 (3) F (Formerly Social Sciences 330A) 

A survey of the Middle East and Africa since 1945, concentrating on the de- 
velopment of their present civilizations, political and economic problems, and 
their place in world affairs. 

301. Far East and Latin America Since 1945 (3) S (Formerly Social Sciences 330B) 

A survey of present governments and civilizations in the Far East and Latin 
America, summarizing the background of present developments and problems in 
these areas. 

340A. History of England and Great Britain (3) F 

A study of the political, economic, and social history of England and her affiliated 
nations and territories from the earliest times to the later Stuarts. Particular stress 
is placed upon the growth of the parliamentary system of government and upon 
English overseas activities. 

340B. History of England and Great Britain (3) S 

A study of the political, economic, and social history of Great Britain from the 
later Stuarts to the present. Particular stress is placed upon the modification of the 
parliamentary system and the growth of economic and social democracy within 
Britain and upon the development of responsible political systems in the dependent 
territories. 

350A. Colonial Latin America (3) F 

A survey of the pre-Columbian cultures; the conquests by Spain and Portugal 
and the European background of these countries; the development of the socio- 
economic, cultural, and governmental institutions in colonial life; the background of 
revolutions and the wars for independence. 

350B. Republican Latin America (3) S 

A survey of the Latin American republics from 1826 to 1945 emphasizing the 
struggle for responsible government, socio-economic, and cultural changes, and the 
role of United States foreign policy. 


144 


O range State College 


381. Westward Movement in the United States (3) S 

Prerequisite: History 170A-B or equivalent. A survey of the expansion of the 
United States population and sovereignty from the Piedmont to the Pacific, 1750 
to 1900, and a history of regional development during the frontier period. 

383. History of California (3) F 

A survey of the political, economic, and social history of California from the 
aboriginal inhabitants to the present, tracing the development of contemporary 
institutions and the historical background of current issues. 

399. Historiography (3) F 

Introduction to historical methods and bibliography with a discussion of major 
historians and problems of historical interpretation. Required of history majors. 

412. Ancient Near East (3) F 

Prerequisite: History 110A. A study of the civilizations of ancient Egypt, Meso- 
potamia, and the lands neighboring them. This course covers the prehistoric cultures, 
the growth of civilizations, and the competition and mutual influences among them 
to the time of Alexander; considerable attention is given to the background of 
Judaeo-Christian ideas and to the indebtedness of later peoples to these early 
societies. 

415. Ancient Greece (3) F 

Prerequisite: History 110A. A study of the civilization of ancient Greece. This 
course covers the prehistoric Aegean cultures, the classical city-states, and the 
Hellenistic Age; considerable attention is devoted to the literary and philosophic 
contributions to our modern civilization. 

417. Ancient Rome (3) S 

Prerequisite: History 110A. A study of the civilization of ancient Rome. Political 
institutions are emphasized from the earliest times to Christianization of the Empire 
in 325 A.D.; attention is also given to the rise of Christianity. 

423A. Early Middle Ages, 325-1095 (3) F 

Prerequisite: History 110A. History of Europe from Constantine to the eve of the 
Crusades. The course covers the transformation of European society and culture 
through the Barbarian invasions, the Byzantine and Islamic cultures, and the estab- 
lishment of the feudal order in Western Europe. 

423B. Later Middle Ages, 1095-1400 (3) S 

Prerequisite: History 110A. History of Europe from the Crusades to Dante, 
emphasizing the political, economic, literary, and artistic changes of the period. 

425. Renaissance and Reformation, 1400-1648 (3) F 

History of Europe from the end of the Middle Ages through the classical revival, 
flie Protestant revolt, and the Thirty Years’ War to the Peace of Westphalia, 1648. 

426. Rise of Modern Europe, 1648-1815 (3) S 

Prerequisite: History 110B. European diplomatic history and the balance of power 
from 1648 to 1815. Attention is given to the social and philosophical developments 
°f the period. 

428. 19th Century Europe (3) F 

Prerequisite: History 110B. History of Europe from 1815 to 1914. This course 
covers the Industrial Revolution, the rise of middle-class democracy and economic 
liberalism, and the forces of imperialism which led to World War I. 


145 


Orange State College 


429. Europe Since 1914 (3) F 

Prerequisite: History 110B. Survey of events from the beginning of World War I 
to the present. Special emphasis given to the economic, political, social, diplomatic, 
and intelletual trends of 20th century Europe. 

432. Germany Since 1648 (3) S 

Prerequisite: History 110A-B. The evolution of Germany from the Peace of 
Westphalia to the present. Emphasis is placed on political, social, economic, diplo- 
matic and cultural trends in the 19th and 20th centuries. 

434A. Russia to the 1917 Revolution (3) F (Formerly 434B) 

Prerequisite: History 110B. An analysis of historical developments from the estab- 
lishment of the Russian state at Kiev to the 1917 Revolution. Emphasis is placed 
upon the 18th and 19th centuries, the expansion of the empire, and the unique social 
and political currents which preceded the Soviet seizure of power. 

434B. Russia Since 1917 (3) S (Formerly 434C) 

An historical analysis of the Bolshevik Revolution and subsequent consolidation 
of power under the Communist regime. Chief emphasis is placed upon Soviet 
foreign policy and fundamental social, political, and cultural institutions and 
policies based upon Marxist-Leninist-Stalinist ideology. 

461. Far East Since 1850 (3) S 

Prerequisite: History 110A. An historical analysis of the Western impact on 
Eastern Asia in the 19th and 20th centuries with special emphasis on politics and 
diplomacy, the breakdown of the traditional societies, and the rise of communism 
in the 20th century. 

466A. Middle East to the Crusades (3) F 

The study of the events transpiring in the Middle East from the Roman world 
to the period of the Crusades. This will include the impact of the Muslim civili- 
zation upon the Middle East society. 

466B. Middle East Since the Crusades (3) S 

The development of the countries of the Middle East following the Crusades 
to the present. Special attention will be given the last two centuries. 

471. American Colonial Civilization (3) F 

Prerequisite: History 170A or consent of the instructor. The settlement of North 
America and the growth of Anglo-American civilization to 1763, stressing the devel- 
opment of political and economic institutions and a distinctive American culture. 

472. United States from Colony to Nation (3) S 

Prerequisite: History 170A or consent of instructor. Establishment of an inde- 
pendent government, and growth of a national economy and culture from 1763 to 
1815. 

473. Sectionalism and Civil War (3) F 

Prerequisite: History 170A or consent of instructor. Slavery, sectionalism, and 
Civil War, and the impact of these forces upon national life and thought from 
1815 to 1865. 


146 


Orange State College 


474. The Growth of Modern United States (3) F 

Prerequisite: History 170B or consent of instructor. The growth of the national 
economy, political repercussions and reform movements, the rise to a world power, 
and cultural developments from the Civil War to 1900. 

475. United States from 1900 to 1932 (3) S 

Prerequisite: History 170B or equivalent. A study of the political, economic, 
social, diplomatic, and intellectual trends and problems from 1900 to the election 
of 1932. Course will stress the reconsideration of traditional national policies toward 
the government, economy, and role of the United States in world affairs. 

476. United States Since 1933 (3) F 

Prerequisite: History 170B or equivalent. A study of United States history from 
the New Deal to the present. Includes political, social, economic, diplomatic, and 
intellectual developments and issues. Stresses the emergence of the national gov- 
ernment as a factor in American life and the expansion of U.S. activity in foreign 
affairs. 

485A. American Foreign Policy to 1900 (3) F 

An analysis of American foreign relations from the American Revolution to 
1900. 

485B. American Foreign Policy from 1900 (3) S 

An analysis of the rise of the United States as a world power in the twentieth 
century. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Open to advanced students in history with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

SOI. Seminar in the Content and Method of History (3) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

505. Seminar in Analysis of Recent Interpretations in History (3) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

520. Seminar in European History (3) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

570. Seminar in American History (3) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

^90. History and Historians (3) F (Formerly 490) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A study of the writings, personalities, and 
philosophies of representative historians from Herodotus to the present. 

591. Thesis (3-6) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

JOURNALISM 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 
'91. Reporting and Writing (3) F 

Introduction to news reporting and writing, with emphasis on news gathering, 
Valuation, and the principles of clarity and conciseness. 


147 


Orange State College 


102. Reporting and Writing (3) S 

Prerequisite: Journalism 101 or permission of instructor. Concentration on writ- 
ing of more advanced news stories and news features. 

21 8A, B. Press Photography (2) F, S 

A lecture and laboratory course in photographic theory and the application of 
photographic principles. 

31 8A, B. Press Photography (2) F, S 

A lecture and laboratory course in photographic theory and the application of 
photographic principles. 

331. News Communication (3) F 

An introduction to the news communication media, with experience in news 
writing. (Recommended for credential candidates.) 

332. Copy Editing and Makeup (3) S 

Practice and theory of editing of materials for various types of publications, in- 
cluding selection of materials, copyreading, headline writing, proofreading, and 
makeup. 

333. Mass Communication in Modern Society (3) S 

The basic structure and the interrelationships of newspapers, magazines, films, 
radio, television, in terms of their significance as social instruments and economic 
entities in modern society. 

334. Feature Article Writing (3) S 

Non-fiction writing for newspapers and magazines, including study of sources, 
methods, and markets. Open to non-majors. 

335. Reporting of Public Affairs (3) S 

Coverage in depth of significant events pertinent to operations of governmental 
units and related organizations. 

338A, B, C. Newspaper Production (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. A lecture and activity course in which 
members of the class constitute the editorial staff of the student newspaper. The 
group meets four hours per week for critiques in news reporting, writing, editing 
and makeup, followed by production. 

353. Advertising Copy and Layout (3) F 

Writing of copy and layout of advertisements, based on study of sales appeals, 
attention factors, and illustrations. 

358A, B. Publications Production (2) F, S 

A workshop for students engaged in the production of annual, quarterly, monthly, 
and other types of student publications, as scheduled by appropriate college authori- 
ties. Activities will include writing, editing, photography, art work, and layout. 

361. Theory and Practice of Public Relations (3) F 

Examination of basic principles of public relations and their application in non- 
commercial as well as commercial fields, including industry, education, government 
and welfare. 


148 


Orange State College 


371. Radio-Television News and Public Affairs (3) S 

Theory and practice of covering news events and public affairs for radio and 
television. Student material will be prepared for broadcast locally. 

380. Introduction to Radio and Television (3) F 

The history and development of the broadcasting industry and its impact and 
influence on our society. A study of the basic broadcast practices, audiences, pro- 
duction, and programming. (Same as Drama 380.) 

401. Report Writing (3) F 

Planning, organizing and writing of various kinds of reports for business, educa- 
cation and government. Consideration will be given to use of graphic aids and 
preparation of copy for reports that are to be printed. 

425. History and Philosophy of American Mass Communication (3) F 

The development of American mass communication beginning with newspapers 
and periodicals and continuing through radio and television. Includes ideological, 
political, social and economic aspects. 

426. World Press and Propaganda Analysis (3) F 

Examination of major news communication systems, both democratic and totali- 
tarian, and the means by which news and propaganda are conveyed internationally. 

427. Seminar on Current Issues in Mass Communication (3) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Consideration of problems such as the extent 
to which the mass media should be regulated by the government, “objective” 
versus “interpretive” news reporting, and ethical and legal questions of particular 
cases. 


439. Mass Media Internship (2) F, S 

According to his vocational preference, the student serves a supervised intern- 
ship with a newspaper, magazine, radio or television station, press association, adver- 
tising agency, or public relations firm. 

448A, B. Special Projects in Mass Communication (2) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of the department chairman. Individually supervised mass 
media activities, on and off campus. Projects may involve newspapers, magazines, 
radio, television, and public relations agencies. 

JOURNALISM EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

(Offered by the Department of Journalism) 

442. Teaching Journalism in the Secondary School (2-3) S 

Theory and technique of advising school newspaper and yearbook staffs. Relation 
of classroom instruction to staff assignments. Designed for credential candidates in 
English and Language Arts who may supervise school publications. 

MANAGEMENT 

IN THE DIVISION OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 
341. Principles of Management (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200 or 200 A,B. The fundamentals of management uni- 
versal to all organizations; covers such studies as planning, organizing, activating, 
a nd controlling. 


149 


Orange State College 

342. Production Management (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Management 341. The study of modern manufacturing and its meth- 
ods of operation. Major emphasis is placed upon the efficient use of management, 
labor, and productive equipment. 

343. Personnel Management and Human Relations (3) F 

Prerequisite: Management 341, or consent of the instructor. An inquiry into the 
problems of personnel relating to the firm, community, and economy; the im- 
portance of good human relations; and management’s responsibilities in the efficient 
direction of personnel. 

346. Business Law (3) F, S 

The philosophy, institutions and role of the law as it applies to business opera- 
tions. A course designed to provide the student with an understanding of the scope 
and extent of basic subjects in the area of business law as well as a knowledge of 
the operation, function, and structure of courts and administrative agencies. Anal- 
ysis of the areas of contracts, agency, sales, and personal property with emphasis 
upon the principles involved and the conditions requiring professional legal advice. 

347. Business Law (3) S 

Prerequisite: Management 346. The philosophy, institutions and role of the law 
as it applies to business operations. Analysis of the areas of bailments, sales, nego- 
tiable instruments, patents, employment relations, and business organizations. Law 
in its relationship to business with special emphasis on current problems. 

441. Labor-Management Relations (3) F 

Prerequisite: Management 341 or consent of the instructor. The course provides 
an understanding of the impact of labor-management relations upon labor, manage- 
ment, and the public. Proper grievance procedure, collective bargaining, and the 
settlement of disputes are among the subjects that are examined. 

442. Labor Law (3) S 

Prerequisites: Management 341, and consent of the instructor. The history of 
labor law, the investigation of federal and state legislation, and its effects upon 
American society. 

444. Motion and Time Study (3) S 

Prerequisites: Management 341, 342. The fundamentals of motion and time study 
as applied to modem work simplification, the reduction of waste and inefficiency, 
and the responsible consideration of the employee. 

445. Production Control Analysis (3) F 

Prerequisite: Management 342. Introductory calculus, statistics, and a course in 
economic principles or consent of the instructor. The quantitative analysis of pro- 
duction and quality management related to such areas as mathematical program- 
ming, statistical analysis, and economic analysis. 

446. Managerial Economics (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 300, and consent of the instructor. The appli- 
cation of economic analysis to the solution of business problems; the character 
of the firm’s demand, costs, prices, and profits; short and long-run planning for a 
business enterprise; and the relationship between the firm and the economy. 


150 


Orange State College 


447. Management Decision Simulation (3) F 

Prerequisite: The Business Administration core or consent of the instructor. A 
simulation of an oligopolistic industry to provide the student with an opportunity 
to use analytical tools to make managerial decisions in the functional areas of 
management. 

449. Business Policies (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Accounting 101A, B, or 200, Finance 330, Management 341, and 
Marketing 351, and senior standing. The course is generally limited to seniors 
and graduate students. An integrative course examining various problems in the 
several fields of management. Through analysis of cases and problems the student 
is encouraged to recognize the usefulness of other disciplines than business, as 
well as the role of individual and team action in the decision-making process. 

499. Independent Study (3) F, S (Formerly 498) 

Prerequisites: Management concentration, senior standing, and approval by the 
department chairman. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue 
directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

543. Seminar in Personnel Administration (3) F 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and the consent of the instructor. The seminar 
provides the graduate student with an opportunity to study cases, problems, and 
significant literature in the field in order to develop a comprehensive understanding 
of personnel administration and human relations. 

544. Organizational Behavior, Theory, and Administration (3) S 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, Management 341, and consent of the instructor. 
The analysis of human behavior in organization, studies in organizational theories, 
and administrative action. 


MARKETING 

IN THE DIVISION OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

(Offered by the Department of Marketing and Quantitative Methods) 

307. Distribution Costs (3) S 

Prerequisites: Accounting 101B, or 200, and Marketing 351. The development of 
quantitative measures for marketing activity; costs of distributing through different 
channels of distribution, advertising versus personal selling, and movement activi- 
ties; development of sales budgets, standard costs, and the analysis of actual per- 
formance in the light of budgets and standards. (Same as Accounting 307) 

351. Principles of Marketing (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200. Marketing organization and methods for the indi- 
vidual business with serious consideration of the social and economic aspects of 
the distribution task. Topics include the consumer, his place and his problems in 
the marketing area; marketing functions, institutions, and policies; legal and 
political environment for marketing activity; and an evaluation of the present 
niarketing system. 

352. Principles of Retailing (3) F 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Retail problems of location; organization; buying; 
selling media and methods; pricing; and merchandising. Emphasis will be placed 
upon operating procedures and control, planning, budgeting, and costs. 


151 


Orange State College 


353. Marketing Administration (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Survey of the major problems facing the marketing 
executive, including product planning, pricing, market and analysis, sales potentials, 
marketing organization, and administration of the sales force. 

354. Principles of Advertising (3) S 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The management of the advertising function, in- 
cluding the role of advertising in marketing strategy, budgetary considerations, 
allocation among media, measurement of effectiveness, administration and control, 
and its economic and social implications. Case method of instruction is empha- 
sized. 

355. Credit and Credit Administration (3) F 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The general nature and functions of credit, credit 
instruments; the operation of the credit department; sources of credit information; 
acceptance of credit risk; establishment of credit limits; and the problem of col- 
lections. 

356. Creative Motivation in Marketing (3) S 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Personal salesmanship and the application of the 
findings of the behavioral sciences to selling and group dynamics as they relate 
to the creative and promotional aspects of the business. 

421. International Trade (3) F 

Prerequisite: Economics 200. An examination of the theory of international trade 
and the means and significance of balance of payments adjustments, with an an- 
alysis of past and present developments in international commercial and monetary 
policy. (Same as Economics 421) 

452. Marketing Research (3) S 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351, and Quant. Meth. 361. The application of scientific 
methodology as an aid in solving problems of product planning, pricing, promotion, 
and distribution. Practical application is emphasized through class projects and case 
problems. 

459. Marketing Problems (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. It is recommended that the student have completed 
at least two advanced marketing courses or have equivalent business experience. 
Case studies of problems facing the marketing executive; identification and analysis 
of the problems; selection and evaluation of alternative solutions; and implementa- 
tion of recommended solutions. 

499. Independent Study (3) F, S (Formerly 498) 

Prerequisites: Marketing concentration, senior standing, and approval by the de- 
partment chairman. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue 
directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

552. Seminar in Product Planning and Price Policy (3) F 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The product planning problem and its implications 
for the marketing area and other areas of the business. An examination of pricing 
problems and objectives and policies for solution and implementation. 

553. Marketing to the Government (3) S 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The marketing of defense and non-defense products 
to the government. The nature and administration of contractural agreements with 
government agencies. 


152 


Orange State College 


MATHEMATICS 

IN THE DIVISION OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 

100A, B. Axiomatic Arithmetic (3-3) F, S 

Prerequisites: One year of algebra and one year of geometry. The logical struc- 
ture of arithmetic from an axiomatic viewpoint. Emphasis will be on the contrast 
between models of the number system and numbers as mathematical objects. 
Axioms and theorems in calculation with applications. 

120. Finite Mathematics (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Three years of high school mathematics or its equivalent. This is a 
course comprising introductions to the following topics: logic, set theory, matrices, 
and probability. It is particularly suited to students of economics, the biological and 
social sciences. 

150A, B. Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4-4) F, S 

Prerequisites: 4 years of high school mathematics inclusive of trigonometry and 
a passing score in the placement test. An introduction to analysis including ana- 
lytic geometry, functions, continuity, differentiation, the definite integral, integra- 
tion, applications. 

250A, B. Intermediate Calculus (3-3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Math 150A-B or equivalent. A continuation of Math. 150. Topics 
include Taylor’s theorem, infinite series, functions of several variabes, partial dif- 
ferentiation, multiple integrals, linear differential equations. 

291. Linear Algebra (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math. 150B. The study of matrices, determinants, vector spaces, 
linear transformations. 

300. Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics-Algebra (3) F 

Prerequisite: Math 150B. Selected topics in modern algebra. Designed especially 
for teachers and prospective teachers of secondary mathematics. 

301. Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics— Geometry (3) S 

Prerequisite: Math 150B. Selected topics in elementary geometry. The study of 
various axiom systems for Euclidean geometry; non-Euclidean geometry; pro- 
jective, metric, and affine geometry. Designed especially for teachers and pro- 
spective teachers of secondary mathematics. 

302. Modern Algebra (3) S 

Prerequisite: Math 291. The integers, rational numbers, real and complex num- 
bers, polynominal domains, introduction to groups, rings, integral domains and 
fields. 

304. Mathematical Logic (3) F, S (Formerly Math. 292) 

Prerequisite: Math 250A. An introductory course in the elements of mathematical 
logic. 

305. Elements of Set Theory (3) F 

Prerequisite: Math 250B. Operations on sets; functions; cardinals and ordinals; 
ordering, well ordering; axiom of choice; transfinite numbers. 

310. Differential Equations (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 250B and Math 291. An introduction to existence theorems 
and the theory of differential equations. 


153 


O range State College 


314. Elementary Topology (3) S (Formerly 413) 

Prerequisite: Math 250B. An introductory course in point set and algebraic topol- 
ogy. 

320. Projective Geometry (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 291. Homogeneous coordinates, projective group, cross-ratio, 
duality, point and line conics. 

330. Number Theory (3) S 

Prerequisite: Math 250B. Divisibility, congruences, prime number theory, Dioph- 
antine problems. 

335A/ B. Probability and Mathematical Statistics (3-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 250B. An introductory course in probability theory and its 
applications, based on use of the calculus. 

350A, B. Advanced Calculus (3-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 250B, Math 291. Designed to introduce the student to rigorous 
proofs in analysis. Topics include the real number system, continuity, differentia- 
tion and integration of functions of several variables, infinite integrals and series. 

406A. Applied Mathematics (Multilinear Analysis) (3) F 

Prerequisites: Math 3 50 A. Linear algebra, tensor products and Grassman prod- 
ucts, geometric interpretation. Multilinear algebra, convergence, Hilbert space, 
Daniell integral, distributions, spectral theory of linear operators. 

406B. Applied Mathematics (Functional Equations) (3) S 

Prerequisites: Math 406A. Applications of multilinear analysis, integral transfor- 
mations, approximation theory, difference equations, ordinary and partial differen- 
tial equations, harmonic analysis, integral equations. 

407 A, B. Abstract Algebra (3-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 291. Sets, mappings, groups, rings, modules, fields, homomorph- 
isms, advanced topics in vector spaces and theory of linear transformations, matrices, 
algebras, ideals, field theory, Galois theory. 

41 2A, B. Complex Analysis (3-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 350A. An introduction to the study of functions of a complex 
variable. 

425. Differential Geometry (3) S (Formerly 325) 

Prerequisite: Math 350A. Topics in classical differential geometry will be covered 
using modern methods. The course will include an introduction to transformation 
groups, Lie group germs and their Lie algebras, exterior and tensor calculus, and 
Riemannian geometry. 

450A, B. Real Analysis (3-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 350A. An introductory course in modern functional analysis. 
Measure theory, differentiations and theories of integration. Hilbert and Banach 
spaces, linear transformations and spectral theories. 


154 


Orange State College 


MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 

(Offered by the Department of Science and Mathematics Education) 

432. Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math. 100B. Objectives, content, materials, pupil experiences, meth- 
ods of instruction, and evaluation in arithmetic. The nature and scope of arithmetic 
in the elementary school. (2 hours lecture per week.) 

442. Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School (2-3) S 

Objectives, methods, and materials for teaching mathematics in secondary schools. 
Required, before student teaching, of students presenting majors in mathematics for 
the General Secondary Credential. Students without teaching experience must reg- 
ister for three units credit, and must allow sufficient time in their schedules, at the 
same hour each day, so that they can serve as teacher aides in high schools. See 
Education listing for professional prerequisites. (2 hours lecture per week.) 

MUSIC 

IN THE DIVISION OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 

100. Introduction to Music (3) F, S 

A basic approach to listening to music with understanding and pleasure through 
a general survey of musical literature representative of various styles and perform- 
ance media. Music will be related to other arts through lectures, recordings, and 
concerts. Closed to music majors. 

101. Music Theory for Non-Music Majors (3) F, S 

Basic theory and practical applications to further understanding of basic music 
principles and to improve music performance and listening skills. Includes sight- 
singing and relationship to keyboard and simple melodic instruments. Not open to 
music majors. 

111A, B. Music Theory (3-3) F, S 

Three hours lecture, one hour laboratory. A year course covering diatonic 
harmony and musicianship. Includes scales and intervals, triads and their inversions, 
harmonizations, non-harmonic tones, modulation and dominant seventh chords. 
Practical applications, to include sight-singing, dictation and keyboard harmoniza- 
tions. 

151 A, B. Survey of Musical Literature (2-2) F, S 

Open to music majors and minors and qualified students by consent of instruc- 
tor. Two hours lecture, one hour listening. An introductory course for majors in 
the study of the history and literature of music in Western civilization. Students 
must be able to read music as a part of the analysis of form, design and style. 

I61a,361a. Symphony Orchestra (1) F, S (1/1, 1/1) (1, 1,1,1) 

Open by audition to college students and qualified adults in the community. Per- 
formance of standard representative symphonic works. 

161b, 361b. College Choir (1) F, S (1,1, 1,1) (1,1,1,1) 

Open to all college students. Study and performance of standard representative 
choral literature works. 


155 


Orange State College 


161c, 361c. Symphonic Band (1) F, S (1, 1,1,1) (1,1, 1,1) 

Open by audition to college students and qualified adults in the community. 
Performance of standard representative symphonic band literature. 


162b, 362b. Wind Ensemble (1) F, S (1,1, 1,1) (1,1, 1,1) 

Open to qualified wind students by audition or consent of the instructor. Per- 
forms representative wind ensemble literature. 

162c, 362c. Vocal Ensemble (1) F, S (Formerly 312C) 

Study and performance of choral literature of the Renaissance and Baroque 
periods. Open only to students by audition. Public performance required. 

163, 363. Chamber Music Ensembles (1) F, S (Formerly 312D) 

Open to all qualified wind, string, or keyboard students. Various ensembles will 
be formed to study, read, and to perform representative chamber literature of all 
periods. 

170, 370. Class Instruction, Principal Instrument or Voice (1) F, S 

( 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 ) ( 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 ) 

Class instruction in the principal instrument or voice for intermediate and 
advanced students. Open only to students whose placement-proficiency examination 
reveals deficiencies in the major performing field. (See 371-8) 


171-178, 371-378. Studio (Private) Instruction, Principal Instrument or Voice 
(1) F, S (1,1,1,1) (1,1,1,1) 

Individual on-campus lessons with approved instructors. One unit per semester 
required of all music majors in the principal performing field. Special Fee. 

171, 371. Voice, Intermediate and Advanced 

172a, 372a. Violin, Intermediate and Advanced 

172b, 372b. Viola, Intermediate and Advanced 

172c, 372c. Cello, Intermediate and Advanced 

172d, 372d. String Bass, Intermediate and Advanced 

173a, 373a. Oboe, Intermediate and Advanced 

173b, 373b. Flute, Intermediate and Advanced 

173c, 373c. Clarinet, Intermediate and Advanced 

173d, 373d. Bassoon, Intermediate and Advanced 

174a, 374a. Trumpet, Intermediate and Advanced 

174b, 374b. Trombone and Baritone, Intermediate and Advanced 

174c, 374c. French Horn, Intermediate and Advanced 

174d, 374d. Tuba, Intermediate and Advanced 

175, 375. Percussion, Intermediate and Advanced 

176a, 376a. Piano, Intermediate and Advanced 

176b, 376b. Organ, Intermediate and Advanced 

377. Composition, Advanced (Formerly 471 L) 

378. Conducting, Advanced (Formerly 471M, N) 

* 181,381. Orchestral Instruments (1,1, 1,1 or 2,2 / 2,2) (1,1, 1,1 or 2,2,2,2) 

Required of all degree candidates and for specialization in teaching. 


* Instrumental majors are required to take a minimum of 8 units of orchestral instruments, 
Mu 181-381. 


156 


O range State College 


181a, 381a. String Instruments (1-2) F 

Specialization on violin, with related work on standard instruments of the string 
family. 

181b, 381b. Woodwind Instruments (1-2) F 

Specialization on clarinet, with related work on standard instruments of the 
woodwind family. 

181c, 381c. Brass Instruments (1-2) S 

Specialization on trumpet, with related work on standard instruments of the 
brass family. 

181d, 381d. Percussion Instruments (1-2) S 

Specialization on snare drum, with related work on standard instruments of the 
percussion family. 

1 82 A, B 382A,B. Piano Class for Music Majors (1) F, S 

Prerequisite: declaration of the music major and consent of instructor. Designed 
to meet music major piano requirements for degree and teaching credentials. 
Fundamentals of keyboard technique for students whose major performance field 
is not piano. Not required for piano majors. 

183A,B, 383A,B. Voice Class for Music Majors (1) F, S 

Prerequisite: declaration of the music major and consent of instructor. Designed 
to meet voice requirement for instrumental and piano majors and to prepare candi- 
dates for proficiency requirement for teaching credential. Not required for voice 
majors. 

21 1 A,B. Music Theory (3-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Mu 111B, or equivalent. Three hours lecture, one hour laboratory. 
A year course covering secondary dominants, diminished seventh, ninth, eleventh 
and thirteenth chords, sequence and chromatic chords. Practical applications to 
include sight-singing, melodic and harmonic dictation, and keyboard harmonizations. 

220. Structures of Music (2) S 

A non-technical study of the aesthetics of musical form and their relation to 
similar aspects in the other arts. 

310. Theory Review (3) F 

Review of materials covered in Mu 111A,B and Mu 211A,B. For regular or 
transfer students whose junior placement-proficiency examination indicates need 
for further study prior to taking upper division theory. Includes sequence, second- 
ary dominants, modulations and chromatic harmony and sight-singing and dictation 
based upon the materials of Mu 211A,B. 

312A,B. Counterpoint (2-2) F, S 

Prerequisites: Music 111A,B and 211A,B. Basic 18th Century counterpoint in 
two, three and four parts, double counterpoint, canon, and fugue forms. 

321A,B. Form and Analysis (2-2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Analysis of structural elements of music 
such as motive, phrase, and period; binary, ternary, rondo, sonato-allegro and 
larger musical forms in representative musical works. 


157 


Orange State College 


322A,B. Composition (2-2) F, S 

A. Prerequisites: elementary counterpoint, Music 21 IB or consent of instructor. 
Ear training, analysis of smaller forms, simple composition of two-three part song 
form styles. B. Analysis and writing of more complex musical forms. 

323A. Orchestration (2) S 

Prerequisite: Music 211B and consent of instructor. Writing and analysis of 
orchestral music. 

333. Music and Child Development (3) F, S (Replaces MU 432) 

Study of the relationship of music to child growth and development, with em- 
phasis on the child from five to twelve. 

350. Music in Our Society (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Mu 100 or consent of instructor. Three hours lecture and discus- 
sion, one hour listening. Designed to increase interest and an understanding of 
music in its relation to our general culture. Emphasis on structure, analysis and 
aesthetic principles through the study of masterpieces of musical literature of 
various historical periods. 

351A/B. History and Literature of Music (3-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Music 351 A, History and Literature of Music. A. A study of the 
history and literature of music from early Greek beginnings through the Renais- 
sance. B. A study of the history and literature of music covering the Baroque, 
Classic, Romantic period and the 20th Century. (Required of all music majors.) 

384A,B. Piano Class for Teachers (1-1) F, S 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Elementary and intermediate instruction in 
basic piano techniques, with special emphasis on application to appropriate song 
materials and simple accompaniments used in the elementary school. Required of 
candidates for general elementary credential who specialize in music and those 
preparing to teach in kindergarten and first grades. 

391A,B. Choral Conducting (2-2) F, S 

Principles, techniques, and methods of conducting choral groups. Laboratory 
work with class and vocal ensembles, using standard choral repertoire. Required 
of all music education majors. 

392A,B. Instrumental Conducting (2-2) F, S 

Principles, techniques, and methods of conducting orchestral and band groups. 
Laboratory experience in conducting instrumental groups, using standard instru- 
mental literature. 

451. Music of the Baroque Period (2) F 

Prerequisite: Mu 351A,B or consent of instructor. Two hours lecture and dis- 
cussion, one hour weekly listening. Detailed analysis and comparison of selected 
instrumental, vocal and keyboard musical compositions of the Baroque period. 

452. Music of the Classic and Romantic Period (2) S 

Prerequisite: Mu 351A,B or consent of instructor. Two hours weekly lecture 
and discussion. One hour per week listening. The development of music in the 
classic and romantic periods including the beginnings of opera, instrumental and 
symphonic developments from Haydn to Berlioz, keyboard and vocal music. 


158 


Orange State College 


453. Twentieth Century Music (2) S (Formerly 444) 

Prerequisite: Mu 351 A, B or consent of instructor. Developments in the music of 
Western Europe and the Western Hemisphere since 1890. Intensive study of con- 
temporary music and its structure. 

458. Collegium Musicum (2) S (Formerly 448) 

The study and performance of rare and old music, both instrumental and vocal. 
Techniques of musical research will be applied. Students should be competent 
performers. 

498. Senior Recital F, S (Formerly 499) 

Presentation of a public recital in principal area of performance concentration. 

591. Advanced Choral Conducting and Interpretation (2) F 

Prerequisite: Mu 39 IB, conducting experience, or consent of instructor. Advanced 
problems in choral conducting techniques, with emphasis on laboratory work with 
student groups and in concert conducting. 

592. Advanced Instrumental Conducting and Interpretation (2) S 

Prerequisite: Mu 392B, conducting experience, or consent of instructor. Ad- 
vanced study of baton technique with emphasis on interpretive and stylistic prob- 
lems in the conducting of major works. Students will be expected to prepare 
works for public performance. 

MUSIC EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 

(Offered by the Department of Music) 

430. Special Projects in Music Education (1-3) F, S 

Advanced projects relating to particular areas of teaching specialization for 
teachers and supervisors of music. Instructor’s permission required. 

435. Children's Literature in Music (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Mu 333 or consent of instructor. A survey of books and listening 
materials for pre-school and elementary age children, with techniques of presen- 
tation. Designed for the classroom teacher or general student. 

441. Teaching Music Theory and Appreciation in the Public Schools (2-3*) F 

Prerequisite: 20 units in music. Education 311, or consent of instructor. Required 
of all music majors working for the Standard Teaching Credential, Secondary 
Specialization. The history and organization of the teaching of music theory and 
appreciation in the public schools. Interrelation of general and specialized classes 
and their place in the total school program. Music literature, materials, and tech- 
niques for producing effective musical growth. 

442. Teaching Vocal Music in the Public Schools (2-3*) S (Replaces 442b) 

Prerequisite: 20 units in music, Education 311, senior class standing or consent 
of instructor. Required of all music majors working for the Standard Teaching 
Credential, Secondary Specialization. The history and organization of the teaching 
of vocal and choral music in public education. Planning sequential vocal training 
and performance organizations for the total school program. Study of choral 
literature and techniques of instruction. 


159 


Orange State College 


443. Teaching Instrumental Music in the Public Schools (2-3*) S 
(Replaces MU 442a) 

Prerequisite: 20 units in music, Education 311, senior standing or consent of 
instructor. Required of all music majors working for the Standard Teaching 
Credential, Secondary Specialization. The history and organization of the teaching 
of instrumental music in public education. Study of music literature and appro- 
priate curricula for the development of concert bands, symphony orchestras, and 
chamber music ensembles for the total school program. 

545. Supervision and Administration of Music in the Public Schools (2) S 

Open to music education majors with teaching experience. Philosophy, prin- 
ciples and practices of supervision of music in the public elementary and secondary 
schools. Emphasis on modern principles of leadership, types of services, organiza- 
tion, management and evaluation of programs of instruction. Required of candidates 
for supervisory credential. 


PHILOSOPHY 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

110. Comparative Study of the World's Great Religions (3) S (Formerly 301) 

A study of man’s religious impulse as viewed from the philosophical standpoint. 
An attempt will be made to analyze and to compare religious experience as ex- 
pressed in Christianity, Islam, Buddhism, Hinduism, etc. 

210. Logic (3) F, S (Formerly 201) 

Analysis of the various forms given to propositions and the basic requirements 
necessary for valid inference. 

211. The Older Schools of Philosophy (3) F 

A study of the viewpoints which constitute such world views as Materialism, 
Platonism, Stoicism, Mysticism, and Scholasticism. 

212. The Modern Schools of Philosophy (3) S 

A study of the viewpoints which constitute the world views of Rationalism, Em- 
piricism, Idealism, Pragmatism. 

250. Philosophy of Ideas (3) F, S 

Analysis of basic ideas which have shaped modern thought. 

310. Ethics (3) F, S (Formerly 101) 

An analysis of the problems of human conduct: motivation, valuing, norms, so- 
cial demands, and personal commitments. 

311. Philosophy of Aesthetics (3) F, 5 (Formerly 401) 

An investigation into the conditions and the aims of aesthetic experience. 

331. History of Philosophy: Problems of Being and Becoming (3) F 

Analysis and survey of two fundamental problems of philosophy: Being and Be- 
coming. The contributions of the great philosophers to these problems will be con- 
sidered. 

* Students without teaching experience must register for three units credit in one of the follow- 
ing: MU 441, 442, or 443, and must allow sufficient time in their schedules at the same 
hour each day so that they can serve as teacher aides in public schools. 


160 


Orange State College 


332. History of Philosophy: Problems of Knowledge and Valuing (3) S 

Analysis and survey of the problems of Knowledge and Valuing. The contribu- 
tions of the great philosophers to these problems will be considered. 

340. Logic and Epistemology (3) F 

An investigation into the connections that obtain between valid principles of 
reasoning and various systems of knowledge and belief. 

347. Selected Problems in Philosophy (3) F (Formerly 402) 

An investigation into the significant contributions made to human culture through 
philosophic analysis. 

407. Seminar in Basic Concepts of Philosophy and Psychology (4) F, S 

Prerequisites: 3 units in both philosophy and psychology. An interdisciplinary 
study of significant interrelationships which obtain between basic concepts common 
to both philosophy and psychology. 

417A. Seminar in Aristotle's Scientific and Speculative Views (3) F 
(Offered in alternate years) 

An intensive study of the great philosopher’s views concerning the nature and 
function of science, logical reasoning, and the status of universals. 

417B. Seminar in Aristotle's Social and Aesthetic Views (3) S 
(Offered in alternate years) 

A study of the problems of human conduct, government and art. 

427 A. Seminar in Spinoza's Ethics and Metaphysics (3) F 

A detailed and critical study of Spinoza’s views concerning the nature of man 
and the problems of conduct as developed in the Ethics. 

427B. Seminar in Spinoza's Political Theory (3) S 

A detailed and critical study of the Tractatus Politicus and the Tractatus Theo- 
logico-Politicus. 

447A. Seminar in the Development of Plato's Philosophy (3) F 
(Offered in alternate years) 

A critical and detailed study of the early and middle Dialogues , terminating with 
The Republic. 

447B. Seminar in Plato's Later Dialogues (3) S (Offered in alternate years) 

A critical and detailed study of the later Dialogues which follow The Re public , 
terminating with T he Laws. 

450. Philosophy of Science (3) S 

An investigation into the methodologies of the deductive and inductive sciences. 

451. Contemporary Interpretations of Man (3) F, S (Formerly 41 1) 

An interdisciplinary course stressing the dominant twentieth century philo- 
sophical interpretations of man and the imaginative expression of those views in 
major literary works. (Also English 451) 


161 


Orange State College 

460. Philosophy of History (3) S 

A study of the metaphysical and the logical problems of History. 

467A. Kant's Theory of Knowledge (3) F 

A critical and detailed study of The Critique of Pure Reason. 

467B. Kant's Theory of Ethics and Aesthetics (3) S 

A critical and detailed study of The Critique of Practical Reason and The Criti- 
que of Judgment. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S (Formerly 480) 

Prerequisites: Minimum of 12 units in Philosophy and approval of the Depart- 
ment. Such study is designed to develop greater competency in research. May be 
repeated for credit. 


PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Health Education, 

Physical Education, and Recreation) 

Required Activity Courses 

All students must successfully complete four semesters of physical education 
activity courses as partial fulfillment of the General Education requirements for 
the baccalaureate degree. Each course carries l A unit credit. The Department of 
Physical Education recommends that the student begin this program with the first 
semester of attendance (summer session courses in physical education do not fulfill 
this requirement). Other than exceptional cases, students will be expected to com- 
plete this requirement prior to the last thirty units of their baccalaureate degree 
program. Not more than six units of credit in physical education activities, includ- 
ing intercollegiate athletics courses, may be applied toward credit for graduation. 
Credit in intercollegiate athletics courses may meet not more than two semesters 
of the college General Education requirement in physical education. Physical edu- 
cation activities courses may not be repeated for credit. 

Physical education actvities courses are designed to offer the student opportuni- 
ties to develop optimal skills, knowledge, and confidence for mental, social, and 
physical fitness objectives for educational, recreational, and utilitarian purposes in 
our democratic society. The program is organized and conducted on a planned 
basis in four instructional areas: (1) Aquatic Activities, (2) Group and Team Ac- 
tivities, (3) Individual Activities, and (4) Dance Activities. 


162 


O range State College 


• FOR MEN 


AQUATIC 

ACTIVITIES: 

(PE 110 Series) 

GROUP AND TEAM 
ACTIVITIES: 

(PE 120 Series) 

INDIVIDUAL 

ACTIVITIES: 

(PE 130 Series) 

DANCE 

ACTIVITIES: 

(PE 140 Series) 

111 m Swimming F, S 

121 m Group 

Games F 

122 m Group 

Games S 

131 m Gymnastics, 

Tumbling, 
and Rebound 
Tumbling F. S 

132 m Combatives F, S 

133 m Physical Condi- 

tioning F, S 

134 m Adapted 

Physical 
Education F, S 

135 m Track and 

Field F, S 



• FOR WOMEN 


111 w Swimming 


121 w Group 

131 w Gymnastics, 

Games F 

Tumbling, 

122 w Group 

and Rebound 

Games S 

Tumbling F, S 


133 w Physical Condi- 


tioning F, S 


134 w Adapted 


Physical 


Education F, S 


• CO-EDUCATIONAL 


113 Life-Saving and 

Water Safety F, S 


123 Group Games 
(Open only to 
prospective 
elementary 
school 

teachers.) F, S 


136 Archery 

F, S 

137 Golf 

F, S 

138 Tennis 

F, S 


141 Social Dance F, S 

142 Folk and Square 

Dance F, S 

143 Modern Dance S 


COURSES IN INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS 

Consent of the coach of the sport is required for enrollment. Each semester of 
enrollment carries 1 unit of credit. Credit in intercollegiate athletics courses may 
meet not more than two semesters of the college general education reqiuement in 
physical education. Not more than six units of credit in physical education activi- 
ties, including intercollegiate athletics courses, may be applied toward credit for 
graduation. 

PE 317. Baseball (1) S 
PE 318. Basketball (1) F, S 
PE 319. Cross-Country (1) F 
PE 321. Golf (1) S 
PE 324. Tennis (1) S 
PE 325. Track and Field (1) S 


163 


Orange State College 


PROFESSIONAL COURSES 

PE 432. Teaching Physical Education in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. 311. Physical education rationale, techniques, and materials 
for elementary school teachers. Methods of teaching games, sports, rhythms and 
dances commonly taught in elementary schools. Observations and laboratory prac- 
tice included. (4 hours activity per week.) 

PE 442. Teaching Physical Education in the Secondary School (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: 20 units in physical education, Educ. 311, Educ. 300, senior stand- 
ing, or consent of the instructor. Objectives, methods, and materials for teaching 
physical education in secondary school. Required before student teaching, of 
students presenting majors in physical education for the Standard Teaching Cre- 
dential. Students without teaching experience must register for three units credit, 
and must allow sufficient time in their schedules at the same hour each day, so 
that they can serve as teacher aides in high schools. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours 
activity.) 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 

IN THE DIVISION OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 

(Offered by the Departments of Chemistry and Physics) 

201. Modern Physical Science (4 or 5) F, S 

Prerequisite: 1 year of high school Algebra or equivalent, or permission of the 
instructor. Taught jointly by the departments of chemistry and physics, this 
course presents the essential unifying features of the basic physical sciences, chem- 
istry, chemistry and physics; the modern concepts of the physical and chemical 
theory of atomic and molecular structure form the unifying course material. 
Selected physical and chemical theory (from the fields of mechanics, electricity 
and magnetism, light, kinetic theory, thermodynamics, quantum theory, and inor- 
ganic and organic chemistry) are included to provide the necessary background 
material. (4 hours lecture, 1 hour recitation per week.) 

PHYSICS * 

IN THE DIVISION OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 
201. Modern Physical Science (4 or 5) F, S (See course description 
under Physical Science 201) 

221. Fundamental Physics (4) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 150A; corequisite: Math. 150B. Fundamental classical physics 
including mechanics, heat and thermodynamics, acoustics, and wave motion. (4 
hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory per week.) 

222. Fundamental Physics (5) F, S 

Prerequisite: Physics 221. Fundamental classical and modern physics, including 
physical optics, electricity and magnetism, and an introduction to modern physics. 
(5 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory per week.) 

223. Fundamental Physics (3) S 

Prerequisite: Physics 222. Fundamental physical concepts are presented in a 
unifying framework, using the postulational approach. The five major theories: 

* For all courses, prerequisites not requiring consent of the department chairman may be waived 
by the instructor of the course if he is satisfied that the student is qualified to undertake 
the course. A grade of C or better is required for all prerequisite courses. 


164 


Orange State College 


classical mechanics, relativity, electricity, quantum mechanics, and statistical 
mechanics form the principal material for this course, which is designated for 
the student who has just completed the 9 unit sequence, Physics 221 and 222. 
(3 hours lecture per week.) 

381. Advanced Physics Laboratory (2) F 

Prerequisite: Physics 222. Corequisite: Physics 431. Selected experiments in elec- 
trical measurements and electronics, with emphasis on precision of measurement 
and standardization of instruments. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

382. Advanced Physics Laboratory (2) S 

Prerequisite: Physics 381. Corequisite: Physics 441. Selected experiments in 
mechanics, acoustics, physical optics, and atomic spectra. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory per week.) 

411. Theory of Wave Motion (3) F 

Prerequisites: Physics 222, Mathematics 150B. The properties of wave motion: 
production, propagation, refraction, diffraction, interference, and transmission 
through surfaces of waves, as applied to physical optics, acoustics, heat radiation, 
and wave mechanics. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

416. Thermodynamics and Introduction to Kinetic Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 222, Mathematics 250B. A postulational study of thermo- 
dynamics with emphasis on thermodynamic states rather than on thermodynamic 
processes. An introductory course in the basic concepts and postulates, conditions 
of equilibrium, formal relationships, processes and thermodynamic engines, stability 
of thermodynamic systems, first- and second-order phase transitions, the Nernst 
postulate, and representative applications. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

431. Electricity and Magnetism (3) F 

Prerequisites: Physics 222, Mathematics 250B. Theories of electrostatics, electro- 
dynamics, and electromagnetic waves. Introduction to magnetohydrodynamics. (3 
hours lecture per week.) 

441. Analytical Mechanics (3) S 

Prerequisites: Physics 222, Mathematics 250B. Principles of Newtonian mechanics 
applied to the statics and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies. Introduction to 
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian equations. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

451. Modern Physics (3) S 

Prerequisites: Physics 222, Mathematics 250B. Discussion of experiments and 
introduction to theory for selected topics in atomic, nuclear, and solid state physics. 
(3 hours lecture per week.) 

452. Physics of Nuclear Radiation (3) (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisite: 1 year college physics. X-rays, radioactivity, interaction of radiation 
with matter, detection of radiation, applications to health physics. (3 hours lecture 
per week.) 

453. Nuclear Physics (3) (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisites: Physics 222, Mathematics 250B. Properties of nuclei, radioactivity, 
elementary particles, nuclear reactions. Introductory discussion of theories of 
nuclear structure and nuclear processes. (3 hours lecture per week.) 


165 


Orange State College 

454. Introduction to the Solid State of Matter (3) F 

Prerequisite: One course in atomic or nuclear physics, differential equations. An 
introduction to the physical properties of matter in the solid state, as explained by 
atomic theory. Structural, mechanical, and growth properties of crystals; atomic 
bonding; electrical, magnetic, and thermal properties of metals, semiconductors, 
and insulators. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

455. Introduction to Quantum Physics (3) S 

Prerequisites: Physics 431, Physics 441, differential equations. An introduction to 
the concepts and theory of quantum physics. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

471. Electronic Circuit Theory (3) (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisites: Physics 222, Mathematics 250B. Operating characteristics of vacuum 
tubes, transistors, and semiconductor diodes. Linear circuit theory for alternating 
currents and for transient currents. Introduction to switching and pulse circuits. 
(3 hours lecture per week.) 

481. Advanced Physics Laboratory (2) F 

Prerequisite or corequisite: 1 course in nuclear or modern physics. Selected 
experiments in atomic and nuclear physics. (1 hour lecture and 6 hours laboratory 
per week.) 

482. Advanced Physics Laboratory (2) S 

Prerequisites: Physics 381, 382, and 481 or consent of department chairman. 
Selected experiments in classical and modem physics. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory per week.) 

491. Senior Report (1) F, S 

Prerequisite: Consent of department chairman. Selection and design for indi- 
vidual project, oral and written reports. (1 hour lecture-recitation per week.) 

492. Senior Report (2) S 

Prerequisite: Physics 491 and consent of department chairman. Laboratory work 
on individual project, oral and written progress reports, oral and written final 
report. (1 hour lecture-recitation and 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

IN THE DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

100. American Government (3) F, S (Formerly 210) 

Structure and functions of the United States Government; the federal system; 
the organization, powers and functions of the executive, legislative, and judicial 
branches; the relationship between federal, state and local units of government, 
the structure and functions of state and local government with special attention 
to California. This course satisfies the state requirements in U.S. Constitution and 
California state and local government. 

101. Introduction to Politics and Government (3) F, S 

An examination of political movements, their aims, strengths and ideologies. 
Contemporary issues at all levels of government; resultant patterns, with emphasis 
on their form in the United States and in California. This course satisfies the state 
requirement in U.S. Constitution. 


166 


Orange State College 


306. Research Methods in Political Science (3) F 

An introduction to the fundamentals of Political Science as a discipline. Areas 
of study, and appropriate concepts and methods of analysis. Distinctions between 
evaluation and description, law and politics, state and society. This course is in- 
tended for students who will be taking upper division Political Science. 

311. State and Local Government (3) F, S 

Development and role of state constitutions; the political, administrative and 
judicial systems of state, county, and city governments; relations of local govern- 
ments to the state government, with special reference to California. This course 
satisfies the state requirement in California state and local government. 

312. Political Parties and Pressure Groups (3) F (Formerly 412) 

The American two-party system; party organization, nominating procedures, 
campaign methods; problems of party responsibility and party leadership. The 
power and growth of farm, labor, business, and non-economic pressure groups; 
interest-group activity in Congress, administration, and courts. 

320. Introduction to Public Administration (3) F (Formerly 321) 

Prerequisites: Political Science 100 and 311, or consent of the instructor. The 
nature and scope of public administration and its role in a democratic society; 
basic problems in the execution of public policies in the federal, state and local 
government units, such as organization, personnel, finance, internal management, 
administrative powers and responsibilities, intergovernmental relationships, and the 
impact on administration of public opinion. 

331. Governments and Politics of Major Powers (3) F 

Governmental structures, policies, and problems of major powers in Europe and 
Asia; constitutional characteristics; major political parties; election systems; fed- 
eralist and Unitarian features; comparative analysis. 

340. Democracy and Communism (3) F 

Recommended for non-majors. The democratic tradition, especially in the United 
States and Great Britain; the theory and practice of Communism in Soviet Russia, 
Yugoslavia, and Red China; authoritarian political thought in Italy, Germany, and 
Spain. 

341. Fundamental Principles of Political Theory (3) F (Formerly 341A) 

Problems of the relationship of man and morality in their relationship to the 
state; emphasis on the period from Plato to the Renaissance. 

342. Specific Problems in Political Theory (3) S (Formerly 341B) 

Problems of liberty and obligation, of forms of government and of the economy; 
emphasis on the period from the Renaissance to the present day. 

351. International Relations (3) F, S 

A study of the diplomatic, political, economic, and cultural relations of nations; 
the modern systems of nation states; basic factors of power; sovereignty, nation- 
alism; imperialism; colonialism, the rise to influence of the developing nations; the 
peaceful settlement of disputes. 

411. The Judicial Process (3) F 

Prerequisite: Political Science 100 or consent of the instructor. The nature of the 
American judicial system; the courts in a federal system and their relationship to 
other branches of government. A study of the adversary process and the jury 
system. Judicial review and the political uses of the political process. 


8—16251 


167 


Orange State College 


413. Constitutional Law (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 100 or consent of the instructor. Judicial decisions 
and precedents concerning the powers of government. Civil liberties, voting rights, 
war powers, business and labor regulation, apportionment and political parties. 

414. The Legislative Process (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 100. The nature of the legislative process in the 
United States including the organization and procedures of legislative bodies, direct 
legislation and the relationships of the legislative branch to other branches of gov- 
ernment. Comparative legislative systems will be analyzed. 

415. Public Opinion and Political Behavior (3) F 

Prerequisite: Political Science 100. The nature of public opinion in democratic 
and totalitarian societies; the manipulation of public opinion by interest groups, 
party organizations and government agencies. The relationship of propaganda to 
other forms of political power. The methods and uses of polls and opinion studies. 

421. Government Finance Administration (3) F (Formerly 323) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320 or consent of the instructor. The role of 
finance administration and budgeting in the determination of public policy, and 
in the administrative planning and management of governmental operations. Exam- 
ines the relationship of assessment administration to governmental revenues and 
expenditures, the principles and practices of cost accounting, treasury manage- 
ment, and capital budgeting. 

422. Public Personnel Administration (3) S (Formerly 322) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320 or consent of the instructor. The growth and 
development of the civil service and the merit system; an evaluation of recruitment 
procedures and examinations; an analysis of such topics as position classification, 
salary structures, retirement plans, in-service training, employee organizations, and 
personnel supervision. 

423. Urban Problems and Administration (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320 or consent of the instructor. Administrative 
organization as a framework for decision-making and communication; the role of 
political power in the making of public policy; the element of human behavior 
in supervision and management; the practices and techniques of municipal and 
county management; and the impact of metropolitan growth on the activities of 
local government. 

424. City and Regional Planning (3) F 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320 or consent of the instructor. The origins and 
development of city and regional planning; the legal bases and fundamental con- 
cepts of planning are defined; and the organization and administration of the plan- 
ning activity are examined. Attention is given to the major elements of the General 
Plan, zoning laws and administration, urban renewal, and capital programming. 

426. Government Organization and Management (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320 or consent of the instructor. An analytical 
examination of public administration organization, and the techniques and processes 
of public management; the growth and development of bureaucratic administration; 
the functions of administrative authority; and the importance of communication, 
coordination, and leadership to organizational action. 


168 


O range State College 


429. Government Internship (3-6) F, S 

Prerequisite: Public Administration concentration and consent of the instructor. 
Supervised work experience in governmental agencies for the purpose of increasing 
student understanding of the nature and scope of governmental operations. Super- 
vision is provided by the faculty and cooperating agencies. Student time required 
in an administrative assignment ranges from five to twenty hours per week, depend- 
ing upon the number of credits sought and whether compensation is involved. 

432. Government and Politics of Great Britain (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or consent of the instructor. The history and 
dynamics of the British system; constitutionalism; society and the class structure; 
parties, public opinion and pressure groups; the formal and informal centers of 
power. 

433. Government and Politics of Soviet Russia (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or consent of the instructor. The principles 
of Marxism-Leninism underlying the Soviet government, as modified by Stalin and 
Khrushchev; constitutional provisions and political practices; the Communist party 
and mass organization; elections and election campaigns; the press; education and 
religion; relation to the international Communist movement and the satellite gov- 
ernments. 

434. Government and Politics of France (3) F 

Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or consent of the instructor. Divisions in 
French society and their effect on the political institutions; traditions of authori- 
tarianism and democracy, of stability and instability. Comparison of the basic fea- 
tures of the 5th French Republic with previous French constitutional structures; 
future possibilities. 

435. Government and Politics of Germany (3) 5 

Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or consent of the instructor. A comparative 
study of basic features of German government and parties under the Empire, 
Weimar Republic, National Socialism, and the present Bonn Republic. The East- 
“German Democratic Republic” is studied as an example of a West European 
country under Communist rule. 

440. Recent Political Thought (3) F 

Prerequisite: Political Science 341 or 342 or consent of the instructor. A study 
of selected modern political thinkers. 

442. American Political Thought (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 100. American political thought from the Colonial 
period to the present day including leaders such as Thomas Jefferson, Henry Clay, 
Abraham Lincoln, Woodrow Wilson, and Walter Lippmann. 

452. American Diplomacy (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 351 or consent of the instructor. The formulation 
of American foreign policy and conduct of diplomacy; evaluation of both tradi- 
tional and current practices, policies, and proposed major changes. 

453. Foreign Policy Formulation (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or 351 or consent of the instructor. A seminar 
type discussion of the formulation and implementation of the foreign policy of a 
selected country or countries with particular reference to the implementation of 
that policy in the United Nations, regional organizations or alliances. May be 
repeated for credit. 


169 


Orange State College 

454. The Soviet Union in World Affairs (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 351, 433 or consent of the instructor. Theory and 
practice of Soviet Russia’s foreign policies; the international relations theories of 
Marx, Lenin, Stalin, and Khrushchev; practices of the Kremlin; world strategy 
and tactics of the Soviet Communist movement. 

460. International Law (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 351 or consent of the instructor. The sources and 
nature of international law; its role in a world of sovereign states; the law of 
war and peace; the rights and duties of nations in their international relationships. 
The World Court; purpose, problems, and prospects. 

461. The United Nations and Other Public International Organizations (3) F 

Prerequisite: Political Science 351 or consent of the instructor. The nature, scope, 
and role of public international organizations; evaluation of the League of Nations; 
analysis of the United Nations; its functions, purposes and problems; role of the 
World Court; International Labor Organization. Functions of UNESCO, UNICEF, 
and similar organizations. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Open to advanced students in Political Science by permission of the department. 
May be repeated for credit. 

500. Independent Study and Research (1-3) F, S 

Open to graduate students only by permission of the chairman of the department. 
May be repeated for credit. 

501. Seminar in Political Science (3) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Selected studies in political science with 
emphasis on individual research and contributions. May be repeated for credit. 

511. Advanced Studies in American Politics (3) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. A comprehensive examination of the 
political process in the United States. 

521. Seminar in Public Administration (3) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Advanced study in the theory and prac- 
tice of public administration. Attention will be given to selected problems in 
governmental administration, with emphasis on individual research and student 
contributions. May be repeated for credit. 

551. Advanced International Relations (3) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Study of selected problems in inter- 
national relations with emphasis on individual research and contributions within 
the framework of a seminar. May be repeated for credit. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

IN THE DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

101. Introductory Psychology (3) F, S (Formerly 201) 

General introduction to basic concepts and problems in psychology as a beha- 
vioral discipline. Emphasis upon the human organism as an adapting system, with 
attention to genetic origins; normal development and capacities; problem-solving 
and adjustment to stress. 


170 


O range State College 


161. Elementary Statistics (3) F, S 

An introductory course in descriptive statistics with an introduction to inferen- 
tive methods. 

202. Principles of Psychology (3) S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 101. A course for psychology majors covering selected basic 
areas of psychology in depth. Special emphasis on the methods of studying physio- 
logical factors, adaptive behavior, perception, cognition and motivation. 

302. Experimental Psychology: Learning and Motivation (3) F 

Prerequisites: Psych. 101, 202, 161 or permission of instructor. Experimental in- 
vestigation in human and animal learning, memory, thinking, problem solving, and 
motivation with appropriate lecture and discussion. Two hour lecture and three 
hour laboratory. 

303. Experimental Psychology: Sensation and Perception (3) S 

Prerequisites: Psych. 101, 202, 161 or permission of instructor. Experimental 
methods as applied to sensation and perception. Two hour lecture and three hour 
laboratory. 

311. Educational Psychology (3) F, S 

Application of psychological research and theory to the educative process. Major 
attention given to the problems of learning, individual differences, child capacities, 
and behavior. (Not open to students who have taken Educ. 311.) 

331. Psychology of Personality (3) F 

Concepts of personality development, structure, and dynamics, with emphasis 
upon problems, methods, and findings in the study of personality. 

341. Abnormal Psychology (3) F, S 

Dynamics, symptoms, causes, treatment, and prevention of neuroses, psychoses, 
alcohol and drug addiction, psychosomatic illnesses, and character disorders. Field 
trips as arranged. 

342. Mental Health (3) S 

Social and emotional dynamics of the adjustment processes. Emphasis upon 
positive factors in the individual, group, and community conducive to improving 
mental health. (Credit not given as part of psychology major.) 

351. Social Psychology (3) F 

Study of phenomena of social interaction and the nature of group processes and 
influences. Attention paid to the intra-psychic effects of group influences. (Credit 
not given for both Psych. 351 and Soc. 341.) 

391. Industrial Psychology (3) F 

Study of psychological principles and techniques in industrial and business set- 
tings. Includes selection, placement, training, human factors, promotion, environ- 
mental influences, and problems of people at work. 

407. Seminar in Basic Concepts of Philosophy and Psychology (4) F, S 

Prerequisite: 3 units in both philosophy and psychology. An interdisciplinary 
study of significant interrelationships which obtain between basic concepts common 
to both philosophy and psychology. 

408. History of Psychology (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: 12 upper division units in psychology or permission of instructor. 
Survey of the development of psychology from early times to the present. 


171 


O range State College 


412. Psychology of Learning (3) S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 302 or permission of instructor. Variables, processes, influ- 
ences, factors, conditions, and elements of learning according to the major theo- 
retical systems. Critical evaluation of the theories. 

413. Perception (3) S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 303 or permission of instructor. Psychological problems in 
perception. Emphasis on dynamic conception of the process of perception; rela- 
tionship of perception to learning, cognition, and motivation. 

421. Physiological Psychology (3) F 

Survey of relations between behavior and biological processes. Anatomy and 
physiology of the nervous system, role of neural and humoral agents in perception 
and complex behavior (emotion, etc.), behavioral effects of brain lesions, the effects 
of drugs on behavior, psychosomatic disorders and motivation. 

431. Theories of Personality (3) S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 331 or permission of instructor. Personality structure, devel- 
opment, and dynamics according to major theories. Research methods as they apply 
to personality theory. 

461. Group Psychological Testing (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 161 or equivalent. Intelligence, aptitude, interest, and per- 
sonality testing. Theory, construction, evaluation, interpretation, and uses of 
psychological tests. 

462. Individual Psychological Testing (3) S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 461 and permission of instructor. Major tests of intelligence. 
Practice in administration, scoring, and interpretation of these instruments. 

465. Advanced Psychological Statistics (3) S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 161 or permission of instructor. Quantitative methods in 
psychology with particular emphasis on correlation, small sample theory, non 
parametrics and some complex analysis of variance procedures. 

481. Survey of Clinical Psychology (3) F 

Prerequisites: Psych. 341, 431, and 461. Development and contemporary aspects 
of the field. Methods, diagnosis, therapeutic techniques, research, and problems. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of instructor. Individual library 
study or experimental investigation under direction of a staff member. May be 
repeated for credit. 

500. Advanced General Psychology (3) F, S 

An integration of key concepts in learning, motivation, perception, personality 
and social psychology. 

510. Experimental Design (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Psych. 161 and 465. Principles and methods of planning and carry- 
ing out systematic investigations on the behavior of complex organisms, interde- 
pendence of experimental design and statistical evaluation of results, and the oppor- 
tunity for practice in formulation of testable hypotheses. 


172 


O range State College 


QUANTITATIVE METHODS 

IN THE DIVISION OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

(Offered by the Department of Marketing and Quantitative Methods) 

361. Business and Economic Statistics (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 120 or equivalent. The collection, analysis and presentation 
of statistical data; theory of probability, sampling, experimental method, correla- 
tion, time series and index numbers, and their application to business and economic 
problems. 

362. Introduction to Econometrics (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Quant. Meth. 361 (to have been taken or being taken concurrently) 
and Economics 200A,B. An introduction to basic mathematical tools and their 
application in economic analysis. The measurement and verification of economic 
relationships by statistical methods. Consideration of some econometric models. 

364. Computer Logic and Programming (3) F 

Prerequisite: College algebra or equivalent. An introduction to computer logic 
including elements of symbolic logic and number systems; programming methods 
and techniques. 

461. Advanced Statistics (3) F 

Prerequisites: Math. DOB or equivalent, Quant. Meth. 361. An advanced treat- 
ment of the theory and application of the topics covered in Quant. Meth. 361, 
using the methods of the calculus where appropriate. 

462. Mathematical Models in Business and Economics (3) S 

Prerequisites: Math. 120, Quant. Meth. 361, and Math. 150A, or Quant. Meth. 362, 
or equivalent. The construction and application of mathematical models to business 
decisions and economic analysis. 

463. Statistical Decision Theory (3) S 

Prerequisites: Math. 120 and Quant. Meth. 361. The analysis and application of 
advanced statistical techniques to the problems of management decision-making 
under conditions of uncertainty. 

560. Operations Research (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Math. DOB, or equivalent, and Quant. Meth. 361, or consent of 
the instructor. An examination of the nature and scope of operations research, its 
methodology, and applications. Emphasis will be placed cn model construction 
and models on inventory control, queuing, sequencing, scheduling, replacement, 
and mathematical programming. 

RECREATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Health Education, Physical Education, 
and Recreation) 

Rec 443. Theory of Recreation (2) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Introduction to recreation principles; 
planning, organizing, administering, and evaluating recreation programs. Personal, 
social, and professional requirements of the recreational leader. (1 hour lecture, 
2 hours activity.) 


173 


Orange State College 


Rec 444. Recreation Programs and Activities (2) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Theory and activity course, leadership 
in recreation programs, activities in recreation agencies. Laboratory experiences 
and practice included. (4 hours activity per week.) 

RUSSIAN 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures; 

101. Fundamental Russian (4) F 

Listening-comprehension, speaking, reading-comprehension, and writing to de- 
velop control of the sounds and basic forms and structure of Russian. (3 hours 
lecture-discussion, 2 hours laboratory) . 

102. Fundamental Russian (4) S 

Prerequisite: Russian 101 (or equivalent). Listening-comprehension, speaking, 
reading-comprehension, and writing to develop control of the basic forms and 
structure of Russian. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 2 hours laboratory). 

203. Intermediate Russian (3) F 

Prerequisite: Russian 102 (or equivalent). Intensive practive in speaking, under- 
standing, reading, and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory). 

204. Intermediate Russian (3) S 

Prerequisite: Russian 203 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory). 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S (Formerly 480) 

Supervised projects in Russian language or literature to be taken with the consent 
of the Department Chairman as a means of meeting special curricular problems. 
Selection of subject to be studied varies. May be repeated for credit. 

SCHOOL SERVICES 

IN THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 
351. Principles of Guidance (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 311 or Educ. 312. Guidance related to educational objectives 
and needs of youth. Special needs created by size and complexity of the modern 
educational system and modern society; general requirements, services, organization, 
and structure of a successful guidance program. 

451. Principles of Educational Measurement (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. 311 or Psych. 311. Development, validation, and application 
of the principles of educational measurement. Construction and use of informal and 
standardized achievement tests. Summary and interpretation of results of measure- 
ment. 

452. Counseling Theories and Processes (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Psych. 342 or Educ. 351. Introduction to counseling. Dynamics of 
counselor and client, techniques and processes of various levels, and relation to 
personality theory. Major project required. Student seeking the credential to teach 
exceptional children will emphasize the counseling and guidance of the handi- 
capped. 

174 


Orange State College 


471. Exceptional Children (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. 311 and Educ. 331, or Educ. 431, or Educ. 441. Study of chil- 
dren who deviate from the average in the elementary and the secondary schools; 
physically handicapped, mentally retarded, gifted, socially maladjusted, emotionally 
disturbed, and delinquent. Special educational services, curriculum, procedures, 
and materials necessary to promote their maximum development. 

472. Gifted Children (2) F 

Prerequisites: Educ. 311 and Educ. 331, or Educ. 431, or Educ. 441. Identifica- 
tion, principles of instruction, grouping, individualized instruction, classroom en- 
richment. Problem solving and research experiences in science, social studies, and 
mathematics, reading programs and literature, creative writing, oral language. 

491. Audio-Visual Education (2) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. 311, Educ. 441, or consent of the instructor. Media in com- 
munication, psychological bases, development, curricular function, evaluation. Sur- 
vey of equipment and materials available, preparation of instructional materials for 
classroom use. Includes laboratory. 

551. Educational and Career Orientation (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. 452 or permission of instructor. Principles of evaluating, 
classifying, and disseminating occupational and educational information in the guid- 
ance program; sources of occupational literature, occupational research, vocational 
surveys, and individual assessment for potential occupational choice. Emphasis on 
the psychological and sociological implications of career and educational choice. 

552. Group Processes in Guidance (3) F 

Prerequisite: Educ. 452 or permission of instructor. Intensive study of dynamics 
of group process, leadership, role playing, sociometric techniques, and group coun- 
seling. 

553. Administration and Organization of Pupil-Personnel Programs (3) S 

Prerequisites: Educ. 452, Educ. 551 or permission of instructor. Development, 
organization, and administration of the pupil-personnel services. Analysis and evalu- 
ation of pupil personnel services by the case study method, curriculum, counselor 
competencies, staffing. 

554. Laws Relating to Child Welfare (2) S 

Prerequisite: Educ. 452 or permission of instructor. Study of state, federal, and 
local laws affecting the child. Educational and statutory regulations will be covered 
in detail. 

555. Individual Diagnosis (3) S 

Prerequisites: Educ. 451 and Educ. 452. Intensive study of the techniques of 
individual diagnosis including the synthesis and interpretation of information. Case 
study and case conference approach to diagnosis. 

559A / B. Field Work in Counseling (3-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. 551, Educ. 555 and permission of instructor. Guidance and 
counseling in the school setting under the supervision of local coordinator and col- 
lege staff. Work assignments vary for school counselors, psychometrists, and child 
welfare workers. Work in a counseling relationship, parent conferences, and 
follow-up studies. 


175 


Orange State College 


561. The Government of Schools in the U.S. (2) F 

Prerequisite: Educ. 503. Meets credential requirements in federal, state and 
county school administration. Structure, functions, trends and issues at each level. 
Emphasis on intergovernmental relations and impact at local level. 

561a. Organization of School Systems (3) 5 

Prerequisite: Educ. 503. Structure, functions, trends, fiscal responsibilities and 
issues in respect to the government of education at federal, state, county and local 
district levels. Emphasis on intergovernmental relations and impact at local level. 

563. Principles of School Personnel (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. 503. Principles of organizational behavior, social processes 
inherent in effective leadership, and techniques of school personnel management. 

566e. Organization and Administration of Elementary Schools (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. 503, 505, 511, 561, 563. May be taken concurrently with 
Educ. 56 9e. Leadership role of elementary school principal, pupil personnel and 
instructional program in the elementary school; working relations and morale 
among staff, community and pupils; parent education; relations with central district 
staff; management and record keeping functions; teacher evaluation. Meets creden- 
tial requirement. 

566s. Organization and Administration of Secondary Schools (3) F 

Prerequisites: Educ. 503, 505, 511, 561, 563. May be taken concurrently with 
Educ. 569s. Leadership role of secondary school principal, pupil personnel and 
instructional program in the secondary school; the development and administration 
of vocational and adult education; working relations and morale among staff, com- 
munity and pupils; relations with central district staff, the management and record 
keeping functions; teacher evaluation. Meets credential requirement. 

569e. Directed Field Work in Elementary School Administration and 
Supervision (2) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. 566e or concurrent registration. Work in selected elementary 
schools and district offices. Further details in special publications. Meets credential 
requirement. 

569s. Directed Field Work in Secondary School Administration and 
Supervision (2) F 

Prerequisites: Educ. 566s or concurrent registration. Work in selected secondary 
schools and district offices. Further details in special publication. Meets credential 
requirement. 

SCIENCE EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 

(Offered by the Department of Science and Mathematics Education) 

432. Teaching Science in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

A series of lecture discussion-demonstration periods will begin the course. These 
meetings will be supplemented by reading assignments, films, and exhibits appro- 
priate to the subject under consideration. Students will be given ample opportunity 
to develop materials and techniques for science teaching. After a foundation in 
philosophy, objectives, methods, content, materials, and evaluation techniques appro- 
priate for elementary science has been established, the students will develop and 
present short teaching units before the class. These presentations will follow a 
scope and sequence pattern similar to that developed in the state-adopted textbooks. 
(One 2 l /z hour meeting per week plus 1 hour laboratory period per week by 
arrangement.) 

176 


O range State College 


442. Teaching Science in the Secondary School (2-3) F, S 

Various areas of investigation have been selected to offer the student a maximum 
of value in organizing his own course in the secondary science field. These areas of 
concentration include: an introduction into the philosophical, psychological, social, 
and historical backgrounds of science education; an investigation of the objectives, 
methods, and techniques of science teaching; practice in formulating ideas and in- 
formation into a teaching plan; experience in using the equipment available in the 
science class, and conducting short laboratory exercises before the group. See Edu- 
cation listing for professional prerequisites. (One 3 !4 hour meeting per week plus 1 
hour laboratory period per week by arrangement.) 

SECONDARY EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

300. Practicum in Secondary Education (1) F, S (Formerly 340A,B) 

Required first course in the professional sequence for the Standard Teaching 
Credential with Specialization in Secondary School Teaching. Two hours observa- 
tion per week in selected junior and senior high school classes and one hour per 
week in campus discussion groups. Includes application for admission to teacher 
education. 

441. Principles and Curricula of Secondary Education (2) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. 311, admission to teacher education, or consent of the in- 
structor. Principles and philosophy of secondary education in the United States: 
organization, curriculum, evalaution, and teaching practices including audio-visual 
methods and materials. Correlated with methods and materials courses in the majors. 
Required of all candidates for the General Secondary Credential. 

442. Teaching— in the Secondary School 

A series of courses, listed dually in the Division of Education and in the other 
appropriate divisions, dealing with objectives, methods, and materials of teaching 
the various subjects and areas in secondary schools. Required, before student teach- 
ing, of students presenting majors in these areas or subjects for the General Second- 
ary Credential or the Standard Teaching Credential with Specialization in Second- 
ary School Teaching. Students without teaching experience register for three units 
credit, and must allow sufficient time in their schedules, at the same hour each day, 
so that they can serve as teacher aides in high schools. 

Prerequisites: 20 units in the major, Education 300, Education 311, and senior 
standing; or consent of the instructor. 

Art Ed. 442. Teaching Art in the Secondary School (2-3) F 
Bus. Ed. 442. Teaching Business in the Secondary School (2-3) F 
Engl. Ed. 442. Teaching English in the Secondary School (2-3) F, S 
For. Lang. Ed. 442. Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary School (2-3) F 
Journ. Ed. 442. Teaching Journalism in the Secondary School (2-3) S 
Math. Ed. 442. Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School (2-3) S 
Mus. Ed. 442. Teaching Vocal Music in the Public Schools (2-3) S 
(Replaces Mus. Ed. 442b) 

Mus. Ed. 443. Teaching Instrumental Music in the Public Schools (2-3) S 
(Replaces Mus. Ed. 442a) 

P.E. 442. Teaching Physical Education in the Secondary School (2-3) F 
Sci. Ed. 442. Teaching Science in the Secondary School (2-3) F, S 


177 


Orange State College 


Soc. Sci. Ed. 442. Teaching Social Sciences in the Secondary School (2-3) F, S 
Speech Ed. 442. Teaching Speech in the Secondary School (2-3) F 

443. Principles of Core Curriculum (2) S (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisites: Teaching experience or consent of the instructor. Unity and inter- 
relationships of human learning and behavior and the curricular processes and 
arrangements by which this may be achieved. Development, principles* and appli- 
cation of core curricula; guidance functions; evaluation; and roles of the teacher. 

547. Seminar for Secondary Education (3) F (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisite: Educ. 549 or consent of the instructor. Persistent problems in sec- 
ondary education and survey of related literature; causes of and solutions for these 
problems. Application of scientific method to educational problems, sources of 
educational research, and to techniques of cooperative thinking. 

549. Student Teaching in the Secondary School (8) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. 442, admission to student teaching. Student teaching for the 
General Secondary Credential or the Standard Teaching Credential with Speciali- 
zation in Secondary School Teaching. Participation in a regular secondary school 
teaching program for half days for a full semester or full days for a half semester. 
Includes a seminar each week in problems and procedures of secondary school 
teaching, under the direction of the respective college supervisor. Beginning with 
the fall semester, 1965, students with majors in Art will divide their student teach- 
ing between two semesters, and will register for 3 units credit each semester. Unit 
credit for all students enrolled in Educ. 549 will be reduced from 8 to 6 in the 
faU of 1965. 


SOCIAL SCIENCES EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 

432. Teaching Social Sciences in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. 311, admission to teacher education. Principles, methods and 
materials of teaching the social studies in the elementary school. 

442. Teaching Social Sciences in the Secondary School (2-3) F, S 

Prerequisite to student teaching in social studies. Objectives, methods, materials, 
curriculum in social studies in secondary schools. Includes consideration of new 
trends and new interpretations in the social sciences; development, present status, 
problems, and trends in the secondary school social studies curriculum; and profes- 
sional growth of the social studies teacher. See listing under Division of Education 
for details. 


SOCIAL WELFARE 

IN THE DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

(Offered by the Department of Sociology) 

311. Welfare Institutions (3) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. An introduction to the field, taught by 
an experienced social worker. Consideration of the philosophy, structure, function- 
ing, and coordination of welfare agencies. Designed for students interested in social 
work and such related professions as teaching, counseling, public administration, 
law, medicine, and religious vocations. 


178 


O range State College 


SOCIOLOGY 

IN THE DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

201. Introduction to Sociology (3) F, S 

A general introduction to the basic concepts of sociology, and the scientific study 
of human society. Among topics included are social interaction, culture, personality, 
social processes, population, social class, the community, social institutions, and 
socio-cultural change. 

202. Social Problems (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Study of the extent, causes and consequences of a 
number of social problems, with emphasis on Twentieth Century America. Prob- 
lems are viewed in the context of society as a whole. 

271. Education for Marriage (3) S 

A socio-psychological study of marital adjustment. Dating and mate selection; 
factors associated with successful marriages; principal areas of adjustment; parent- 
child relationships; causes and results of divorce; the family of tomorrow. 

331A. Social Research Methods (3) F (Formerly 492) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201 or consent of the Department. Research design and 
methods of gathering data, especially by interview and questionnaire, are empha- 
sized. Among other topics are the role of theory in research, and sampling methods 
and problems. 

331B. Social Research Methods (3) S 

Prerequisites: Sociology 201, 331 A, or consent of the Department. Elementary 
statistical analysis of social data is emphasized, with some consideration of problems 
of measurement and of the writing of research reports. 

341. Social Interaction (3) F 

Prerequisites: Sociology 201 and 3 units of psychology. Inquiry into the social 
and socio-psychological dimensions of group behavior and the socialization of the 
individual. Social interaction and its impact on the individual and personality forma- 
tion. Credit can be given for this course or Psychology 351, but not both . 

348. Collective Behavior (3) S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Characteristics of crowds, mobs, publics, social move- 
ments and revolutions; their relation to social unrest and their role in developing 
and changing social organization. 

361. Population Problems (3) F 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Population composition, growth and movement. 
Social factors affecting birth rates, death rates, and migration. Attention is given 
to the population of the United States and to selected areas of the world. 

371. Urban Sociology (3) S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The population and ecology, patterns of growth, insti- 
tutions, characteristic social interaction, values, and problems of the urban com- 
munity. 

411. Criminology (3) S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The extent, causes and control of crime and delin- 
quency. Includes study of the criminal law, causal factors and theories, correctional 
institutions, probation and parole, and preventive efforts. 


179 


O range State College 


431. Minority Group Relations (3) F 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Study of racial, national and religious minorities, 
especially in the United States. Includes study of discrimination, prejudice, different 
patterns of inter-group adjustment, and attempts to change group status. 

436. Social Stratification (3) S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Social class structures and their functions. Different 
styles of life; determinants of class status; vertical social mobility; change in class 
systems. 

451. Sociology of the Family (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The family as a social institution. Historical and 
cross-cultural perspectives; social change affecting marriage and the family; anal- 
ysis of American courtship and marriage patterns; the psychodynamics of fam- 
ily life. 

465. Law and Society (3) F 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The law and lawyers in the context of human 
society. Law as formal social control, variations in legal systems, social change 
and selected areas of law, the legal profession. 

470. Sociology of Occupations (3) F 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Sociological analysis of work roles in technologically 
advanced societies. Career patterns, occupational recruitment, job mobility, organ- 
izational demands. The nature and development of the professions, their ideologies 
and images. 

473. Complex Organizations (3) S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Sociological analysis of formal organizations (indus- 
trial, governmental, welfare, military, medical, educational, correctional, etc.) as 
systems of social interaction. Includes such topics as blueprinted vs. informal struc- 
ture, authority, decision-making, role conflicts, communication and morale. 

477. Social Organization (3) F 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Theories of social organization and the structure of 
various social groups are analyzed, with a comparative analysis of social structures 
and systems. The various levels of groups are discussed and interrelated. 

480. Development of Social Thought (3) F 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Social thought and civilization since early times; 
comparative study of the orientations of earlier writers towards the nature of 
man and society. 

481. Contemporary Sociological Theory (3) S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201 and consent of the Department. The main schools 
of sociological thought, both European and American, with emphasis on systematic 
theory, methodology of theorists, cultural change, and social institutions. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Prerequisites: At least 12 hours of Sociology and consent of the adviser. Student 
selects an individual research project, either library or field. There are conferences 
with the adviser as necessary, and the work culminates in one or more papers. May 
be repeated for credit. 


180 


Orange State College 


500. Independent Study and Research (1-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Consent of the graduate adviser, and the Department. Individual 
research on either a library or empirical project, with conferences with the adviser 
as necessary, culminating in one or more papers. May be repeated for credit. 

541. Seminar in Social Interaction (3) S 

Prerequisites: Sociology 341 or consent of the Department. Advanced social- 
psychological study of social interaction, including sociological factors in person- 
ality development and analysis of primary group behavior. 

561. Seminar in Social Change (3) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. Patterns and processes of social change, 
with opportunities for application to selected aspects of both advanced and newly 
developing societies. 

SPANISH 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101. Fundamental Spanish (4) F 

Listening-comprehension, speaking, reading-comprehension, and writing to de- 
velop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structure of Spanish. (3 hours 
lecture-discussion, 2 hours laboratory.) 

102. Fundamental Spanish (4) S 

Prerequisite: Spanish 101 (or equivalent). Listening-comprehension, speaking, 
reading-comprehension, and writing to develop control of the basic forms and 
structure of Spanish. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 2 hours laboratory.) 

203. Intermediate Spanish (3) F 

Prerequisite: Spanish 102 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory.) 

204. Intermediate Spanish (3) S 

Prerequisite: Spanish 203 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading, and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory.) 

315. Introduction to Spanish Culture and Literature (3) F 

Reading and discussion to develop insights into Spanish literature and culture 
while strengthening facility with the language. Open to lower division students 
with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

316. Introduction to Latin-American Literature (3) S 

Reading and discussion to develop insights into Latin-American literature and 
culture while strengthening facility with the language. Open to lower division 
students with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

317. Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) S 

Designed to give the student special competence in the control of Spanish as an 
instrument for free oral and written expression. Open to lower division students 
with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

351. The Golden Age (3) F 

The works of the major writers, including the Picaresque Novel, Lope de Vega, 
Tirso and Calderon. Conducted in Spanish. 


181 


Orange State College 


361. Latin American Literature (3) S 

The novel, essay and poetry from 1800 to the present. Conducted in Spanish. 

400. Spanish for Teachers (3) F, S 

Intensive review of spoken Spanish, using recent developments in methodology 
and texts as subject material. 

451. Spanish Literature to the Golden Age (3) F 

Cantar de Mio Cid and other epic poetry, the prose of Juan Manuel, the Ren- 
aissance lyrics of Garcilaso de la Vega, and La Celestina. Conducted in Spanish. 

461. Spanish Literature Since Neoclassicism (3) S 

Representative works of the 19th and 20th centuries. Analysis of Romanticism, 
Eclecticism, Naturalism, Realism, and “Tremendismo.” Conducted in Spanish. 

466. Applied Linguistics in the Teaching of Spanish (3) F 
(Formerly Foreign Languages Education 455) 

Introduction to general linguistics with emphasis on the relation of speech and 
writing, the theory and practice of pronunciation, and the phonemic and morpho- 
phonemic structure of the language under study. (Same as French, German 466) 

471. Senior Seminar: Literature of the Nineteenth Century in Spain (3) F 

The literary currents and foreign influences on Spanish literature. Analysis of 
Romanticism, Eclecticism, Realism, and Naturalism. Conducted in Spanish. 

475. Senior Seminar: Contemporary Literature of Spain (3) F 

The Generation of ’98, the theatre of Benavente and Lorca, modemista and post- 
modernista poetry, and the “tremendista” novel. Conducted in Spanish. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S (Formerly 480) 

Supervised projects in Spanish language or literature to be taken with the consent 
of the Department Chairman as a means of meeting special curricular problems. 
Selection of subjects to be studied varies. May be repeated for credit. 

557. Graduate Seminar: Latin American Poetry (3) F 

The modernismo movement. Conducted in Spanish. 

567. Graduate Seminar: The Latin American Novel (3) S 

Naturalism, Regionalism, and the novel of the Mexican Revolution. Conducted 
in Spanish. 


SPEECH 

IN THE DIVISION OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 
101. Fundamentals of Speech (3) F, S 

This course is designed to give the student training in the basic principles of oral 
communication. Discussion, oral reading, and public speaking projects are used to 
approach these goals: the improvement of personal speech habits, the development 
of cooperative deliberation, the ability to listen with improved understanding and 
discrimination, and the development of some proficiency in the organization and 
presentation of ideas. 


182 


O range State College 


138A,B. Forensics (2,2) F, S, 

Investigation and practice in the background, format, procedures, and evaluation 
criteria of the various forensic events. Students must participate in at least two 
intercollegiate tournaments. 

202. Voice and Diction (2) F, S (Formerly 302) 

The study of the principles and practice of correct sound formation, voice 
production, and manner of speaking. 

208. Speech Improvement Laboratory (1) F, S (Formerly 308) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent registration in Speech 202. This course provides for 
individual help on speech problems; provides for training in articulation and voice 
control. 

211. Introduction to Oral Interpretation (3) F, S 

Same as Drama 211. 

231A,B. Essentials of Public Speaking (3,3) F, S (231A Formerly 331) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101, a high school speech course, or consent of instructor. 
The composition and delivery of talks to inform and to persuade. Investigation 
of the principles and theory of presentation in various types of speech situations. 
Second semester emphasizes argumentation. 

301. Speech for Teachers (3) F, S 

Four general areas of speech which relate directly with teaching proficiency are 
examined: the speech of the teacher, the speech and hearing problems of children, 
the use of speech as a teaching device, and the speech of the teacher in public and 
group situations. 

311. Oral Interpretation (3) F, S 

Same as Drama 311. 

333. Business and Professional Speaking (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Speech 231 A or equivalent, organization responsibilities, or consent 
of instructor. Particular attention is given to the interview, speeches for special oc- 
casions, information giving, and business conferences. 

334. Advanced Public Speaking (3) F 

Prerequisite: Speech 231 A or equivalent. Investigation of modem rhetorical theory 
as applied to platform speaking. Particular attention to the use of various techniques 
under specific circumstances. 

335. Argumentation and Debate (3) S 

Argumentation as applied to formal speaking and debate. Special attention is 
given to logic and evidence as related to analysis of significant questions for debate; 
case structure, and refutation. 

338A,B. Forensic Workshop (2,2) F, S 

Directed activity in debate and other forensic events. Participation in intercol- 
legiate competition is required for credit. (May be repeated for a total of eight 
units.) 


183 


Orange State College 


341. Phonetics (3) F 

The study of the history and theory of speech sounds based on the use of the 
International Phonetic Alphabet and the various factors influencing articulation and 
pronunciation. 

351. Speech Science (3) S 

Anatomy and physiology of the speech and hearing mechanisms. 

403. Speech Development (3) F 

Study of the normal speech and language development; psychological aspects of 
speech and language of the individual. 

404. General Semantics (2) S 

An examination of the basic principles underlying the influence of language on 
human action and interaction. 

424. Discussion and Group Leadership (3) F ; S 

The principles and practices of small groups in discussion with special emphasis 
on committee work, sensitivity training, problem solving and preparation for group 
consideration of ideas in education, business, and community. 

434. American Public Address (3) S 

Prerequisite: Six units of upper division speech. A rhetorical history of the 
United States from the colonial period to the present. The influence of selected 
speeches and speakers on the development of American culture. 

436. Survey of Rhetoric (3) F 

Prerequisite: Six units of upper division speech. A survey of ancient, medieval 
and modern rhetoric. 

441. Introduction to Speech Correction (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Speech 341. Speech correction with special emphasis on the identi- 
fication of the most commonly experienced speech problems; basic principles of 
therapy in the clinic and in the classroom; importance of referral, parent confer- 
ences, mental health, etc. 

443. Advanced Speech Correction (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Speech 441 or equivalent. Etiologies, diagnosis, and remedial pro- 
cedures of speech defects and voice problems, both functional and organic, and 
certain major disorders including stuttering, cleft palate, cerebral palsy, aphasia, 
and tongue thrust. 

444. Persuasion (3) S 

Prerequisite: Six units of upper division speech. The study and application of 
psychological principles used by writers and speakers to effect social control: 
audience analysis and the use of persuasive techniques to influence the thought and 
behavior; the function of ethos. 

451. Diagnostic Methods in Speech and Hearing (3) S 

Prerequisite: Speech 443 or concurrent registration in Speech 443 or consent of 
instructor. Provides the student with information about various diagnostic pro- 
cedures that can be used by him and in consultation with members of related 
disciplines: psychologist, pediatrician, otologist, orthodontist, neurologist. 


184 


O range State College 


452. Methods in Speech Correction (3) F 

Prerequisite: Speech 443 or concurrent registration in Speech 443 or consent of 
instructor. Observation and supervised experience in recommended procedures and 
use of instructional aids with speech-handicapped children, including the prepara- 
tion and utilization of speech correction and speech improvement materials. 

458. Clinical Practice (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Speech 451 or 452 or concurrent registration in one of the courses, 
and approved application for clinical practice. Practice in the correction of the 
speech in children and adults under supervision. May be repeated for a total of 
6 units. 

461. Audiometry and Aural Rehabilitation (3) F 

Prerequisite: Speech 351 or consent of instructor. Equipment, principles, methods, 
and procedures used in establishing and conducting school hearing conservation 
programs. Attention is given to techniques of audiometric testing and use of audio- 
grams, principles, and methods of hearing conservation; psychology of the acousti- 
cally handicapped child; relationship between speech and hearing; hearing aids and 
their use; care and use of group puretone audiometers. Meets the state requirement 
for public school audiometrist. 

462. Speech Reading (2) S 

Prerequisite: Speech 341 or consent of instructor. Historical backgrounds of lip 
reading, methods used in visual reading of speech, and the techniques commonly 
used in the teaching of speech reading to the aurally handicapped. 

463. Audiology (3) S 

Prerequisite: Speech 461. Diagnostic and predictive tests of auditory functioning; 
types and characteristics of hearing aids; clinical practice. 

490. Senior Seminar (1) F, S 

Research and research methods in speech. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Open to advanced students in Speech with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

557A-G. Seminar in Speech Problems (2) F, S 

May be repeated for a total of 14 units, but no individual seminar may be 
repeated for credit: A. Cleft Palate, B. Stuttering, C. Aphasia, D. Cerebral Palsy, 
E. Aphasoid Child, F. Voice Disorders, G. Articulation Problems. 

SPEECH EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 

(Offered by the Department of Speech) 

442. Teaching Speech in the Secondary School (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: Education 311, Education 300, senior standing, or consent of the 
instructor. Objectives, methods, and materials for teaching speech in secondary 
schools. Required, before student teaching, of students presenting majors in speech 
for the General Secondary Credential. Students without teaching experience must 
register for three units credit, and must allow sufficient time in their schedules, at 
the same hour each day, so that they can serve as teacher aides in high schools. 


185 


Orange State College 


459. Clinical Practice and Student Teaching in Speech Correction and 
Lip Reading (4) F, S 

Prerequisites: Education 311 and 24 units in the area of speech and hearing 
therapy. Provides the student with the necessary skills and knowledges to work 
with speech and hearing handicapped children in the public schools. Experiences 
include working in small groups and in individual therapy sessions with speech 
and hearing handicapped children enrolled in regular school classes, participation 
in parent counseling conferences and conferences with school personnel including 
administrators, classroom teachers, and nurses. Planning of curriculum materials to 
integrate speech and hearing therapy with regular classroom instruction will be 
stressed. This meets the directed teaching requirement for the credential to teach 
speech and hearing handicapped in remedial classes. 


186 


FACULTY AND ADMINISTRATION 

1963-64 


(Year in parenthesis indicates date of appointment) 

LANGSDORF, WILLIAM B. (1959), President and Professor of History 
B.A., M.A., Occidental College; Ph.D., University of California 
ADAMS, PHILLIP A. (1963), Assistant Professor of Biology 
B.S., University of California; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University 
ADAMS, RAYMOND V. (1960), Professor of Physics and Chairman, Physics Department 
B.S., Kansas State University; Ph.D., California Institute of Technology 
AHUMADA, RODOLFO (1963), Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., M.A., Mexico City College; Ph.D., University of Southern California 
ALAMSHAH, WILLIAM H. (1959), Professor of Philosophy and Chairman, Philosophy De- 
partment 

M.A., Claremont Graduate School; Ph.D., University of Southern California 
* ALEXANDER, JAMES P. (1960), Assistant Professor of Journalism 
B.A., M.S., University of Southern California 
ALLEN, HOLLIS P. (1960), Professor of Education and Coordinator of Graduate Studies 

B.A., Pomona College; M.A., Ed.D., Stanford University; LL.D., Claremont Graduate School 
AMES, DENNIS B. (1960), Professor of Mathematics and Chairman, Mathematics Department 
B.A., M.A., Bishop’s University; Ph.D., Yale University 
ASHLEY, THOMAS J. (1961), Assistant Professor of Political Science 
B.A., Fresno State College; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School 
AUSTIN, DON D. (1963), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., University of Redlands; Ph.D., University of Washington 
BACON, JUNE (1962), Librarian II 

B.A., University of California; M.S. in L.S., University of Southern California 
BARRES, STEPHEN J. (1961), Associate Professor of Labor Relations and Management and 
Chairman, Management Department 
B.A., Texas Western College; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University 
BARRETT, JEAN A. (1963), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.S. Cortland State Teachers; Ed.M., University of Buffalo 
BECK, WARREN A. (1961), Associate Professor of History 
B.A., M.A., Wayne University; Ph.D., Ohio State University 
BECKER, ERNEST A. (1959), Dean of Students and Associate Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Amherst College; B.D., Hartford Theological Seminary; M.A., Ed.D., University of 
Southern California 

BENGTSON, KURT L. (1963), Lecturer of Physics 
B.S., M.A., Wayne State University 
BIESIOT, PETER G. (1963), Assistant Professor of Management 

B.A., University of Washington; M.B.A., Cornell University; M.S., University of Nebraska 
BLANCHARD, MILTON C. (1961), Building Coordinator 
B.S., M.Ed., Tufts University 
BLEND, HARVEY (1963), Professor of Physics 

B.S., University of Texas; M.S., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
BRATTSTROM, BAYARD H. (1960), Associate Professor of Zoology 

B.S., San Diego State College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
BREINHOLT, VERNA A. (1961), Associate Professor of Speech 
B.A., M.A., Brigham Young University 
BRICKEY, MARY L. (1963), Librarian I 
B.A., M.S. in L.S., University of Illinois 
BRIDGMAN, DONALD C. (1960), Professor of Education 

B.A., Chapman College; M.S., Ed.D., University of Southern California 
BRISTOW, RONALD M. (1959), Associate Dean of Students, Activities, and Instructor in 
Education 

B.A., M.S., University of Southern California 

BROCKMANN, LOUIS O. (1963), Professor of Education, and Acting Chairman, School Serv- 
ices Department 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 


* On leave 1963-64 


187 


Orange State College 


BROWN, EDWARD D. (1963), Assistant Professor of Drama 

B.A., Louisiana State University; M.A., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of 
Denver 

BROWN, GILES T. (1960), Professor of History and Chairman, Division of Social Sciences, and 
Chairman, History Department 

B.A., San Diego State College; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate 
School 

BRUNELLE, EUGENE A. (1962), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Elarvard College; M.S., Simmons College; M.A., University of California 
BRYDEN, JOHN H. (1961), Professor of Chemistry and Chairman, Chemistry Department 
B.S., College of Idaho; M.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of 
California, Los Angeles 

BURKE, MAX W. (1960), Director of Placement Services and Assistant Professor of Education 
B.A., University of Iowa; B.D., Colgate-Rochester Divinity School 
BURNS, CAROL N. (1963), Registrar 
B.A., Fresno State College 

CALHOUN, ROLAND L. (1961), Assistant Professor of Psychology 
B.A., Claremont Men's College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan 
CARLSON, RAE S. (1961), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., University of Nebraska; M.S., University of Washington; Ph.D., University of Michigan 
CARR, EDWIN R. (1960), Professor of Education and Economics and Coordinator of Secondary 
Education and Chairman, Secondary Education Department 
B.A., Jamestown College; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota 
CHEN, WILLIAM P. (1960), Librarian IV 

B.A., National Wu-han University, China; M.S. in L.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois 
COOK, BEVERLY B. (1962), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School. 
CROY, HAZEL M. (I960), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., M.A., University of Redlands; Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
CUMMINGS, SHERWOOD P. (1963), Associate Professor of English 
B.S., University of Illinois; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
CUSICK, JAMES W. (1961), Assistant Professor of Education 
B.S., Montana State College; M.A., Washington State University 
DAVIS, BARBARA E. (1960), Librarian III 

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology; B.Mus., University of Wisconsin; M. in L.S., 

Carnegie Library School 

DAVIS, F. JAMES (1962), Professor of Sociology and Chairman, Sociology Department 
B.A., Ph.D., State University of Iowa 
de GRAAF, LAWRENCE B. (1959), Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
DENNO, RAYMOND E. (1961), Audio-Visual Coordinator and Professor of Education 

B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.S., University of Southern California; Ed.D., 
University of California, Los Angeles 
DIETZ, NAOMI G. (1960), Associate Professor of Art 

B.S., Whitworth College; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University 
DOANE, KENNETH R. (I960), Professor of Education and Chairman, Division of Education 
and Chairman, Foundations of Education Department 
B.S., Wisconsin State College, La Crosse; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
DONNELL, ROBERT M. (1962), Librarian II 

B.S., Arizona State University; M.A., University of Denver 
DONOGHUE, MILDRED R. (1962), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., University of Detroit; Ed.D., University of California, 
Los Angeles 

EARICK, ARTHUR D. (1960), Associate Professor of Geography and Chairman, Geography 
Department 

B.A., Indiana University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan 
EHMANN, GERHARD E. (1959), Dean of Educational Services and Summer Session and Pro- 
fessor of Education 

B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
ELLERY, LAWRENCE F. (1963), Assistant Professor of Management 
B.A., Oberlin College; M.S., University of Illinois 
ETUE, GEORGE E., (1963), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California 
EVJENTH, HENRY A. (1964), Instructor of Art 
B.A., M.A., Long Beach State College 

FESSENDEN, SETH A. (1959), Professor of Speech and Chairman, Speech and Drama Depart- 
ment 

B.S., M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., New York University 


188 


O range State College 


FIERMAN, MORTON C. (1963), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., Western Reserve University; Hebrew Union College; M.A., Tulsa University; 

Ed.D., Arizona State University 

FOSTER, JULIAN F. S. (1963), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., M.A., New College, Oxford, England; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
FRIEDRICH, GERHARD G. (1961), Professor of English and Chairman, Division of Humani- 
ties and Chairman, English Department 

B.A., Guilford College; M.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota 
FYFE, GORDON S. (1960), Assistant Professor of Marketing 

B.A., University of Rochester; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania 
GIACUMAKIS, GEORGE JR., (1963), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., Shelton College; M.A., Ph.D., Brandeis University 
GILBERT, RICHARD C. (1963), Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., Harvard College; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
GOLDEN, LORETTA (1961), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Stanford University 
GOOD, KAYE M. (1963), Instructor of Speech 

B.A., Washington State College; M.A., Long Beach State College 
GRANELL, LEE E. (1960), Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.A., San Diego State College; M.A., University of Southern California 
GRAVES, LEVERN F. (1960), Associate Professor of Economics 
B.A., Ph.D., University of California 
GRAY, J. JUSTIN (1961), Associate Professor of Music 

B.Mus., University of Michigan; M.Mus., Eastman School of Music; D.Mus., University of 
Southern California 

GREENWOOD, JOAN V. (1963), Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University 
HARTSIG, BARBARA A. (1959), Professor of Education and Coordinator of Elementary Edu- 
cation and Chairman, Elementary Education Department 
B.A., Occidental College; M.S., University of Southern California; Ed.D., University of 
California, Los Angeles 

HEIN, RAYMOND (1961), Associate Professor of Art 
B.A., M.A., Long Beach State College 
HELIN, RONALD A. (1963), Assistant Professor of Geography 

M.A., Miami University; B.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
HILL, IDA S. (1960), Associate Professor of Education 

B.S., University of Utah; M.A., New York University; Ed.D., University of California, Los 
Angeles 

HOLMES, EMMA E. (1961), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., Mount Holyoke College; M.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., State University of Iowa 
HOOVER, CONSTANCE M. (1964), Librarian II 
B.A., Pomona College; M.L.S., Columbia University 
HUSSAIN, KHATEEB M. (1963), Associate Professor of Marketing and Business Statistics 

B.S., Aligarh University, India; D.I.A., London University; Ph.D., University of California 
HYINK, BERNARD L. (1960), Dean of Instruction and Professor of Political Science 

B.A., University of Redlands; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

IMHOFF, MYRTLE M. (1960), Professor of Education 

B.A., Harris Teachers College; M.A., St. Louis University; Ph.D., Washington University 
JACOBSON, PERRY E., JR. (1963), Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.A., Hamline University; M.S., Iowa State University 
JAMES, C. EVAN (1962), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., University of Southern California; Ed.D., Stanford University 
JOHNSON, RAYNOLDS (1961), Publications Manager, and Assistant Professor of Journalism 
B.A., Los Angeles State College; M.A., Stanford University 
JONES, HAZEL J. (1960), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Western State College of Colorado; M.S., Ed.D., University of Southern California 
KANE, LOUISE (1962), Librarian II 

B.A., M.A. in L.S., University of Michigan 
RERAN, DONALD W. (1961), Librarian III 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.S. in L.S., University of Southern California 
KERCIU, GEORGE R. (1963), Assistant Professor of Art 

B.A., Michigan State University; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art 
KERSCHNER, LEE R. (1961), Assistant Professor of Political Science 
B.A., Rutgers University; M.A., Johns Hopkins University 
KINNEY, PAUL T. (1963), Associate Professor of Finance 

B.A., San Jose State College; Ph.D., University of Southern California 
KLINE, WALTER D. (1963), Associate Professor of Spanish 

B.A., Indiana State Teachers College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of 
Michigan 


189 


Orange State College 

KRAVITZ, BERNARD (1961), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., Ed.D., University of California 
LAFKY, JOHN D. (1963), Assistant Professor of Economics 

B.S., New Mexico State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas 
LANDON, JOSEPH W. (I960), Professor of Music and Chairman, Music Department 
B.A., Occidental College; M.A. Claremont Graduate School; Ed.D., University of Southern 
California 

LANGBERG, GEORGE (1963), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.S., M.S., University of Illinois 
LAY, L. CLARK (1960), Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Aurora College; M.A., University of Southern California; Ed.D., University of California, 
Los Angeles 

LEMMON, ROBERT A. (1963), Assistant Professor of Education 
B.S., M.A., Ohio State University 
LEVY, NISSIM (1963), Associate Professor of Psychology 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
LEWIS, DANIEL G. (1963), Associate Professor of Music 

B.A., San Diego State College; M.A., Claremont Graduate School 
LI, DAVID H. (1960), Associate Professor of Accounting 

B.A., St. John’s University, Shanghai; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University 
of Illinois 

LIU, GEORGE B. (1961), Librarian II 

B.A., Fresno State College; M.A., M.L.S., University of Illinois 
LIVENGOOD, EDWARD B. (1960), Librarian II 

B.A., University of Redlands; M.S. in L.S., University of Southern California 
LONG, EMMETT T. (1959), Associate Dean of Students, Admissions and Records, and Associate 
Professor of Speech 

B.A., Pepperdine College; B.A., M.A., University of California 
LYNN, ARTHUR W. (1962), Counselor and Test Officer, and Associate Professor of Education 
B.A., University of Redlands; M.A., Claremont Graduate School 
LYONS, JACK E. (1959), Business Manager 
B.A., University of Southern California 

MASON, JOHN B. (1960), Professor of Political Science and Chairman, Political Science 
Department 

B.A., Butler University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
MATHIEU, GUSTAVE (1960), Associate Professor of French and German and Chairman, 
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures 
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University 

MAXWELL, J. WILLIAM (1960), Professor of Journalism and Chairman, Journalism Department 
B.A., University of Southern California; M.S., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Iowa 
McCarthy, MILES D. (1959), Professor of Biology and Chairman, Division of Science and 
Mathematics, and Chairman, Biological Science Department 
B.S., Westchester State Teachers College, Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 
McCLEARY, JAMES A. (1960), Professor of Botany 

B.A., Asbury College; M.S., Ohio University; Ph.D., University of Michigan 
McCLOUD, LELAND W. (1962), Associate Professor of Business Statistics and Management 
B.S., M.S. North Texas University; Ph.D., University of Texas 
McCOMB, STUART F. (1959), Executive Dean and Professor of Education 

B.A., Arizona State University; M.S., Ed.D., University of Southern California; LL.D., Upper 
Iowa University 

McGARRY, EUGENE L. (1962), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., Cornell College; M.A., Northwestern University; Ph.D., State University of Iowa 
McNELLY, WILLIS E. (1961), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Central YMCA College; M.A., Loyola University (Chicago); Ph.D., Northwestern 
University 

MICHALSKY, DONAL R. (I960), Assistant Professor of Music 
B.Mus., M.Mus., University of Southern California 
MONTANA, ANDREW F. (1963), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
B.S., Seattle Pacific College; Ph.D., University of Washington 
MORTON, HELEN L. (1963), College Physician 

B.A., University of Nevada; M.D., Medical College of Virginia 
NELSON, CECELIA R. (1962), Assistant Professor of Music 

B.A., State Teachers College, Valley City, N.D.; B.Mus., Concordia College; M.Mus., Eastman 
College of Music; Ed.D., Teachers College Columbia University 
NEWBY, IDUS A. (1963), Assistant Professor of History 

B.S., Georgia Teachers College; M.A., University of South Carolina; Ph.D., University of 
California, Los Angeles 

OBLER, PAUL C. (1962), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., American University; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., Rutgers University 


190 


O range State College 

OLSEN, JOHN W. 0961), Professor of Art and Chairman, Division of Fine and Applied Arts, 
and Chairman, Art Department 

B.Ed., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University 
OMALEV, ALEXANDER (1960), Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach of 
Basketball 

B.A., M.S., University of Southern California 
O’TOOLE, JOHN B. (1962), Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., Duquesne University; Lit.M., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 
PALISI, BARTOLOMEO J. (1963), Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.A., M.A., Brooklyn College; Ph.D., University of Nebraska 
PASTOR, PAUL J. (I960), Associate Professor of Education and Physical Education and Acting 
Chairman, Department of Health, Physical Education and Recreation 
B.S., M.Ed., Springfield College; Ed.D., University of Oregon 
PEf5rA, ERVIE (1963), Instructor of Spanish 

B.A., Mexico City College; M.A., University of Southern California 
PONTNEY, JACK A. (1961), Assistant Professor of Economics 

B.A., University of Redlands; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University 
POVLOVICH, CHARLES A., JR. (1960), Associate Professor of History 

B.A., University of Kansas City; M.A., University of Missouri; Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

PREBLE, KENNETH J., JR. (1963), Assistant Professor of Education 
B.A., University of Miami; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago 
RAMSAY, ORRINGTON C. (1960), Professor of English 

B.S., Northwestern University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
REITH, GERTRUDE M. (1961), Assistant Professor of Geography 
B.A., M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., Clark University 
ROBERTS, CECIL E. (1963), Librarian III 

B.A., M.A., University of Iowa; M.L.S., University of Illinois 
ROBERTS, FRANK L. (1961), Professor of Management and Marketing and Chairman, Depart- 
ment of Economics 

B.S., University of Arkansas; M.B.A., University of Texas; Ph.D., University of Illinois 
RUDERSDORF, WARD J. (1963), Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wisconsin State College; M.S., Utah State University; Ph.D., Michigan State University 
SAILOR, DANTON B. (1962), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois 
SALZ, PAULINA J. (1961), Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 
SAMUELSON, GERALD D. (1962), Assistant Professor of Art 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

SCHMIDT, LOUIS G. (1961), Professor of Education and Chairman, Psychology Department 
B.S., Stout State College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
SCHNEIDER, CLARENCE E. (1962), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Iowa State Teachers College; M.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

t SCOTT, SARI E. (1963), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Carnegie Institute of Technology; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University 
of Iowa 

SHAPLEY, CH ARLES S. (1962), Assistant Professor of French 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California 
SHIELDS, LORAN D. (1963), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
B.A., University of California, Riverside 
SICA, MORRIS G (1964), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ed.D., Florida State University 
SMITH, EDWARD W. (1964), Lecturer in Geology and Director of Development 
B.S., University of Michigan; M.S., University of Southern California 
SMITH, J. REX (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Phillips University; B.D., Yale University (Divinity School); M.A., Ph.D., University 
of Southern California 

SMITH, THEODORE II. (1960), Professor of Finance and Marketing and Chairman, Division 
of Business Administration and Economics 

B.A., Heidelberg College; M.B.A., Northwestern University; Ph.D., Ohio State University 
fSMITH, VICTOR V. (1962), Associate Professor of Art 
B.A., M.A., Long Beach State College 
SMYTHE, TED C. (1963), Assistant Professor of Journalism 
B.S., Sterling College; M.S., University of Oregon 
STIEL, EDSEL F. (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., LTniversity of California, Los Angeles 
STUART, WALTER H. (1963), Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., Harvard College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 


t On leave spring 1964. 


191 


Orange State College 


SUTTON, DONALD D. (I960), Professor of Biology 

B.A., University of California; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Davis 
THORSEN, DAVID O. (I960), Associate Professor of Music 
B.Mus., University of Redlands; M.A., Occidental College 
TOLLEFSON, ARTHUR L. (1962), Associate Dean of Students, Counseling and Testing and 
Associate Professor of Education 
B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota 
TOY, ERNEST W., JR. (1959), College Librarian and Associate Professor of History 

B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.S., University of Southern California; M.A., University of 
California, Los Angeles 

TULL, DONALD S. (1961), Professor of Business Statistics, Economics and Marketing, and 
Chairman, Marketing and Quantitative Methods Department 
B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago 
♦TURNER, GEORGE C. (1960), Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Stanford University; M.S., Utah State University; M.Ed., Eastern Washington College 
of Education 

UNTERBERGER, BETTY M. (1961), Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Syracuse University; M.A., Radcliffe-Harvard; Ph.D., Duke University 
WALKINGTON, DAVID L. (1963), Assistant Professor of Biology 
B.A., M.S., Arizona State University 

WISEMAN, DORSEY E. (1961), Professor of Accounting and Finance and Chairman, Accounting 
and Finance Department 

B.S., West Virginia University; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of 
Illinois 

WOO, JOHN C. H. (1962), Assistant Professor of Accounting 

B.A., National University, Nanking, China; M.A., San Francisco State College; M.A., Ph.D., 
University of California 

YOUNG, JAMES D. (1960), Associate Professor of Drama 

B.S., Pepperdine College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 
ZELTZER, ALLEN M. (1963), Assistant Professor of Speech 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University 


♦ On leave 1963-64. 


192 


PART-TIME FACULTY 
1963-64 


ARONSON, EDWIN C. (1963), Assistant Professor of Management 

B.S., Los Angeles State College; M.B.A., University of Southern California 
ASH, EDWARD C. (1962), Assistant Professor of Management 
B.S., M.B.A., University of Southern California 
BEATON, CHARLES R. (1962), Assistant Professor of Finance 
B.A., Willamette University 

BEDDOWS, HAROLD R. (1962), Instructor of Business Education 
B.S., Thiel College; M.S., University of Southern California 
BONAZZA, BLAZE O. (1964), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Cornell University; M.A., Los Angeles State; Ph.D., University of Southern California 
BRADY, MELVIN (1963), Assistant Professor of Marketing 

B.S., University of Utah; M.B.A., University of Southern California 
BROWN, CHARLES G. (1963), Assistant Professor of Marketing 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.B.A., University of Southern California 
CANNON, JOHN P. (1962), Assistant Professor of Geography 

B.A., Long Beach State College; M.A., Mexico City College; Ph.D., University of Mexico 
CHURCH, GEORGE D. (1964), Instructor of Political Science 

B.S., Brigham Young University; M.S., University of Southern California 
COCHRUM, ELLEN (1962), Instructor of Russian 
CONNELLY, RAY (1964), Graduate Assistant in Marketing 
B.A., Orange State College 

COVELL, JON C. (1964), Assistant Professor of Art 
B.A., Oberlin College; Ph.D., Columbia University 
COX, MIRIAM (1961), Assistant Professor of English 
B.S., Utah State University; M.S., University of Idaho 
DOUGHERTY, JAMES E. (1963), Assistant Professor of Management 

B.S., University of California; M.B.A., LL.B., University of California, Los Angeles 
DURYEA, LESLIE N. (1962), Associate Professor of Management 
B.S., Purdue University; LL.B., Stanford University 
FORESTER, JOHN (1964), Assistant Professor of Business Statistics 
B.A., University of California 

FORLEY, MAURICE (1962), Associate Professor of Speech 
Ph.B., Yale College; J.D., Northwestern Law School 
FOWLER, WILLIAM L. (1963), Associate Professor of Education 
B.A., M.Ed., University of Kansas; Ph.D., University of Michigan 
FROLA, FRANCIS R. (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., M.S., San Jose State College 
HAMMOND, HARLEY R. (1963), Instructor of Political Science 

B.A., University of Utah; M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 
HARRINGTON, ERNEST R. (1960), Associate Professor of Speech 
B.A., M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., State University of Iowa 
HARRIS, ARCHIE H. (1964), Assistant Professor of Marketing 

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.B.A., Boston University 
HARRIS, RALPHE W. (1963), Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.S., University of Louisville; M.S., Kent School of Social Work 
HAYDEN, MARY H. (1963), Instructor of English 
B.A., Orange State College 

HILL, EDWARD W. (1963), Assistant Professor of Marketing 

B.S., New York University; M.B.A., University of Southern California 
HOFF, GEORGE R. (I960), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Pepperdine College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern California 
HOLDEN, DANIEL W. (1962), Assistant Professor of Management 
B.S., University of California; LL.B., Loyola University 
HUNTLEY, ROBERT J. (1963), Assistant Professor of Political Science 
B.S., M.S., University of Southern California 
JORDAN, CLIFFORD W. (1963), Associate Professor of Education 
B.A., Whittier College; M.S., Ed.D., University of Southern California 
KELLY, ROBERT R. (1962), Assistant Professor of Accounting 
B.B.A., Northeastern University 


193 


Orange State College 

KETTERINGHAM, WILLIAM J. (1962), Instructor of Geography 
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Stanford University 
KORF, L. LEE (1963), Assistant Professor of Drama 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 
LAMPL, HANS (1963), Assistant Professor of Music 

B.Mus., M.M., D.M.A., University of Southern California 
LASSWELL, THOMAS E. (1962), Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Arkansas College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern California 
MARIENTHAL, HAROLD S. (1963), Assistant Professor of Drama 
B.S., M.A., Northwestern University 
McCarthy, WARREN F. (1963), Associate Professor of Accounting 
B.A., Harvard University; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania 
McKINNEY, DOYLE G. (1963), Assistant Professor of Speech 
B.S., Southwest Missouri State; M.A., Northwestern University 
PATTERSON, BEEMAN C. (1963), Assistant Professor of Political Science 
B.A., Virginia Union University; M.A., Howard University 
PATTERSON, PIERCE E. (1959), Assistant Professor of Education 
B.S., Montana State College; M.A., San Diego State College 
PIERNO, ANTHONY R. (1961), Assistant Professor of Management 
B.A., Whittier College; LL.B., Stanford Law School 
PRICE, J. DAVID (1963), Assistant Professor of Science Education 
B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Claremont Graduate School 
RAY, GENEVIEVE (1963), Instructor of French 
B.A., Orange State College 

REAMS, L. MAXINE (1962), Assistant Professor of Journalism 
B.A., State University of Iowa 
ROTHMAN, JERRY (1963), Assistant Professor of Art 
M.F.A., Otis Art Institute 

SMITH, TOM E. (1959), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., Whittier College; M.A., Claremont Graduate School; Ph.D., University 
California 

SPENCER, HAROLD E. (1963), Associate Professor of Art 
B.A., M.A., University of California 
TUCKER, ROY T. (1963), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., M.A., Ohio State University 
VENITSKY, JULIETTE L. (1964), Assistant Professor of Speech 
B.A., University of Redlands; M.A., Long Beach State College 
WELDS, MAURICE W. (1964), Assistant Professor of Management 
B.A., University of Washington; M.A., Columbia University 
WILSON, WEBSTER D. (1963), Assistant Professor of Education 
B.A., M.A., Ed.D., University of California 
WITHEY, JOHN C. (1963), Assistant Professor of Political Science 
B.A., Yale University; M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 


Southern 


194 


O range State College 


PUBLIC SCHOOL TEACHERS COOPERATING IN 
STUDENT TEACHING PROGRAM 
1963-64 

ALAMITOS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Mrs. Nona Barnes, Loretta Bennett, Mrs. Fern Berg, Patricia Graham, Alice Hammond, Phil 
Reber, Mrs. Jean Tumbaugh, Mrs. Mabel Washburn 
ANAHEIM CITY SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Pat Boothe, Beverly Boyer, Diane Boppel, Jane Corby, Synneve Davis, Barbara Drake, Betty 
Hays, Carrie Henning, Patricia Huntington, Myma Kantor, Adelaide Kirlin, Elan Lopez, 
Jean Laube, Lila Moberg, Linda Peterson, Myrtle Shaw, Douglas True 
ANAHEIM UNION HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT 

A1 Baker, Paul Bajema, Clair Bishop, Mrs. Genevieve Brown, Mrs. Sue Cochrane, Fred 
Fatheur, Ernie Fox, Paul Gilley, Robert Lynn, John Miller, William Patterson, Ronald Seco- 
vitch, Martin Shaw, Sam Siriani, Mrs. Andree Wise 
BREA SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Howard Bryden, Bill Duffin, Margie Finch, Edward Gibbs, Wilber Gipe, Carole Guelker, 
Opal Hassing, Helen Hoffman, Karen Larson, Kenneth Reed, Donald Stone, Glenda Walther, 
Dortha Wilkinson, Marian Witney, Shirley Wooldridge 
BUENA PARK SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Richard Allman, Joyce Blum, William Bollinger, Josephine Burdett, Warren Oswall, Daisy 
Preston, Louise Starek, Marguerite Walters 
COVINA VALLEY UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Marion Chambers, Patricia Crowley, Carol Bennewitz, Dorcille May 
EAST WHITTIER CITY SCHOOL DISTRICT 

John Best, Shirley Brinkman, Betty Farrar, Betty Lewis, Phyllis McClintock, Arlene Miller, 
Doris Mullen, Lucinda Powell, Henry Primanti, Rosalie Race, Betty Washburn, Doris Wood 
FULLERTON SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Gay Anderson, Marcella Baker, Lelia Chatum, Helen Datin, Norma Elgas, Juel Farguhar, 
Crusa Ferrara, June Grenapp, Barbara Gryson, Phyllis Johnson, Johanna Kroger, Sybil Landon, 
Neva Little, Eileen Miller, Evelyn Morgan, Agnesse Nelson, Jenene Newman, Judy Obermayr, 
Susanna Penniman, Barbara Prosser, Dorothy Rhodes, Linda Rios, Linda Rudge, Harriet 
Sawyer, Lois Spear, Phyllis Strange, Alice Swank, Gladys Vortouni, Mary Williams, Dorothy 
Young 

FULLERTON UNION HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Harold Beddows, Warren Bowen, Margaret Chaconas, Elma Clamp, Michael Corrado, Betty 
Coxson, Richard Crandel, Reed Dunkley, Charles Enos, George Francisco, Betty Frates, Marvin 
Freitag, Marjorie French, Elaine Gayley, Virginia Gocke, Dicksie Heffera, Jack Holm, Mar- 
garet Hopkins, Robert Ingersoll, Elizabeth Joy, Paul Kane, Bea King, Margery Lash, Joseph 
Manz, Matt Mantz, Edward Martin, Mary Lou Moore, Ruth Nordstrom, Lee Quigley, Maxine 
Randolph, Jake Robertson, Betty Sealine, Robert Strange, Cornelius Vanderbilt, Elizabeth 
Van Oppen, Norma D. Wilson 
GARDEN GROVE SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Ivah Agnew, Patricia Bucciarelli, Jessie Dobson, Carol Emde, Richard Hunter, Frances Kagan, 
Helen Kettering, Doreen Linde, Wilma Lindley, Wanda Martin, Norma Miller, Richard 
Mobley, Mignon Waters, Emma Williams, Audrey Wilson 
LA HABRA CITY SCHOOL 

Dorothy Amoldi, Mary Blanton, Jean Cochran, Glen Crandall, Florence Gaspee, Betty Hines, 
Norman Hoffman, Lorraine Kliem, Julia Lasiter, Reita Lutz, Gloria Mackey, Henry Madwall, 
Roger Membres, William Mitchell, Curt Nilsen, Nina Ralston, Ann Roberts, Mary Sheller, 
William Sims, Marie Smith 
LOWELL JOINT SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Erma Clark, Beverly Cornelius, Lois Dennis, Harry Lambas, Florence Noreiga, Rena Roach, 
Grace Spencer, Gayle Walker 
MAGNOLIA SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Joseph Adams, Loretta Allen, John Allison, Lois Bailey, Marjorie Baker, Ethyln Bernard, 
Thelma Buhbee, Wanda Bunch, Deanna Carter, Robert Estes, Virginia Farney, Marilyn 
French, Ray Fuller, Ruth Haines, Connie Harris, Cecilia Heard, Carolyn Krutsinger, Betty 
Larsen, Ernest Pierce, Charloma Schwankovsky 
NEWPORT HARBOR UNION HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Gary Anderson, Helen Ballard, James Crowe, Dale Carlisle, Rosine Feeley, James Jenner, 
Bernard Luskin, Alex McLeod, Paul Motzkus, Lee Rasch, Art Wood 
ONTARIO ELEMENTARY SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Margaret Angel, Edna Fingers, Anna Lee Holt, Cleo Herple, Zelba Maxwell, Patricia Metzger, 
Emma Meyer, Jane Naisbitt, Marilyn Petty, Merdell Rogers 


195 


Orange State College 

ORANGE UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT . _ _ _ . 

Mary Bishop, Richard Blakemore, Hazel Davis, Rachel Dunn, Blanche Ekdahl, Gracia El- 
drich, Jacqueline Faas, Rhoda Fickle, Evanita Fritts, Shirley Glasbrenner, Paulene Herstein, 
Ara villa Hull, Edith Kerbo, Shirley Kraness, Ellen Lampert, Marge Machen, Ann McCaughey, 
Mary Reid, Norma Shipman, Deborah Smith, Elva Spencer, Hugh Watson 
PLACENTIA UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT „ . „ . 

Marie Castellano, Emile Disent, Kim Drake, Myrtle Ficter, Dolores Hammond, Helen Hudson, 
Richard Hunter, Frances Johnston, Mary Juarez, Clara Moore, Yula Moore, Phyllis Newton, 
Carol Norman, kay Schneider, Donald Shaffer, Anna Speck, Emily Vanverst, Robert Walthers 
SANTA ANA UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT T , ^ 

Maxine Adams, Edythe Barlon, John Bouchard, Marie Carpenter, John Cherney, Verna Corum, 
Rose Curtis, Dorothy Dreger, Mary Erdkamp, Phyllis Gorman, Joan Hill, Joan Joyce, Halvia 
Loats, Louise May, Dean Mayberry, Edward McGuckin, Elsie Micha, Frank Miles, Janet 
Neja, Donna Nelson, Margaret Parker, Dorothy Schrieber, Sondra Shephard, Dorothy Smith, 
Dal Stone, Lawrence West 
SAVANNA SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Betty Dunaway, Yvonne Hunt, Betty Neff, Jim Tilley 
WHITTIER UNION HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT 

B. Dean Bowles, Robert Caspiens, Patsy Counts, Edward Reyes 


196 


Orange State College 


Academic Regulations, 38 
Acceptance of Credit, 32 
Accounting Courses, 113 
Accreditation, 21 

Admission on Academic Probation, 31 

Admission of Auditors, 31 

Admission Cancellation, 32 

Admission to the College, 28 

Admission to Credential Programs, 32 

Admission, Foreign Students, 31 

Admission, Freshman, 28 

Admission, Graduate Students, 44 

Admission from Non-Accredited Colleges, 31 

Admission Procedures, 29 

Admission to Student Teaching, 68 

Admission to Summer Session, 32 

Admission to Teacher Education, 67 

Admission, Undergraduate Transfers, 29 

Advisement, 34 

Advisory Board, 13 

Advisoiy Councils, 18 

Alumni, 25 

Announcement of Courses, 111 
Anthropology Courses, 115 
Art Bachelor of Arts Degree, 72 
Art Courses, 115 
Art Department, 71 
Art Education Courses, 119 
Art Minor, 73 
Athletics, 25 

Biological Science Courses, 120 
Bachelor’s Degree, General Requirements, 40 
Biological Science, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 94 
Biological Science (Biology) Department, 94 
Business Administration, Bachelor of 
Arts Degree, 54 

Business Administration and Economics 
Courses, 123 

Business Administration and Economics 
Division, 53 

Business Administration Majors, 54 

Business Administration Master’s Degree, 56 

Business Education, 55 

Business Education Courses, 124 

Classification in College, 39 

College Administration, 14 

College Calendar, 7 

College Committees, 15 

College Curricula, 50 

College Membership in Organizations, 22 

California State Colleges, 12 

Chancellor’s Office, 11 

Change of Program, 38 

Chemistry, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 95 

Chemistry Courses, 124 

Chemistry Department, 95 

Chemistry Minor, 96 

College Foundation, 23 

Comparative Literature, 85 

Comparative Literature Courses, 126 

Comparative Literature Minor, 86 

Concurrent Enrollment, 38 

Counseling, 27 

Credential Programs, 61, 65, 70 
Credit by Advanced Placement, 33 
Credit by Examination, 33 
Credit for Extension and Correspondence 
Courses, 33 

Credit, General Policy, 33 
Credit for Military Service, 33 
Credit Transfer from Junior College, 33 
Dean’s List, 47 
Dismissal, 47 

Drama, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 74 


INDEX 

Drama Courses, 127 
Drama Department, 74 
Drama Minor, 75 

Economics, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 58 
Economics Courses, 129 
Economics Minor, 59 
Education Courses, 131 
Education Division, 61 
Education Publications Available, 70 
Elementary Education Courses, 133 
Elementary School Teaching, 62 
English, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 86 
English Courses, 134 
English Department, 86 
English Education Courses, 137 
English, Master of Arts Degree, 88 
English Minor, 87 

English Teaching Credential Requirements, 87 
Entrance Examinations, 29 
Evaluation of Transfer Credits, 32 
Evaluations, 32 
Examinations, 40 
Extension Program, 23 
Faculty and Administration, 187 
Faculty, Part-time, 193 
Fees and Expenses, 34 
Fees Refund, 35 
Finance Courses, 137 
Financial Aids, 27 
Fine and Applied Arts Division, 71 
Fine and Applied Arts Major Programs, 71 
French Courses, 139 

Foreign Language Credential Programs, 89 
Foreign Language Majors, 88 
Foreign Language Minors, 89 
Foreign Languages and Literatures 
Department, 88 

Foreign Languages Education Courses, 139 
Foundations of Education, 131 
General Education, 41 
Geography, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 103 
Geography Courses, 140 
Geography Department, 103 
Geography Minor, 104 
German Courses, 142 
Good Standing, 48 
Grading System, 39 

Graduate Students General Information, 44 
Graduate Students Requirements, 30 
Health, Accident, Hospital Insurance, 26 
Health Education Courses, 143 
History, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 104 
History of the College, 21 
History Courses, 144 
History Department, 104 
History, Master of Arts Degree, 105 
Honors, 40, 47 
Housing, 25 

Humanities, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 86 
Humanities Division, 86 
Incomplete Work, 39 
Independent Study, 112 
Intramural Activities, 25 
Journalism, Bachelor of Arts Degree in 
Communications, 90 
oumalism Courses, 147 
oumalism Department, 89 
oumalism Education Courses, 149 
oumalism Minor in Communications, 90 
oumalism Teaching Credential 
Requirements, 90 
Language Laboratory, 89 
Late Registration, 38 
Library, 22 


197 


Orange State College 


INDEX — Continued 


Loans, 27 

Management Courses, 149 
Marketing Courses, 151 
Master’s Degree General Requirements, 44 
Mathematics, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 97 
Mathematics Courses, 153 
Mathematics Department, 97 
Mathematics Education Courses, 155 
Mathematics Minor, 98 
Music, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 78 
Music, Bachelor of Arts Degree, Elementary 
Classroom Teachers, 80 
Music, Bachelor of Arts Degree, Music 
Education Specialization, 79 
Music Courses, 155 
Music Department, 76 
Music Degree Programs, 78 
Music Department Requirements, 76 
Music Education Courses, 159 
Music Fees, 77 
Music Minor, 81 
Night Services, 26 
Organization & Administration, 6 
Other Definitions and Regulations, 39 
Overseas Study Programs, 23 
Part-time Placement, 26 
Philosophy and Objectives of the College, 20 
Philosophy, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 91 
Philosophy Courses, 160 
Philosophy Department, 91 
Philosophy Minor, 92 
Physical Education Courses, 162 
Physics, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 98 
Physics Courses, 164 
Physics Department, 98 
Physics Major, 100 
Physics Minor, 99 
Placement, Business, Industry, 

Government, 26 
Placement, Educational, 26 
Placement Services, 26 

Political Science, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 105 
Political Science Courses, 166 
Political Science Department, 105 
Prerequisites, 112 

Public School Teachers Cooperating in 
Student Teaching Program, 195 
Probation, 47, 48 

Professional Education Requirements, 66 
Psychology Courses, 170 
Psychology Department, 107 
Quantitative Methods Courses, 173 


Re-Admission, 32, 47, 48 
Records, 36 

RecTeaticn Courses, 172 
Registration, 34 
Repetition of Courses, 39 
Right of Petition, 48 
Russian Courses, 174 
Scholarships, 27 
School Services Courses, 174 
Science Education Courses, 176 
Science and Mathematics Division, 93 
Science and Mathematics Education 
Department, 101 

Secondary Education Courses, 177 
Secondary School Teaching, 65 
Social Science Division, 103 
Social Sciences Education Courses, 178 
Social Welfare Courses, 178 
Sociology, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 108 
Sociology Courses, 179 
Sociology Department. 108 
Sociology, Master of Arts Degree, 109 
Sociology Minor, 109 
Spanish Courses, 181 
Speech, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 82 
Speech Courses, 182 
Speech Department, 81 
Speech Education Courses, 185 
Statement of Residence, 38 
Student Activities, 24 
Student Conduct, 40 
Student Health Services, 25 
Student News Bureau, 24 
Student Organizations, 24 
Student Personnel Services, 24 
Student Publications, 24 
Student Teaching Information, 69 
Student Writing, 41 
Study List Limits, 39 
Summer Sessions, 22 
Table of Contents, 3 
Teaching Credential Statutory 
Requirements, 66 
Teacher Education, 61 
Teacher Education Admission, 67 
Teacher Education Personnel Services, 66 
Testing, 27 

Trustees of the California State Colleges, 9 
Unit of Credit, 39 
Veterans, 36 

Withdrawal from College, 38 


O 


Printed in California office of state printing 


16251—701 2-64 


10M 



Non-profit Organization 

A CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE U. S. POSTAGE 

ORANGE STATE COLLEGE 800 NO. STATE COLLEGE BLVD. PAID 

FULLERTON, CALIFORNIA Permit No. 487 

FULLERTON, CALIFORNIA